You are on page 1of 520

GEOTECHNICAL

ENGINEERING
,\ I'r . (uc.d Prubkm SUIVlIH,:' Appru.uh

DWD IOC'" DOO


GEOTEC:HNICAL
EN G INI~ERINC-
A Practical Problem Solving Approach

N. Sivakugan I Hraja M. Das

J.RO~;)
....
PUBLI S HI NG
l~
Copyright C> 2010 by J. Ross Publishing, Inc.

ISBN-13: 978-1-60427-016-7

Printed and bound in the U.S.A. Printed on acid-free paper

library of Congress Cataloging-in - Publication Data

Sivakugan, Nagaratnam . 1956-


Geotechnical engineering: a practical problem solving approach I by
Nagaratnam Sivakugan and Braja M. Das.
p.cm.
Includes bibliographical references an,d index.
ISBN 978- 1-60427-016-7 (pbk. : alk. paper)
l. Soil mechanics. 2. Foundat ions. 3. Earthwork. 1. Das. Braja M .

TA710.S5362oo9
624. 1'5 136- dc22
2009032547

This publication contai ns information obtained from authentic and highly regarded sources. Reprinted
material is used with permission, and sources are indicated. Reasonable effort has been made to publish
reliable data and information, but the author and the publisher cannol assume responsibility for the
validity of all materials or fo r Ihe consequences of their use.

All rights reserved. Neither this publication nor any part thereof may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval
system. or transmitted in any form or by any means, cleCironic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or
otherwise, without the prior written permission of the publisher.

The copyright owne r's consent does not extend to copying for general distribution for promotion, for
creating new works, or for resale. Speci fi c permission must be obtained from J. Ross Publishing for such
pur poses.

Di rect all inquiries to J. Ross Publishing, Inc.. 5765 N. Andrews Way, Fori Lauderdale, FL 33309.

Phone: (~51) 727-'3333


Fax: (561) 892-0700
Web: www.jrosspub.com
To our parents. teachers, and wives

iii
Contents
Preface ................................................................................................................................................................... ix
Aboul the Authors................................................................................................................................................ xi
WAVT,.t .......................................................................... ..................................................................................... xiii

Chapter I Introduction ........................... ....................................... ... ..... ......... ..... ................................ 1


1.1 General ............... ,......................... ................... ............................ ............ .......................................... .............. 1
1.2 Soils.................. ............................ ............... .............................. .................. ....... ...... ... ... .............. ..... ........ 1
1.3 Applications ....................................................................................................... ..................... .... ...... .. .... ....... . 3
1.4 Soil Testing ......................................................................................................................................... .......... .. . 3
1.5 Geotechnical Literature ................. ................................................................................................... ............. 4
1.6 Numerical Modeling .. ............................................................................................................................... .... 6
Review Exercises .................................................................................. ...... ............................................................ 8

Chapter 2 Phase Relatio ns ................................................................................................. .. .. ..... ....... 11


2. 1 Introduction ......................................................................................................................... ......... ... ....... ...... 11
2.2 Definitions ... ..... ........ .. .................. ......................................................................................................... ..... 11
2.3 Phase Relations ........... ................................................................................. .................................... ............ 13
Worked Examples .. .......... .. ......................................... ............ ............ ... ..................... .. .................................. . 16
Review Exercises.... ..... .... .. .............. ................................................ .......................................................... 22

Cha pter 3 Soil Classification ............................................................... .......................... ..... ............... 2 7


3. 1 Introduction ................................. ........... ...................................................................................................... 27
3.2 Coarse-G rained Soi ls ............................................................................................................................ .... ... 27
3.3 Fine-Grained Soils ................................................................................................................................. ...... 32
3.4 Soil Classification ............................................................................................................... .. ............. ..... ...... 37
\oVorked Exanlpies ....... .. ........ ............................................................................................... ,.............................. 41
Review Exercises.......................................... ............... .................................................................. ........ ............... 44

Chapter 4 Compaction ................. .. ............ ......... ... .... ... .... ... .... ................. .. .... ...... .. ........................... 49
4.1 Introduction ................................................................................................................................................. .49
4,2 Variables in Conlpaction ....................................................... ..... ............................................................... 50
4.3 Laboratory Tests ........................................................................................................................................... 52
4.4 Field Compaction. Specificat io n, and Control .. .................................. ........... ,............ , ..... 55
\oVorked Examples .......................................................................................................................................... ... ... 59
Review Exercises ................ .... .... .... ............................................................................................................... ..... 62

v
vi Contents

Chapte r 5 Effective Stress, Total Stress, and Pore -Water Pressure ... .......................... ....... ...............65
5.1 Introduction ............... ................... ................ ......... .... .... .... .. ..................... .................................... 65
5.2 Effect ive Stress Principle.................... ... .... ... ..................... ... .............................. .......... 65
5.3 Vertical Norma l Stresses Due to O verburden ..... ............ ..... .... ................................... ........................... 66
5.4 Capillary Effects in Soils ............... .... .. .. .................... ...... ................................ .. ... ... ... 68
vVorked Examples ............... .... ... ..... ... ... .. ... ...... ... ... ........ .. ... .... ................. ... .... ... ... ... .. ......... .. ................... .. .... ...... 70
Review Exercises .. ................... .... ...... ............................. ............................. ........... ............ ..... ... ....... .................. 71

Chapter 6 Permeability a nd Seepage ........................................ ............................................... .......... 73


6. 1 Introduction ................ ................. ......................... .................. ............. ....... ............. ..... ............ .... .. ........... .. 73
6.2 Bernoulli's Equation ............................................. .. ........ ...... ... ..... ....... .................... ...................... .. ........... .. 73
6.3 Darcy's Law .... ..... ............ .. . .... ............ .. ... ...... ... ..... ...... ............................. .... ..... ... ...................... ... ..... 76
6.4 Labo ratory and fi eld Permeability Tests .......... ........ .... .... ..... ................ .... .... ...................... ...... .. 77
6.5 Stresses in Soils D ue to Plow ................ ............. ... ... ...... ... ................. ... ...... ..... 81
6.6 Seepage ......................... ... ............... .. ............... ....... 82
6.7 Design of Granular Filters ......... ... ...... ...... .. ... ........................... .............................................. ....... 86
6.8 Equivalent Permeabilities fo r O ne -di mensional Flow ........................... .................. ..... .. .................. ...... 87
6.9 Seepage An alysis Using SEEP/ llll .. ......................................... ................... ..... ...... ........... ........ .............. .... 89
'vVorked Examples ................................................................................................................................ .................94
Review Exercises .. ... ..... .. ....... ....... ......... ..... ................... ._........ . .... ... ... ............ .... ........................ .......... 103

Chapter 7 Vertical Str esses Beneath I..oaded Areas.......................... ......... ,.... ............_................ 115
7. 1 Introd uction ............................................ ..... ............. .......... ........................................................... .. .... .... ... 11 5
7.2 Stresses Due to Point Loads ......... .. .... ... ........... .. ..... ... ... ..... ................................. ...... ................. ............ 116
7.3 Stresses Due to Line Loads ..... .. .. ........ ... .... ..... ...... .... ...... ......... .. ... ...... .... .......... ... ....... ........... ...... ....... ...... 11 8
7.4 Stresses Under the Corner of a Uniform Rectangular Load.............. .......... .... .. ... . 11 8
7.5 2: 1 Distribution Method .............. ............................................................. .............. ... ... ..... ...... ... 123
7.6 Pressure Isobars Under Flexible Uniform Loads ............ ..................... . ........ ..... ..... .... 124
7.7 Newmark's CharL ...... ..... ........ ........................... . .... .......... ... ......................... ............ ............. ... 124
7.8 Stress Computations Using SIGM A/W ......... ... ............... ................................ .. ........... 129
Worked Examples ............... . .......................... .. .......... 133
Review Exercises .. ................................... ....................... .. ................... .... . ......... ............. ................. ..... 136

C hapter 8 Consolidation ............................................................................ ...................................... 139


8.1 Introduction .. ......... ... .................................................................. ... ........... .... .. .... ...... ...... ...................... .. .. 139
8.2 One dimensional Consolidation ................ .,........ .... ............................... ... ................... ................ .......... 140
8.3 Consolida tion Test ........ ................ ................ ......... .................................. ............ ... ... .. .................. ... 143
8.4 Computation of Final Consolidation Settlement ................................... ............ ...... ........ ....... ...... ..... ... 150
8.5 Time Rate of Consolidatio n ...... .......... ............................... ...... ............... ............... ............. ...... ............... 153
8.6 Secondary Compression ...................... ................................... ... ... ... ...... ...................................... ............ 159
Worked Examples................... .. ........ ........... ... . ....... ............. ............... ....... .......... ............ 165
Review Exercises.. ...... .............................. ... .................... ........ .... ... ........................ ................ .... ..... .... 175
Contents vii

Chapter9 Shear Strength ...................................... ........... .......... .. .................................................... 181


9. 1 Introduction ............................................................................................................................................. 18 1
9.2 Mohr Cirdes ............................................................................................................................................. 18 1
9.3 Mohr-Coulomb Failure Criterion ...................... _........................ .......... ................................................ 186
9.4 A Common Loading Situation .................. .... ..... . ........................... ........ ............................................... 187
9.5 Mohr Circles and f ailure Envelopes in Terms of fJ and fJ' .............. ........... .. ................................ ..... 190
9.6 Drained and Undrain ed Loading Situations.... .... .. .. ... .. ........ .. .... ....... ...... ................................... 191
9.7 Triaxial Test .................................................... .......... ... ... .... ........ .. .. ..................... ..... .......... .. . ........ 193
9.8 Direct Shear Test ...................... ......... ... ... ............. .. .. ........... ...... ...... ........ .... ....... .... ..... ... ................. ...... 200
9.9 Skempton's Pore Pressure Parameters .. ...................................... ......... .... .. ... ..... .... ................................ 202
9. 10 0 1 - OJ Relationship at Failu re ................................................................................................................ 205
9. 11 Stress Paths ........................................................................................ ....................................................... 206
\'\Iorked Examples ........................ ......... .... ........... .. .. ..... ............... ... .. .... .... .. ...................................... .. .. 21 0
Review Exercises ................................ ..... .. .. ... ................. ................ ... .. ............ ..... .......................... ............ ...... 21 7

C hapter 10 Lateral Earth PressuTcs ................................................................................................. 225


10.1 Introduction ..... .. ..... ..................... ......... ...... ............................................ ....... .. .... ..... ....... .. ... ................... 225
10.2 At-rest State .................................. ............................................................. ........... ... ... ... ............ ...... ......... 226
10.3 Ranki ne's Earth Pressure Theory.................................................. ...................... ................................... 230
10.4 Coulomb's Earth Pressure Theory ......................................................................................................... 237
vVorked Examples .................. ................................................................ ............................................................ 240
Review Exercises .......................................... ...................................................................................................... 246

Chapter II Site Investigation .................................. .. ..................... .............. ... ..... .......................... 251
11 .1 Introduction ....................................................................................... ....... ....................................... ..... ... 251
11 .2 Drilling and Sampling ..................................................... ... ............... .... ............................ ... ... ....... ......... 253
11 .3 In Situ Tests............................................ ............................... .................. ................ .................................. 257
11.4 Laboratory Tests ....... ...... .. ...... .. ....... .. ... .............................................. ... ........................................ ........... 276
11 .5 Site Invest igation Report ...................................... ....... ... ... .... .. ..... ....................................................... .... 276
"V\'orked Examples ...................... .... ... ... .. .. ...... ... ....................................................................................... ... ... .... 280
Review Exercises ... .......... ................................................ ......................................................................... ... ... .... 283

Chapter 12 Shallow Foundalions .......................... ................................................... ........ .............. 289


12.1 Introduction ............. ....... .... ... .................................................................................................................. 289
12.2 Design Criteria.......... .. .... ..... ............. ................ .................... ........... ..................................... 290
12. 3 Bearing Capacity of a Shallow foundation ........ .......................................... .. ... .......... ......................... 291
12.4 Pressure Distributions Beneath Eccentrically Loaded Footings ................... ............................. ...... 301
12.5 Introduction to Raft Foundation Design ........................ ...................................................... ........... ...304
12.6 Settlement in a Gran ular Soi l ..... .. .............................. ............................ .. .. .. ........... ............................... 310
12.7 Settlenlent in a Cohesive Soil ....................................................................................................... ... ... .... 3 19
\Vorked ExampJes .............................................................................................................................................. 325
Review Exercises ............................. .. .. .......... .. ... ................................................................................................ 334
viii Contents

Chapter 13 Deep Foundations ...................... ................................................................................. 341


13.1 Introduction.. ........................ ................. ...... ............................................................. ...... 34 1
13.2 Pile Materials ............................................ .. .................... .................................... ... .... .. ... .342
13.3 Pile Install ation ..... .................. ..... ...... .... ..................................................................... 345
13.4 Load Carrying Capacity of a Pile- Static Analysis. .................. ..................................... .. .. 347
13.5 Pile Driving Formulae .................................................................................. .... ..... ................ .. 354
13.6 Pile Load Test ..................................... .......... ................................................... ......................................... 355
13.7 Sett lement ofa Pile.................................................................................. ...... .... .............. ...... ... 357
13.8 Pile Group ................................................................................................ ....... ...... ............. ....................... 361
Worked Examples ........................................................................................................... .. ... .............................. 365
Review Exercises................................................................................................................................................ 373

C hapter 14 Earth Retaining Structures ........................................................................................... 377


14.1 Introduction ............. .................. .... ............. ... ................................................................ ...... 377
14.2 Design of Retaining Walls ................ .......... .... ................................................. .. .. .... 379
14.3 Cantilever Sheet Piles ............................ .............. "................................................................................ 385
14.4 Anchored Sheet Piles .............. .. .............................................................................. ... ..... .......... 395
14.5 Braced Excavations.................................................................................. ................................... 399
Worked Examples ............................................................................................................................................... 404
Review Exercises.. ............... ............................................................................................ ..... .............................. 415

Chapter 15 Slope Stability .......... ......................................................................................................421


15.1 Introduction ......................................... ......................................................................................... .. .... ...... 421
15.2 Slope Failure and Safety Factor .. ......................... ......... ..... ... ................. ... ........ .................................... 422
15.3 Stability of Homogeneous Undrained Slopes ..................... .. ........................ ....................................... 423
15.4 Taylur's Stability Charts fur e '1>' Soils ........ ..... .......... .... .............. .. .... ....................... 427
15.5 Infinite Slopes .......... ............. ..... ... ........ ............... .... ........... ...... .. .......... .. .......... ...................... 129
15.6 Method of Slices............................ ......... ............... ................... ..................................... ....... .. 432
15.7 Stability Analysis Using SLOPE/W..................... ................................................ ..................... .435
\""orked Examples ..................................................................................................................................... ......... 443
Review Exercises .......................................................... .. ............ .... ....................................................... .. .......... 449

Chapter 16 Vibrations of Foundations ............................................................................................. 453


16. 1 Introduction ........................ .............. .......... ... ..................................................... 453
16.2 Vibration Theory- General ........................................................................ ... .... ....................... .............. 454
16.3 Shear Modulus and Poisso n's Ratio ...... ............... ..................................................... ............................. .463
16.4 Vertical Vib ration of ~oundations - An alog Solution .................................. .. .................................. 165
16.5 Rocking Vibration of f oundat ions ...................... ............................................... .............. ........ .... ..... .... .469
16.6 Sliding Vibration of Foundations ........................ ... ........................................... ......... ...... ....... .475
16.7 Torsional Vibration of Foundations ................................................................................... ..... ..... ....... ..478
Review Exerdses ........................... .... ............................... .............. ............... ............... ................. ..................... 483

Index ........................................................................ ............. ...................... ................ ....................... 487


Preface
We both have been quite successful as geotechnical engineering teachers. In Geotechnical Engi-
neering: A Practical Problem Solving Approach, we have tried to cover every major geotechnical
topic in the simplest way possible. We have adopted a hands-on approach with a strong, prac-
tical bias. You wiU learn the material through several worked examples that take geotechnical
enginee ring principles and apply them to realistic problems that you are likely to encounter in
real-life field situations. This is OUf attempt to wr:ite a straightforward, no-nonsense, geotechni -
cal engineering textbook that will appeal to a new generation of students. This is said with no
d isrespect to the variety of geotechnical engineering textbooks already available-each serves
a purpose.
We have used a few symbols to facilitate quick referencing and to call your at - ~
tention to key concepts. Th is symbol appears at the end of a chapter wherever it is
~
necessary to emphasize a particular point and your need to understand it.
There are a few thoughtfully selected review exercises at the end of each chap- ~indel'
ter, and answers are given whenever possible. Remember, when you practice as a
professional engineer you will not get to see the solutions! You will simply design
with confidence and have it checked by a colleague. The degree of difficulty in-
creases with each review exercise. The symbol shown here appears beside the most
challenging problems.
We also try to nurture the habit of self-learning through exercises that re-
late to topics not covered in this book. Here, you are expected to surf the
Web; or even better, refer to library books. The knowledge obtained from
both the reseal-ch activity and the material itself will complement th e lIIah::-
rial from this book and is an integral part of learning. Such research -type
questions are identified by the symbol shown here. Today, the www is at your fingertips,
so this should not be a problem. There are many dedicated Web sites for geotechnical re-
sources and reference materials (e.g., Center for Integrating Information on Geoengi neer-
ing at http://www.geoengineer.org). Give proper references for research-type questions in
your short essays. Sites like Wikipedia (http://en .wikipedia.org) and YouTube (http:lh."""",
.youtube.com) can provide useful information induding images and video dips. To obtain the
best references, you must go to the library and condu ct a proper literature search using appro -
priate key words.

ix
x Preface

We have included eight quizzes to test your comprehension. These are closed -
book quizzes that should be completed within the specified times. They are de-
signed to make you think and show you what you have missed.
The site investigation chapter has a slightly different layout. The nature of this
topic is quite descriptive and less reliant on problem solving. It is good to have a
clear idea of what the different in situ testing devices look like. For this reason, we
have included several quality photographs. Thl;: purpose of the site investigation exercise is to
derive the soil parameters from the in situ lest data. A wide range of empirical correlations that
are used in practice are summarized in this chapler. Tests are included that are rarely covered
in traditional textbooks-such as the borehole shear test and the Kostepped blade test- and are
fo llowed by review questions that encourage the reader to review other sources of literature and
hence nurture the habit of research.
Foundation Engineering is one of the main areas of geotechnical engineering; therefore,
considerable effort was directed toward Chapters 12 and 13, which cover the topics of bearing
capacity and settlements of shallow and deep foun dations.
This is not a place for us to document everything we know in geotechnical engineering. We
realize that this is your first geotechnical engineering book and have endeavored to give sufficient
breadth and depth covering all major topics in soil mechanics and foundation engineering.
A free DVD containing the Studem Edition of GeoStudio is included with th is book It is
a powerful software suite that can be used for solving a wide range of geotechnical problems
and is a useful comp l~menl to traditional learning. We are grateful to Mr. Paul Bryden and the
GeoStudio team for their advice and support.
We are grateful to the follOWing people who have contributed either by reviewing chapters
from the book and providing suggestions for improvement: Dr. Jay Ameratunga, Coffey Geo-
technics; Ms. Julie Lovisa, James Cook University; Kirralee Rankine, Golder Associates; and
Shailesh Singh, Coffey Geotechnics; or by providing photographs or data: Dr. Jay Ameratunga,
Coffey Geotechnics; Mr. Mark Arnold, Douglas Partners; Mr. Martyn Ellis, PMC. UK; Profes-
sor Robin Fell, University of New South Wales; Dr. Chris Haberfleld. Golder Associates; Profes-
sor Silvano Marchetti, University of LAquila, Italy; Dr. Kandiah Pirapakaran, Coffey Geotech-
nics; Dr. Kirralee Rankine, Golder Associates; Dr. Kelda Rankine. Golder Associates; Dr. Ajanta
Sachan. lIT Kanpur, India; Mr. Leonard Sands, Venezuela; Dr. Shailesh Singh, Coffey Geotech-
nics; Mr. Bruce Stewart, Douglas Partners; Professor David White, Iowa State University.
We wish to thank Mrs. Janice Das and Mrs. Rohini Sivakugan. who provided manuscript
preparation and proofreading assistance. Finally, we wish to thank Mr. Tim Pletscher of J. Ross
Publishing for his prompt response to all our .questions and for his valuable contributions at
various stages.

N. Sivakugan and B. M. Das


About the Authors
Dr. Nagaratnam Sivakugan is an Associate Professor and Head of Civil and Environmental
Eng ineering at the School of Engineering and Physical Sciences, James Cook University-
Australia. He graduated from the University of.Peradeniya-Sri Lanka, with First Class Honours
and received his MSCE and PhD from Purdue U niversity. As a chartered professional engineer
and registered professional engineer of Queensland, he does substa ntial consulting work for
geotechnical and mining compan ies th roughout Australia and the world. He is a FeUow of
Engineers, Australia . Or. Sivakugan has supervised eight PhD candidates to completion and has
published morc than SO scien tific and technica l papers in refereed international journals, and
SO more in refereed international conference p roceedings. He serves on the editorial board of
the international Journal of Geotechnical Engineering (lIGE) and is an active reviewer for morc
than IO international journals. In 2000, he developed a suite of fully animated Geotechnical
PowerPoinl slirJcshows th at are now used worldwide as an effective teach ing and learning tool.
An updated version is available for free downloads at http://v{Ww.jrosspub. com.

Dr. Braja M. Das, Professor and Dean Emerit us, California State University-Sacramento, is
presently a geotechn ica l consulting engineer in the state of Nevada. He earned his MS in civil
engi nee ring from the University ofIowa and his PhD in geotechnical engineering from the Uni -
versity of Wisconsin- Madison. He is a Fellow of the American Society of Civil Engineers and is
a registered professional engineer. He is the author of several geotechnical engineeri ng texts and
reference books including Principles of Geotechnical Engineering, Principles of Foundation Engi-
neering, Pundamentais of Geotechnical Engineering, Introduction to Geotechnical Engineering,
Prim.:iples uf Sui! Dynamics, Shallow Foundations: Bearing Capacity and Settlement, Advanced
Soil Mechanics. Earth Anchors. and Theoretical Foundation Engineering. Dr. Das has served on
the editorial boards of several international jou rnals and is currently the editor in ch ief of the
International Journal of Geotechnical Engineering. He has authored more than 250 technical
papers in the area of geotechnical engineering.

xi
VRI ~
This book has free matBfial available for download from the
Web Added Value'" resource center at www.jrosspub.com

At J. Ross Publishing we are committed to providing tadar's professional with practical, hands-on tools
that enhance the learning experience and give readers an opportunity to apply what they have learned.
That is why we offer free ancillary materials available for download on this book and all participating
Web Added Vaiue- publications. These online resources may include interactive versions of material
that appears in the book or supplemental templates, worksheets, models, plans, case studies, proposals,
spreadsheets, and assessment tools, among other lhings. W henever you ~cc the WA V N symbol in any of
OUf publications, it means bonus materials accompany the book and are available from the \'\feb Added
Val u e~ Download Resource Center at www.jrosspub .com.
Downloads for Geotechnical Engineering: A Practical Problem Solvillg Approach include
PowerPoint slides to assist in classroom instruction and learning.
Introduction 1
1.1 GENERAL
What is Geotechnical Engineering? The term geo means earth or soil. There are many words that
begin with geo-geology, geodesy, geography, and geomorphology to name a few. They all have
something to do with the earth. Geotechnical engineering deals with the engineering aspec ts of
soils and rocks, sometimes known as geomaterials. It is a relatively young d iscipline that would
not have been part of the curriculum in the earlier pari of the last century. The designs of every
building, service, and infrastruc ture fac ility bui lt on the ground must give due consideration to
the engineering behavior of the underlying soil and rock to ensure that it performs sat isfactorily
during its design life. A good understanding of engineering geology wiJi strengthen your skills
as a geotechnical engineer.
Mechanics is the physical science that deals with fo rces and equilibriu m, and is covered
in subjects like Engineering Mechanics, Strength of Materials, or Mechanics of Materials. In
Soil Mechanics and Rock Mechanics, we apply these principles to soils and rocks respectively.
Pioneeri ng work in geotechnical engineeri ng was carried out by Karl Terlagh i (1882- 1963),
acknowledged as the father of soil mechanics and author of Erdbaumechanik auf bodenphysika-
lischer grund/age (1925), the first textbook on the subject.
Foundat ion Engineering is the applicat ion of the soil mech anics pri nciples to design
earth and earth-sup ported st ructures such as fo undatio ns, reta ining st ruc tures, dams, etc.
Traditional geotechn ical engineer ing, which is also called geomechanics or geoengineering,
includes soil mechanics and fo un dation engineering. The escalat ion of hum an interference
with the environment and the subsequent need to address new problems has created a need
for a new branch of engineering that will deal with h aza rdous waste disposal, landfi lls,
ground water contamination, potential acid su lphate soils, etc. This bra nch is called envi-
romnental geomechanics or geoenviro ll1nental engineering.

1.2 SOilS
Soils are formed over thousands of years through the weathering of parent rocks, which can be
igneous, sedimentary, or metamorphic rocks. Igneous rocks (e.g., granite) are formed by the cool-
ing of magma (underground) or lava (above the ground). Sedimentary rocks (e.g., li mestone,
2 Geotechnical Engineering

shale) are formed by gradual deposition of fine soil grains over a long period. Metamorph ic
rocks (e.g., marble) are formed by altering igneous or sedimentary rocks by pressure or tem-
perature, or both.
Soils are primarily of two types: residual or transported. Residual soils remain at the loca-
tion of their geologie origi n when they are formed by weatheri ng of the parent rock. When
the weath ered soils are transported by glacie r, wi nd, water, or gravity and are deposited away
from th ei r geologic origin, they are call ed transported soils. Depending on the geologic agent
involved in the transportation process, the soil derives its special name: glacier-glacial;
wind-aeolian; sea - marine; lake-lacustrine; river-alluvial; gravity-colluvial. Human be-
ings also can act as the transporting agents in the soil formation process, and the soil thus
form ed is called a fill.
Soils are quite different from other engineering materials, which makes them interesting
and at the same time challenging. Presence of water within the voids fu rther complicates the
picture. Table 1.1 compares soils with other engi neerin g materials such as steel.
We often simpli fy the problem so that it can be solved using soil mechanics prinCiples.
Sometimes soil is assumed to be a homogeneous isotro pic cl astic continuum , which is far from
reality. Nevertheless, such approximations enable us to develop simple th eories and arrive at
some solutions that may be approximate. Depending on the quality of the data and the degree
of simpli fication, appropriate safety factors are used.
Geotechnical engin eering is a sc ience, but its practice is an art. There is a lot of judg-
ment involved in the profession. The same data can be inter preted in different ways. When
there are limited data available, it beco mes necessary to make assumptions. ConSid eri ng
the simplifica tions in the geotechn ical engineering fundamentals, uncertainty, and scatter
in the data, it may no t always make sense to calculate every thing to two decimal places.
All these make th e fiel d of geotechnica l engin eer ing qui te different from othe r engi nee r-
in g disciplines.

Table 1.1 Soils vs. other engineering materials

Soils Others (e.g., steel)


1. Particulate medium - consists of grains Continuous medium - a continuum
2. Three phases-solid grains, water, and air Single phase
3. Heterogeneous-high degree of variabHity Homogeneous
4. High degree of anisotropy Mostly isotropic'
5. No tensile strength Significant tensile strength
6. Fails mainly in shear Fails in compression, tension, or shear

'Isotroplc - same prope!ty in all directions


Introduction 3

1.3 APPLICATIONS
Geotechnical engineering applications include foun dations, retaining walls, dams, sheet piles,
braced excavations. reinforced earth , slope stability, and groun d improvement. foundations
such as footings or piles are used to support buildings and transfer the loads from the super-
structure to the underlying soils. Retaining walls are used to provide lateral support and main-
tai n stability between two different ground levels. Sheet piles are conlinuous impervious walls
thal are made by driving interlocking sections into the ground. They are useful in dewatering
work. Braced excavation involves bracing and supporting the walls of a narrow trench, which
may be required for burying a pipel ine. Lately> geosynthetics are becoming inc reasingly popular
for reinforcing soils in an attempt to improve the stability of footings, retaining walls, etc. When
working with natural or man-made slopes, it is necessary to ensure their stability. The geolech-
nical characteristics of weak ground are often improved by ground improvement techniques
such as compaction, etc.
Figure 1.1a shows a soil nailing operation where a reinforcement bar is placed in a drill hole
and surrounded with concrete to provide stability to the neighboring soil. Figure 1.1 b shows the
haipu Dam in Brazil, the largest hydroelectric facility in the world. Figure l.I c shows trealcd
timber piles. Figure l.ld shows steel sheet piles being driven into the ground. Figure l.Ie shows
a gabion wall that consists of wire mesh cages filled with stones. Figure I.If shows a containment
wall built in the sea for dumping dredged spoils in Brisbane, Australia.

1.4 SOIL TESTING


Prior to any design or construclion , it is necessar y to understand the soi l con ditions at the sit e.
Figure 1.2a shows a trial pit that has been made llsing a backhoe. Tt gives a clear idea of what is
lying beneath the ground. but only to a depth of 5 m or less. The first 2 m of the pit shown in
the figure are clays that are followed by sands at the bottom. Samples can be taken from these
trial pits for furt her study in the laboratory. Figure 1.2b shows the drill rig set up on a barge for
some offshore site investigation. To access soils at larger depths, boreholes are made usi ng drill
rigs (Figure 1.2c) from which samples can be collected. 'rhe boreholes are typically 75 mm in
diameter and can extend to depths exceeding 50 m. In addition to taking samples from bore-
holes and trial pits, it is quite common to carry out some in situ or field tests within or outside
the boreholes. The most common in situ test is a penetration test (e.g., standard penetration test,
cone penetration test) where a probe is. pushed into the ground, and the resistance to penetra-
tion is measured. The penetration resistance can be used to identify the soil type and estimate
the soil strength and stiffness.
4 Geotechnica! Engineering

(a) (b)

(e) (d)

(e) (Q

Figure 1.1 Geotechnical applications: (a) soil nailing (b) Itaipu Dam (c) timber pi les
(d) sheet piles (e) gabion wall (Courtesy of Dr. ~(irra l ee Rankine, Golder Associates) (f) sea
wall to con tain dredged spoils

1.5 GEOTECHNICAL LITERATURE


Some of the early geotechn ical engineering textbooks were written by Terzaghi ( 1943), Terzaghi
and Peck (I948, I % 7), Taylor (1948), Peck et a!. (I 974), and Lambe and Wh itman (1979). "I hey
are cl assics and will always have their place. W hile the content and layout may not appeal to
Introduction 5

(a)

(e)

(b)

Figure 1.2 Soillesting: (a) a trial pit (Courtesy of Dr. Shailesh Singh) (b) drill rig mounted
on a barge (Courtesy of Dr. Kelda Rankine, Gol!jer Associates) (e) a drill rig (Courtesy of
Mr. Bruce Stewart, Douglas Partners)

the present generation, they serve as useful referen ces. Geotechnical journals provide reports on
recent developments and any innovative, global research that is being carried out on geotechn i-
cal topics. Proceedings of conferences can also be a good reference source. Through universities
and research organizations. some of the literature can be accessed online or ordered through an
interlibrary loan. There are still those who do not place all their work on the Web, so you may
not find everything you need simply by surfing. Nevertheless, there are a few dedicated geotech -
nical Web sites that have good literature, images, and videos.
When writing an essay or report, it is a good practice to credit the source when referring to
someone else's work, including th e data. A common practice is to include in parentheses both
the name of the author or authors and the year of the publication. At the end of the report,
include a complete list of references in alphabetical order. Each item listed should include the
nam es of the authors with their in itials, the year of the publication, the title of the publication,
the publishing company, the location of the publisher, and the page numbers. The style of refer-
encing and listing d iffers between publications. In th is book (See References), we have followed
the style adapted by the Amer ican Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE) .
6 Geotechnical Engineering

Professional engineers often have a modest collection of handbooks and design aids in their
libraries. These include the Canadian Foundation Engineering Manual (2006), the Naval Facil-
ity Design Mallual (U.S. Navy 1971 ), and the design manuals published by u.s. Army Corps of
Engineers. These handbooks are written mainly for practicing engineers and will have limited
coverage of the theoretical developments and fu ndamentals.

1.6 NUMERICAL MODELING


Numerical modeling involves finite element or finite difference techniques that are implemented
on micro or mainframe computers. Here, the soil is often represented as a continuum with an
appropriate constitutive model (e.g., linear elastic material obeying Hooke's law) and boundary
conditions. The constitutive model specifies how the material deforms when subjected to spe-
cific loading. The boundary conditions define the loadi ng and displacements at the boundaries.
A problem without boundary conditions cannot be solved; the boundary conditions make the
solution unique.
Figure 1.3 shows a coarse mesh for an embankment underlain by Iwo different soil layers.
Due to symmetry, only the right half of the problem is analyzed, thus saving computational
time. Making the mesh finer will result in a bdter solution, but will increase computational
time. The bottom and right boundaries are selected after some trials to ensu re that the displace-
ments are negligible and that the stresses remain unaffected by the em bankment loading.
The model geometry is discretized into hundreds or thousands of elements, each element
having three or four nodes. Equations relating loads and displacements are written for ev-
ery node, and the resulting simultaneous equations are solved to determine the unknowns.
ABAQUS, PLAXIS, FLAC, and GeoStudio 2007 are some of the popular software packages that
are being used in geotechnical modeling wo rldwide.
'10 give you a taste of numer ical modeling, we have included a free DVD containing the
Student Edition of GeoStudio 2007, a software suite developed by GEO-SLOPE Imemationaf
(http:/hV\vw.geo-slope.com) to perform numer ical modeling of geotechnical and geoenviron -
mental problems. It is quite popular worldwide and is being used in more than 100 countries;
not only in universities, but also in professional practices by consulting engineers. It includes
eight stand -alone software modules: SLOPEIW (slope stability), SEEPIW (seepage), SIGMAIW
(stresses and defo rmati ons), QUAKEIW (dynamic loadings), TEMPIW (geothermal), CTRANI
W (contaminant transport ), AIRlW (airflow), Hnd VADOSEIW (vadose zone and soil cove r),
which are integrated Lu work wiLh each oLher. For example, the uutput fro m one program can
be imported into another as input. There are tutorial movies that are downloadable from the
Web site. Press FJ for help. You can subscribe to their free month ly electronic newsletter, Direct
Cot/tact, which has some useful tips that will come in handy when using these programs.
The GeoStudio 2007 Student Edition DVD induded wiLh Lhis book cOll lains all eight pro-
grams with limited features (e.g., 3 materials, 10 regions, and 500 elements, when used with
Introduction 7

~~~~~~i;Emb_a"_'_<m_e_"_t__r-______--'
~ GrOl.Jnd level

Soil layer I

B.C.2: No horizontal B.C.3: No horizontal


displacements along displacements
centerline

B.C.I No vertical or horizontal


disptacements at bottom boundary

Figure 1.3 A simple mesh for an embankmlO1nt underlain by two different soil layers

fin ite element analyses). It also contains a comprehensive engineering manual (e.g., Stability
Modeling with SLOPEIW 2007) for each of the programs. SLOPEI W works on the basis of limit
equilibrium theory using the method of slices. The other programs within the su ite use finit e
element analysis. SEEPIW, SIGMA/W, and S LOPE/ W have been used extensively in Ch apters 6,
7, and 15 for solving problems. Once you become proficient with the Studwt Edition, you will
require very little start-up time with the professional versions in the workplace.
It is uncommon to teach numerical modeling of geotechnical engineering during the first de-
gree of a civil engineering program; it is more com manly viewed as a postgraduate subject with firm
grounding in fi nite element and fi nite difference methods, constitutive models, etc. Nevertheless, in
the profeSSional engineeri ng practice, fresh and recent graduates get to do some simple numerical
modeling work. Numerical modeling is a very powerful tool when used correctly. No matter how
sophisticated the model is, the output can only be as good as the input. Therefore, realistic results can
be obtained only by using the right soil parameters.
8 Geotechnical Engineering

~
Reminder Geotechnical engineering, geomechanics, geoengineering, and soil
mechanics are more or less the same .
:. Soils are quite different from other engineering materials .
:. Soils are tested to derive the engineering properties that can be used
in designs .
:. Try all SOllfces of references: books, journals, conference proceed-
ings, and the mighty World Wide Web. You will be su rprised to see
some good video clips on YouTube.

REVIEW EXERCISES
I. List five geotechn ical Web Sites.

2. List 10 geotechnical applications and write two or three sentences about each.

3. List 10 geotechnical textbooks.


Introduction 9

4. List five geotechnical journals.

5. List five names of those who made significant contribution s to the early
developments in geotechnical engineering.

6. List five different rock types.


10 Geotechnical Engineering

Quiz 1. Introduction

Duration: 20 minutes

You have not started learning geotechnical engineering. Nevertheless, you will be able to
answer most of the questions. Each question is worth one poi nt.

I. What would be the mass of aim by 1 m by 1 m rock?

2. W hat is permeability?

3. What is the difference between gravel and clay? Which is more permeable?

4. What is water content of a soil?

5. What is porosity of a soil?

6. What isfactor of safety?

7. Why do we compact the soil in earthwork?

8. What is the difference between mass and weight?

9. What is the d ifference betwee n density a.nd unit weight?

10. W hat is the difference between strength and stiffness?


Phase Relations 2
2.1 INTRODUCTION
Soils generally contain air, water, and solid grains, known as the three phases. The relative
proportions of these three phases play an important role in the engineering behavior of soil s.
The two extreme cases here are dry soils and saturated soils, both having only two phases.
Dry soils have no water, and the voids are filled with only air. Saturated soils have no air,
and the voids are fill ed w ith only water. Soils beneath the water table are often assumed to be
saturated. Very often in geotechnical problems (e.g., earthworks) and in laboratory tests on
soils, it is required to compute masses (or weights) and volumes ufthe different phases pres -
ent within the soil.
In this chapter, you will learn how to compute masses and volumes of the different phases
in a soil. We will define some simpl e terms and develop expressions that relate them, which
will help in the computations that appear in most chapters. lhe definitions are quite logical,
and although it is important that you understand them, it is not necessary that you memorize
them.

2.2 DEFINITIONS
Let's consider the soil mass shown in Figure 2.1a, where all three phases are present. For
simplicity, let's separate the three phases and stack them as shown in Figure 2.1b, which is
known as a phase diagram. Here, the volumes are shown on the left and the masses on
the right. M and V denote mass (or weight) and volume respectively. The subscripts are:
a = air, W = water,s = soil grains (solids), v = voids, and t = total quantity of the soil under
consideration. Since the mass of air M" is negligible, MI = M, + MwoAlso, Vv = Vw+ Va' and VI
= V, + V... + Va'
Water content w is a mass rat io that is used to quantify the amount of water present within
the soil and is defi ned as;

M
w =~ )<lOO% (2. J)
M,

11
12 Geotechnical Engineering

Soil grain

(a)

Figure 2.1 (a) a soil mass (b) phase diagram (c) phase diagram with V. - 1

This is generally expressed as a percentage. Dryi ng the soil in the oven at 10S e for 24 hours
D

is the standard method for determining water content. The natural wate r content of most soils
would be well below 100%, but organic soils and some marine clays can be at water contents
greater than 100%.

Example 2. 1: A soil sample of 26.2 g was placed in a IOSDC oven for 24 hours. The dry mass of
the sample turned out to be 19.5 g. What is the water content?
,
Solution:
M, ~ 26.2 g, M, ~ 19.5 g
:. M. ~ 26.2 - 19'.5 ~ 6.7 g
:.W ~ (6.7119.5) X 100% ~ 34.4%

Void ratio e and porosity n are two volumetric r atios used to quantify the voids that are present
within the soil. Generally, void ratio is expressed as a decimal number (e.g., 0.82) and porosity
is expressed as a percentage (e.g., 45. 1%) ranging fro m 0% to 100%. They are defined as:

V,
e~ (2.2)
V,
V
n = --.!::. x lOO% (2.3 )
V,
Void ratios typically lie between 0.4 and I for sands, and 0.3 to 1.5 for clays. For organic soils
and soft clays, the void rat io can be even more.
The degree of saturation S is a measure of the void volume that is occupied by water, ex-
pressed as a percentage ranging from 0% to 100%. It is defined as:

s~ Vw xlOO% (2.4)
V,.
For dry soils S = 0 and for saturated soils (e.g., below the water table) S = 100%.
Density P of the soi l is simply the m ass per unit volume. H owever. bs.C3use-o rth-e oiller-
ent phases prese nt with in the so il, there are several forms of densities used in geotechnical
e ngi neering. The most common one is the bulk density Pm' also known as total , moist, or
wet density. It is the total mass divided by total vo lume (Pm = M /V,). D ry density Pd is the
density of the soil at the same volume, ass umi ng there is no water (i.e., Pd = M ,I V,). Sat u-
rated den sity P.>! is the bu lk d ensity w hen thE~ voids arc filled with water (Le., P" l - M ,IV,
when S = 100%). Submerged density P' is the effective densi ty of the soil when submerged
(consider ing buoyancy effects) and is defined as:

'Y'''''YSilI-'Y", (2.5)

When weight (e.g., kN) is used instead of mass (e.g., g, kg, t), density becomes unit weight 'Y.
You may remember that 'Y = P g. Never mix densities and unit weights. The defin itions of bulk
unit weight 'Y"" dry unit we ight 'Yd, saturated un:it weight 'Y,,", and submerged unit weight 'Y ' are
si milar to those of correspon di ng densities. Density of water p", is 1.0 g/cm 3, ] .0 tlm\ or 1000
kg/m3, and its unit weight 'Y ... is 9.81 kN/m 3
Specific gravity of a soil grain G, is the ratio of the dens ity of the soil grain to the density of
the water. We know that specific gravity of mercury = 13.6, steel = 7.5, and water = 1.0. For
most soils, specific g ravity varies little-ranging from 2.6 to 2.8. If G, is not known , it is reason-
able to assume a value in this ran ge. There are e.xceptions, where mine tailings rich in minerals
have G. values as high as 4.5. For organ ic soils or fly ash, it can even be lower than 2 (See Worked
Example 1 I). 'Ihe specific gravity of soil grai ns is ge nerally measured using pycnometers (den -
sity bottles of fi xed vol ume).

Example 2 .2: A 90 g sample of dry sands was placed in a pycnometer (a density bottle used for
determining the specific gravity of soil grains), and the pycnometer was fill ed with water; its
mass is 719.3 g. A dean pycnometer was filled with water and has a mass of 663.2 g. Find the
specific gravity of the sand grains.

Sulution: M,';= 90 g. Let's fin d the mass of the water displaced by the sand (i.e., same volume) using
Archimedes' principle. It is given by (thi nk!!) 90 + 663.2 - 719.3 = 33.9 g.
:. G, = 90/33.9 = 2.65

2.3 PHASE RELATIONS


All the terms in troduced above (e.g., w, e, S. 'Yd) are ratios and therefore do not depend on the
quantity of soil under consideration. In a homogeneous soil mass, they should be the same
anywhere. Let's consider a portion of the soil where the volume of the soil grains is unity (i.e.,
V, = I) and develop the phase diagram as shown in Figure 2.lc. H ere, we have simply used the
14 Geotechnical Engineering

given definitions and the fact th at V, = 1 to com pute the other masses and volu mes. The weights
(shown on the right) are obtained simply by multiplying the volumes (shown on the left) by the
co rrespondi ng densities. Now let's develop some simple and useful expressions for water con-
tent, porosity, and the different densities and unit weights. Here, we express water content (w)
and degree of saturation (S) as decimal numbers instead of percentages:

w=--=-
M", Se
M" G t
(2.6)

v.
11= - = - -
, (2.7)
V, 1+ e

I\" = M,
VI
=(G,+s,)..,
I +e
(28)

The expressions for Pd and PUll can be deduced from Equation 2.8 by substituti ng S = 0 and I
respectively. They are:

(2.9)

Psal
_ M,
y, -
_(G,+,)
1 (2. 10)
-
+, P.
From Equations 2.5 and 2. 10:

p
, (G,
=
-I)
1"+7 Pw
(2. 11 )

Similar equations hold for unit weights too, where P is replaced by 'Y .

Example 2.3: A saturated soil sample has watel' content of24.2% and the specific gravity of the
soil grains is 2.73. What are the dry and satunlted unit weights?

Solution: S "" 1, W = 0.242, G, = 2.73


:. Fcolll Equation 2.6 -+ e = (0.242)(2.73) .... 0.661

P, _ (G,P. ) _ (2.73X9.81) - 16.12 kN/m'


I+ e 1+0.661

P~ _(G~
I+e
+e )p... _(2.73+0.66
1+0.661
1)X9.81",,20.03kN/ml
Phase Relations 15

It is not necessa ry to memo rize the different equations relating the phases. From the deflllitions
and the phase d iagram fo r V. = 1 (Figure 2. l c), one can derive them quickly. It is a good prac
tice to go from the fundamentals.
The densities (or unit weights), water content, and specific gravity are the ones that are mea-
sured in the laboratory. Void ratio, porosity, and d egree of saturation are generally not m easured,
but are calculated from the phase relations.

Example 2.4: The unit weight of a dry sandy snit is 15.5 kN/m 3 The specific gravity of the soil
grains is 2.64. If the soil becomes saturated, at the same void ratio, what would be the water
content and unit weight?
Solution:

_Gs"'"
'Yd- lSS
~. -_2.64X9.8 1 ~e -- 0678
. 1
l+e I +e
. & l xQ~l
If the sot! gets saturated, S = I ~ w=- = - - - = 0.254 or 25.4%
G, 2.64

=G, +e == 2.64+0.67 1 x9.8 1 =19.3 kN/m 3


1'...,1 l +e Y.. 1+0.671

(0 Do not try to memorize the equations. Understand the definitions


and develop the phase relations from the phase diagram with V, =
I . If you are determined to memorize some of the equations, you
would benefit most fro m Equations 2.6 and 2.8 .
:. You can work with weights (and unit weights) or masses (and densi-
ties), but you should never mix them .
:- Assume G, (2.6 to 2.8) when requ ired .
:- Soil grains are incompressible. Their mass M, and volume V, remain
the same at any void ratio.
:. l' (N/m 3) = p (kg/ml) g (m/s! ).
;. 'Y ... = 9.81 kN/ml ; Pw= 1.0 g/cm ' = 1.0 lIm' = 1000 kg/m '.
16 Geotechnical Engineering

WORKED EXAMPLES
I. Show that bulk density, d ry density, and water content arc related by Pm = Pd( I + w).
Solution:

Pm= (c,+ se) Pw= (C,+wC,)Pw = (C,(I+w)) Pw = p"l+w)


1 +e 1 1 e
j e
(
j

2. 5 kg of soil is at natural water content of 3%. How much water would YO ll add to the
above soil to bring the water content to 12%?
Solution: Let's find the dry mass M, (kg) of soil grains first.

5-M
w=O.03= ' -7Ms =4.854 kg and Mw =O. 146kg
M,
At w = 12%, M. ~ 0.12 X 4.854 ~ 0.583 kg

:. Quantity of water to add = 0.583 - 0.146 = 0.437 kg or 437 ml

3. A 38 mm diameter and 76 mm long cylindrical day sample has a mass of 174.2 g. After
drying in the oven at I05C for 24 hours, the mass is reduced to 148.4 g. Find the dry
density, bulk density, and water content of the clay.
Assuming the specific gravity of the soil gra.ins as 2.71 , find the degree of saturation of the
day.
Solution: Sample volume = 7r( 1.9)2(7.6) = 86.2 cm 3 ; Ml = 174.2 g;
M, ~ 148.4 g.
3
: . Pd= 148.4/86.2 = 1.722 g/em
P'" = 174.2/86.2 = 2.20 1 g/cm)
w ~ M j M, ~ ( 174.2 - 148.4)1148.4 ~ 0.174 or 17.4%

Substituting in Equat ion 2.9:

1.722 ~ (2.71)(1.0) --7 e ~ 0.574


I+e
Substituting in Equation 2.6:

S(0.574)
0. 174 ~ --7 S ~ 0.822 or 82.2%
2.7 1
Phase Relations 17

4. SoHexcavated from a borrow area is being used to construct an embankment. The void
ratio of the in situ soil at the borrow area is 1.14, and it is required th at the so il in the em-
hankment be compacted to a void ratio of 0.70. With 200,000 m) of soil removed from the
borrow area, how many cubic meters of embankment can be made?
Solution: TIlC volu me of the soil grains V, remain the same in the borrow area and in the
embankment.

v,= 200,000 m3

.,
BofTOW pit: e:c 1. 14

At the borrow arca:

200,000 - Vs 3
e = 1.14 = ---? V, = 93,457.9 m
V,
At the embankment:

" -93,457.9
e =0.70 = f - ---? VI = 158,879 m l
93,457.9

5. A saturated, u ndisturbed clay sample collected below the water table has a wet mass of
651 g. The volume of the sample was determined to be 390 cm l . When dried in the oven
for 24 hou rs, the sample has a mass of 4 16 g. What is th e specifIC gravity of the soil grains?
Solution:

M I = 65 1 g; M , = 416 g; and VI =: 390 em}


:. w = 56.5%. Pd = 1.067 g/cm J , P,aJ = 1,669 g/c m ~
S = 100% (Given)

Substitu ting in Equat ion 2.6:


(1.0)(e) _
0.565 = -> e =0.56, G,
C,

-> 1.067= (C, )(I ) -> C, =2.69


l+0.565C,
18 Geotechnica l Engineering

6. A 200 m long scction of a 15 m wide canal is being deepened 1.5 m by means of a dredge.
The efflu ent from the dredge has a unit weight of 12.4 kN /m3 The soil at th e bottom of
th e canal has an in situ unit weight of 1R.7 k N/m l . The !'pecifi c gravity of th e soil grains is
2.72. Jfthe effl uent is being pumped at a rate of 400 L per min utc, how many operational
hours will be required to complete the d redge work?
Solution: Let's find the volume of solid grains (V, = x) to be removed by dredging.

Effluent: Y"" '" 12.4 kNfm~

ODIC
I ~:> Per minute:
V, _ 400 liters
VI'" y m~

1.5m

15m
I
Y.. = 18.7 kNlm3

Volum e of soil to be removed = (1 .5)(15)(200) = 4500 m J .


In situ unit weight (saturated) = 18.7 kN/m l .

G, +<)
"Y sal = ( - - 'Y ". --7 18.7 =
(2.72+<)9.8 1--7 Cill , itu = 0.898
I +e l +e
4500-x 3
e = 0.898 = --7 x = 2370.9 m of soil grains 10 be d redged
x
Now, let's see how much soil grains (V, = y) are being pumped out every minute, whe re
V. = 400 L = 0.400 m J
3
"Y.., (effluent) = 12.4 kN /m --7 erlfl ...nl = 5.5 15

e =S.5 15= 0.400-y --7y= 0.ObI


.4m, 0 f SOt'\ grams
'
perm .mute
y
. 2370.9
: . Operallonal hours requi red = = 644 hou rs
0.0614x60
Phase Relations 19

7. AI m -thick fill is compacted by a railer, and the thickness reduced by 90 mm . If the in i-


tial void ratio of the fill was 0.94, what is the new void ratio after the compaction?
2
Solution: Let's consider a I m area in plan. rind the volume of soil grains V,.

1.00m 9 = 0.94 0.91 m 6= ?

1 I- V I- V 3
:. VI = 1.0 m' --?e=--' --? 0.94 =--' --? V, = 0.516 m
V, V,

The new volume after the compaction = 0.91 m X 1.0 m 2 = 0.91 m 3 , where V. = 0.516
m 3 and Vv = 0.394 m' :
0.394
.. e= - - = 0.764
0.516
8. The undisturbed soil at a borrow pit has a bulk unit weight of 19.1 kN/m 3 and water
content of9 .5%. The soil from this borrow will be used to construct a compacted fill with
a finished volume of 42,000 m 3 The soil is excavated by machinery and placed in trucks,
each with a capacity of 4.50 m 3 When loaded to the full capacity, each load of soil weighs
67.5 kN.
In the construction process, the trucks dump the soil at the site, then the soil is spread
and broken up. Water is then sprinkled to bring the water content to 15%. Finally. the soil
is compacted to a dry unit weight of 17.1 kN/ m 3
a. Assuming each load is to the full capacity, how many truckloads are required to
construct the fill?
b. What would be the volume of the pit in the borrow area?
c. How many liters of water should be added to a truckload?
Solution: The water content of the borrow pit an d the truck must be the same. In add ition,
the mass of the soil grains at the fill and the borrow pit is the same.
20 Geotechnical Engineering

a.
At the borrow pit In the truck Althe fill

Borrow pit: w ::: 9.5%, Truck: w'" 9.5% . Compacted fill: W= 15.0%.
Y", . 19. 1 kN/rW V, = 4.5 m"; M,= 67.5 kN V, '" 42000 m~; l'~::: 1 7.1 kNIm~

w = 9.5% V, = 4.50 m
3
V, = 42,000 m3
'Y m = 19.1 leN/ m) M, = 67.5kN w = 15%
w = 9.5% (same as 'YJ= 17.1kN/ m3
in bor row)

0.095 = 67.5 - M , M, = ( 17.1)(42.000)


M,
:. M, = 61.64 kN = 7 18,200 kN
... Number of truck loads required = 718,200/61.64 = 11.652
h. At the borrow area, W = 9.5% and M , = 7 18,200 kN (same as at the fill).
:. M. = 0.095 X 7 18,200 = 68,229.0 kN --> M, = 786,429.0 kN
... V, = 786,429.0/19.1 = 39,920.3 m l
c. M, per truckload is 61.64 kN, and the water content is increased from 9.5% to 15%.
Therefore, the quantity of water that has to be added per truckload = 61.64 X
0.055 = 3.39 kN or 345.6 L.
9. An irregularly shaped, undisturbed soillurnp has a mass of 4074 g. To measure the
volu me, it was required 10 thinly coat the sa mple wi th wax (the mass and volume of
which can be neglected) and weigh it subme rged in water when suspended by a string.
The submerged mass of the sampl e is 1991 g. Later, th e wate r content of the sample and
the specific gravity of the soi l grains were determined to be 12.4% and 2.75 respectively.
Determine the void ratio and the degree of satu ratio n of the sample.
Solution: Mass of the water displaced == upthrust = 4074 - 199 1 g = 2083 g
... Volume of the soil specimen = 2083 em)
Se
UI =- -7 Se = (0.124)(2.75) = 0.341
G,
Phase Relations 21

G,+S') Pw ~ --
4074 = (2.75+0.341) ~e = 0.580
Pn =
, ( l +e 2083 l+e

Se
w = - --> S = (0.124)(2.75) 1(0.580) = 0.588 or 58.8%
G,
10. A sample of an irregular lump of saturated day with a mass of 605.2 g was coated with
wax. The total mass of the coated lump was 614.2 g. The volume of the coated lump was
determined to be 311 cm l by the water displacement method as used in Worked Example
9. After carefully removing the wax, the lump of day was oven dried to a dry mass of
479.2 g. The specific gravity of the wax is 0.90. Determine the water content, dry unit
weight, and the specific gravity of the soil gr-ains.
Solution:
M, = 605.2 g, M, = 479.2 g -t M", = 126.0 g, V", = 126 cm~ and w = 26.3%
Mw.. = 614 .2 - 605.2 = 9.0 g --> V.., = 9.010.9 = 10 em'
V""ilg"'in, = 3 11 - 126 - 10 = 175 cm l -t G, = 479 .2/175 = 2.74
Pd = 479.2/(175 + 126) = 1.592 g/cm' --> 'Yd = 1.592 X 9.81 = 15.62 kN/m '

II. A series of experiments are being conducted in a laboratory where fly ash (G, = 2.07)
is being mixed with sand (G, = 2.65) at various proportions by weight. If the suggested
mixes are 100/0,90110,80/20 ... 10/90, and 01100, compute the average values of the spe-
cific gravities for all the mixes. Show the results graphically and in tabular form.
Solution: Let's show here a specimen calculation for a 70/30 mix, which contains 70% fly
ash and 30% sand by weight. Let's consider 700 g of fly ash and 300 g of sand.

2.5

,
G. 1.5

05

o ~

o 20 40 60 80 100
% ol' fly ash
22 Geotechnical Engineering

Volume of fly ash = 700/2.07 = 338.2 em3


Volume of sand = 30012.65 = 11 3.2 em 3
Total mass = 1000 g
Total volume = 338.2 + 113.2 = 451.4 em 3
.'. Density = 1000/45 1.4 = 2.22 g/em 3 ---') G. = 2.22
Mix Fly ash (g) Sand (g) Fly ash (cm~ Sand (cm~ G.

100/0 1000 0 483.09 0.00 2.07


90/10 900 100 434.78 37.74 2.12
80120 800 200 386.47 75.47 2.16
70/30 700 300 338.16 113.21 2.22
60/40 600 400 289.86 150.94 2.27
50/50 500 500 241.55 188.68 2.32
40/60 400 600 193.24 226.42 2.38
30no 300 700 144.93 264.15 2.44
20/80 200 800 96.62 301 .89 2.51
10190 100 900 48.31 339.62 2.58
01100 0 1000 0.00 377.36 2.65

REVIEW EXERCISES
L State whether the foll owing are true Or false.
a. A porosity of 40% implies that 40% of the total volume consists of voids
b. A degree of saturation of 40% implies that 40% of the total volume consists of
water
c. Larger void ratios correspond to larger dry densities
d. Water co ntent cannot exceed 100%
e. The void ratio cannot exceed 1

2. From the expressions for Pm' P...t , Pd, and p', deduce that P' < PJ $ P'" =::;: Pt

3. Tabulate the specific gravity values of different soil and rock formin g minerals (e.g.,
quartz).
Phose Relations 23

4. A thin-walled sampling tube of a 75 mm internal diameter is pushed into the wall of an


excavation, and a 200 mm long undisturbed sample with a mass of 1740.6 g was obtained.
When dried in the oven, the mass was 142 1.2 g. Assum ing that the specific gravity of the
soil grains is 2.70, find the void ratio, water content, degree of saturation, bulk density, and
dr y density.
Answer: 0.679, 22.5%, 89.5%, 1.97 tlm J, 1.61 tlm J

5. A large piece of rock with a vol um e of 0.65 m) has 4% porosity. The specific gravity of the
rock mineral is 2.75. What is the weight of this rock? Assume the rock is dry.
Answer: /6.83 kN

6. A soil -water suspension is made by adding water to 50 g of d ry soil , making 1000 m!


of suspension. The speci fic gravity of the soil grains is 2.73. What is the total mass of the
suspension?
Answer: 1031.7 g

7. A soil is mixed at a water content of 16% and compacted in a 1000011 cyl indrical mold.
The sample extruded from the mold has a mass of 1620 g. and the specific graVity of the
soil grains is 2.69. Find the void ratio. degree of saturation, and dry unit weight of the com-
pacted sample. If the sam ple is soaked in water at the same void rat io. what would be the
Ilew water content?
Answer: 0.926, 46.5%, 1.397 tlmJ, 34.4%

8. A sa mple of soil is compacted into a cyli n.drical com paction mold with a volume of 944
cm J The mass of the compacted soil speci men is 1910 g and its water content is calculated
at 14.5%. Specific graVity of the soil grai ns is 2.66. Compute the degree of saturation, den-
sity. and unit we ight of the compacted soil.
Answer: 76.4 %. 2.023 glcm J , 19.85 kNl m J

9. The soil used in constructing an embankment is obtai ned from a borrow area where the
in situ void rat io is 1.02. The soil at the embankment is requi red to be compacted to a void
ratio of 0.72. If the finishe d volume of th e embankment is 90,000 m3, what would be the
volume of lhe soil excavated al the borrow area?
Answer: 105,698 m J

10. A suhhase for an ai rport rUllway 100 m wide. 2000 m long, and 500 mm thick is to be
constructed out of a clayey sand excavated from a nearby borrow where the in situ water
content is 6%. Thi s soil is being transported into trucks having a capaci ty of 8 ml. where
24 Geotechnical Engineering

each load weighs 13.2 metric tons ( I metric ton = 1000 kg). In th e subbase course, the soil
w:ill be placed at a water content of 14.2% to a dry density of 1.89 t/ml.
a. How many truckloads will be required to co mplete the job?
b. How many liters of water should be added to each truckload?
c. If the subh.1se becomes saturated, what would be the new watcr content?
Answer: 15,177,1021 L, 15.9%

II . The bulk unit weight and water content of a soil at a borrow pit are 17.2 kN/ml and 8.2%
respectively. A highway fill is being constructed using the soil from this borrow at a dry
unit weight of 18.05 kN/m 3 Find the volume of the borrow pit that would make one cubic
meter of the finished highway fill.
Answer: 1.136 m J

12. A soil to be used in the construction of an embankment is obtai ned by hydraulic dredging
of a nearby canal. The embankment is to be: placed at a dry denSity of 1. 72 t/m 3 and will
have a finished volume of 20,000 m 3 . The in situ saturated density of the soil at the bottom
of the canal is 1.64 t/ m 3 . The effluent from the dredging operation, having a density of 1.43
tIm }, is pumped to the embankment site at the rate of 600 L per minute. The specific gravity
of the soil grains is 2.70.
a. How many operational ho urs would be requi red to dredge sufficient soil for the
embankment?
h. "'-'hat would be the volume of the excavation at the bottom of the canal?
Answer: 1396 hours, 33,841 tn'

13. A contractor needs 300 m1 of aggregate base for a highway construction project. It will be
compacted to a dry unit weight of 19.8 kN/ m J. This material is available in a stockpile at a
local material supply yard at a water content 0( 7%, but is sold by the metric ton and not by
cubic meters.
a. How many tons of aggregate should the contractor purchase?
h. A few weeks later, an intense rainstorm i ncreased the water content of the stockpile
to 15%. If the contractor orders the sam~~ quanti ty for an identical section of the
highway>how many cubic meters of compacted aggregate base will he produce?
J
Answer: 648 t, 279.2 m

14. A sandy soil consists of perfectly spherical grains of the same diameter. At the loosest pos-
sible packing, the particles are stacked directly above each other. Show that the void ratio
is 0.9 10.
Phase Relations 25

There are few possible arrangements for a denser packing. You can (with
some difficulty) show that the corresponding void ratios are 0.654, 0.433, and
0.350 (densest). Use the diagram shown below to visualize this. See how the
void ratio decreases with the increasing number of contact points.

Note: This is not for the fainthearted!

:'
,
" , ",,' "",,'
:' , \ ~ ~~, ",,' .,+'
' ., " ..- ._'
o.A
.. '
.

Loosest Dense

WV ~
This book has free material available for download from the
Web Added Value resouft;e center at www.jrosspub.com
Soil Classification 3
3.1 INTRODUCTION
Soils can behave qu ite differently depen ding on their geotechnical characterist ics. In coarse-
xrained soils where the grains are larger than 0.075 mm (75 /tin), the enginee ring behavior is
in fl uenced mainly by the relative proportions of the diffe rent grain sizes present within the soil ,
the density of their packing, and the shapes of the grains. Tn fine-grained soils where the grains
are smaller than 0.075 mm, the mineralogy of th e soil grains and the water content have greater
influence on the eng ineering behavior than do t.he grain sizes. The borderline between coarsc-
and fi ne-grained soils is O.075 mm , which is the small est grain size one can distinguish with the
naked eye. Based on the grain sizes, soils can be grouped as clays. silts. sands. grave/s, cobbles.
and boulders as shown in Figure 3. 1. This figure shows the borderl ine values as per the Unified
Soil Classification System (USeS). the British Standards (BS). and th e Australian Standards (AS).
Within these m ajor groups, soils can still behave differently, and we will look at some systematic
methods of classifyi ng the m into distinct subgroups.

3 .2 COARSE-GRAINED SOILS
The major fac tors thaI influence the e ngin eeri ng behavior of a coarse-grained soil arc: (a) rela-
tive proportions of the different grain sizes, (b) packing density. (c) gra in shape. Let's discuss
these th ree separately.

AS: 0 0 .002 0.075 2.36 63 200


BS : 0 0,002 0.06 2 60 200
uses: 0 0 ,002 0 .075 4.75 75 300
I
Clays
I
Sills
I
Sands
I
Gravels
I
Cobbles
I
Boulder

Grain size (mm)
Fine-gralned soils +f+ Coarse-grained soils

Figure 3.1 Major soil groups

27
28 Geotechnical Engineering

3.2.1 Grain Size Distribution


The relative proportions of the different grain sizes in a soil are quantified in the form of grain size
distribution. They are determined through sieve analysis (ASTM D6913; AS 1289.3.6.1) in coarse-
grained soils and through hydrometer analysis (ASTM D422; AS 1289.3.6.3) in fine-grained soils.
In sieve analysis, a coarse-grained soil is passed through a set of sieves stacked with opening
sizes increasing upward. Figure 3.2a shows a sieve with 0.425 mm diameter openings. When
1.2 kg soil was placed on th is sieve and shaken well (using a sieve shaker), 0.3 kg passes th rough
the openings and 0.9 kg is retained on it. lllerefore. 25% of the grains are finer than 0.425 mm
and 75% are coarser. The same exercise is now ca rried out on another soil with a stack of sieves
(Figure 3.2b) where 900 g soil was sent through the sieves. and the masses retained are shown
in the figure. The percentage of soil finer tha n 0.425 mm is given by [(240 + 140 + 60}/900J X
100% = 48.9%. Sometimes in North America, s ieves are specified by a sieve number instead of
by the size of the openings. A 0.075 mm sieve is also known as No. 200 sieve, implying that there
are 200 openings per inch. Similarly. No.4 sieve = 4.75 mm and No. 40 sieve = 0.425 mm.
In the case offine-grained soils, a hydrometer is used to determine the grain size. A hydrom-
eter is a floating device used for measuring the density of a liquid. It is placed in a soil-water
suspension where about 50 g of fine-grained soil is mixed with water to make 1000 m l of sus-
pension (Figure 3.2c). The hydrometer is used to measure the density of the suspension at dif-
ferent times for a period of one day or longer. As the grains settle, the density of the suspension de-
creases. The time-denSity record is translated into grain size percentage passing data using Stokes'
law. The hydrometer data can be merged with those from sieve analysis for the complete grain size
d istribution. taser sizing, a relatively new technique, is becoming more popular for determining
the grain size distributions of the fine-grained so il s. Here. the soil grains a rc sent through a laser
beam where the rays are scattered at different angles depending on the grain sizes.
'The grain size distribution data is generally pre:sented in the form of a grain size distribution curve
shown in the figure in Example 3.1, where percentage passing is plotted against the corresponding
grain size. Since the grain sizes vary in a wide range. they are usually shown on a logarithmic scale.

t 1.2kg
9.5mm (00 g)

0.425 mm sieve 4.75 mm (180 9)

0. 425 mm (200 g)

0.150 mm (240 g)

~ 0"9
0.075 mm (140 g)

Bottom pan (60 9)

(.) (0 ) (0)

Figure 3.2 Grain size analysis: (a) a sieve (b) slack of sieves (c) hydrometer test
Soil Cla ssification 29

Example 3.1: Using the data from sieve analysis shown in Figure 3.2b. plot the grain size distri-
bution data with grain size on the x-axis using a logarithmic scale and percentage passing on
the y-axis.

Solution: Let's compute the cumulative percent passing each sieve size and present as:
Size (mm) 9.5 4.75 0.425 0.150 0.Q75
% passing 91.1 71.1 48.9 22.2 6.7
The grain size distribution curve is shown:

100

90
I lilfl FII,I. :..
eo
1
II tI "i i '' .
I
,I i I,' I
g> 70 , I

l 60
I
, I 'II I.-L ~ i I ii i
f: 30
I ,. I: !I , y:.'"T-,'i,-iiI:f --t-
I .LJ (, ttll
l -i+t

20

10

o
11'1 .Iy I '111''1' i I Til:
0.01 0.1 10

Grain size (mm)

The grain size d istribution gives a complete and quantit ative picture of the relative pro portions
of the different grain sizes within the so il mass. At this stage. let's define some important grain
sizes such as D lO DJO and D w , which are used to define the shape of the grain size distribution
curve. 0 10 is the grain size corresponding to 10% passing; i.e., 10% of the grains are smaller than
this size. Similar definitions hold fo r 0 3U' DI>O' etc:. In Example 3.1, 0 10 = 0.088 mm, D30 = 0.195
mm, and Ow = 1.4 mm . Th e shape of the g rain s ize distribution curve is described through two
simple parameters: the coe ffici e nt of uniformity (C..) and the coefficient of curvature (CC>. They
are defined as:

(3.1)
30 Geotech nical Engineering

and

c =_ D~o (3.2)
( D IOD 60

A coarse-grained soil is said to be well-graded if it consists of soil grai ns represe nting a wide
range of sizes where the smaller grains fill the voids created by the larger g rains, thus producing
a dense packing. A sand is described as well -graded if C~ > 6 and C, = 1- 3. A gravel is well-
g raded if C II > 4 and C, = 1-3. A coarse-grained soil that can not be described as well -graded
is a poorly graded soiL In the previous examplE:, C~ = 15.9 and C, = 0.3 1, and hence the soil
is poo rly graded. Uniformly graded soils and gap-graded soils are two special cases of poorly
graded soils. In uniform ly graded soils, most of the grains are about the same size or vary within
a narrow range. In a gap-graded soil, there are no grains in a specific size range.
Often the soil contains both coarse- an d fine-grained soils, and it may be required to do
both sieve analysis and hydro meter analysis. W-hen it is d ifficult to separate the fines from the
coarse, wet sieving is recommended. Here the soil is washed through the sieves.

3.2.2 Relative Density


The geotechnical characteristics of a granular soil can vary in a wide range depending on how
densely the grains are packed. The density of packing is quantified through the simple param-
eter, relative density Dr' also known as density index In and defined as:

D=
, em~~ --e XIOO% (3.3)
e "' ~ ~ - l ~
- "un

where em u = the void ratio of the soil at its loosest possible packing (known as maximum void
ratio); eonin = void ratio of the soil at its densest possible packing (known as minimum void
ratio); and e = c urrent void ratio (i.e., the state at which Dr is being computed), which lies
between e"LU and em1n
The loosest state is achieved by raining the soi l from a small he ight (ASTM D4254;
AS 1289.5.5. 1). 1111! t.lenses l sta te is obtained by compacting a moist soil sample, vibrating a
moist soil sample, or both (AST M 0 4253; AS 1289.5.5. 1) in a r igid cylindrical mold. Rela-
tive density varies between 0% and 100%; 0% for the loosest state and 100% fo r the densest
state. Terms such as loose a nd dense are often us ed when referr ing to the density of packing of
g ranular soils. Figu re 3.3 shows the commonly used term s and the suggested ranl;es uf rd a-
tive densities.
In terms of unit weights, relative density can be expressed as:

D = <-rtf - 'Yd,min ) 'Yd,max (3.4)


r <-r a. max - 'j' d.min ) 'Y II'
Soil Classifica tion 3 1

I v,,>, 100.. I Loo", Medium dE!nse D",,,,


I Very dense I
o 15 35 65 85 100
Relative density (%)

Figure 3.3 Granular soil designations based on relative densities

3.2.3 Grain Shape


Shapes of the grains can be angular, subangular, subrounded, o r rounded (Figure 3.4a-d). When
the grai ns are angular there is more interlocking among the grain s. and therefore the strength
and stiffnes s of the soils would be g reater. For example, in roadwork, angular aggregates would
provide better inte rlocking and resistance against dislodgement .

(a) (b) (0) (d)

Figure 3.4 Grain shapes: (a) angular (b) subangular (c) subrounded (d) rounded

Example 3.2: Maximum and minimum dry density tests were carried out on sand (G, = 2.67),
using a one liter compaction mold. In the loosest state, 1376 g of dry sand filled the mold. At
8% water content with vibratory compaction, ] 774 g of wet sand was placed in the mold at its
densest state. If the void ratio of this sand at the site is 0.72, what is the relative density?

Solution: GsP., 2.67 x 1


Pd = - - 4 e ....... = - - - - 1= 0.940
l+e 1.376

At densest state:

D, = emu-e XlOO%= O.940-0.720 X1OO% =69.8% ... dense sand


emu: -e min 0,940 -0,625
32 Geotechnical Engineering

3.3 FINE-GRAINED SOILS


While gravel, sand, and silt grains are equ idimensional (Le., same order of dimensions in the
three orthogonal directions), day particles (or grains) are generally two-dimensional or some-
times one-dimensional. They look like flakes or needles. Their surfaces are electricaUy charged
due to a charge imbalance between the cations and anions in their atomic structures. Since the
particles are flakey and finer than 2 j.l.m, they have larger specific surfaces (surface area per unit
mass) than do silts, sands, or gravels. Large sp4:!cific surfaces and the electric charges make the
clays sticky when wct, and make them cohesive, which makes them behave differently than non-
cohesive soils do, such as sands and gravels. Cla}rs are also known as cohesive soils. To understand
the behavior of days, it is necessary to have some knowledge about clay mineralogy.

3.3.1 Clay Mine ralogy


Earth is about 12,500 km in diameter, and most geotech nical engineering work is confined to
the top few hundred meters of the crust, which is comprised essentially of oxygen (49.2%), sili-
con (25.7%), and aluminum (7.5%) present in the form of oxides, with some Feh , Ca H , Na+,
K"I, MgH , ete. The atomic structure of a clay m:ineral is made of one of the two structural units:
tetrahedrons containing a silicon atom at the center surroun ded by fo ur oxygen atoms at the
corners, and octahedrons containi ng aluminum or magneSium ions at the center surrounded
by six hydroxyl or oxygen ions at the corners, as shown in Figures 3.5a and 3.5e. When several
of these units are joined together along a common base, they make tetrahedral and octahedral
sheets, which are represe nted schematically with the symbols shown in Figures 3.Sb and 3.Sd.
An octahedral sheet containing aluminum cations is called gibbsite, and when it contains mag-
nesium cations, it is called brucite.
Different clay minerals are produced by stacking tetrahedral and octahedral sheets in differ-
ent ways. Three of the most common minerals, kaolinite, illite, and montmorillonite, are shown
schematically in Figure 3.6a-c. Kaolinite is formed by stacking several layers of alternating tet-

Hydro)(yl or
oxygen

~e"L__~~~;~~;~~~~I__~ Cf~~~ Octahedral


sheet (AI or Mg)

(,) (b) (o) (d)

Figure 3.5 Atomic structural units of clay minerals: (a) tetrahedron (b) telradedrai
sheet (e) octahedron (d) octahedral sheet
Soil Classification 33

,
~
$; ;
/ 5;
\ L -. J AI...,

) A'M,
I /~
- 5;
eX K+calions Si _

I\ O.72nm

(I ~ l o.96nm
,,~ ~

51 $;

;
A'M, 0.'6 om
I AVM, I / , 51" , ~
/ $;
\ ,,~ ~

/
ffi
5;
A"'o
I I -. I A"'o
/ 51 $1

101 101 " 101


Figure 3.6 Three major clay minerals: (a) kaolinite (b) illite (c) montmorillonite

rahedral and octahedral sheets, each 0.72 nm in thickness, stacked on top of each other (Figure
3.6a). They are held together by strong hyd rogen bonds that preven t them from separating.
Kaolinite is used in cera mics, paper, paint, and medicine. Illite is fo rmed by stacking several
layers 0.96 om thick that consist of an octahed ral sheet sandwiched between two tetrahedral
sheets (one inverted) as shown in Figure 3.6b. They are held together by potassium ions. where
the bonds are not as strong as in kaolinite. Montmorilloniles (Figu re 3.6c), also known as smec-
tites, have the same atomic structure as ill ite, but the layers are held together by weak van der
Waals forces. When water gets between the layers, they are easily separated and there will be a
substantial increase in volume. known as swcllil1g. Mo ntmorillonitic clays arc called expansive
or reactive clays. "They expand in the presence of water and shrink when dried . This shrink-swell
behavior causes billions of dollars worth of dam age to bUildings and roads across the globe.
Other day min erals that are of some interest in geotech ni cal engineering are cl1lorite. halloysite,
vermiculite. and attapulgite.
The specific surfaces of these three major day min erals are kaolinite = 15 m2/g, iUite =
80 m2/g, and montmorillonite = 800 m 2/g. There is always a charge imbalance within a d ay
particle due to substitution of cations within th e pore water, and the net effect is to make the
day particle negatively charged. The charge deficiency (Le., the negative cha rge) is significan tly
larger for montmorillonites th an for kaoli nites. Depend ing on the mineralogy of the day par-
ticles and chemistry of the pore water, the clay particles can form different Jabrics. Two of the
extreme situations are dispersed (also known as oriented) and flocculated fabric s. In a dispersed
fabric , most of the d ay particles are oriented in the same direction. In a fl occulated fabric. they
arc randomly oriented. Clay m icrofabric can be exam ined using a scanning electron micro-
scope (SEM) or atomic force microscope (AFM). The scanning electron micrograph of a dis-
persed kaolinite clay fabric is shown in Figure 3-1.
34 Geotechnical Engineering

EHT .. 3.oo1M S;g''''! A " SE2 D_ :17 Sep 2004


Mag .. 14.00 KX WD_ 6 nvn PIlato No. " 457 Time :11 :57;14

Figure 3.7 Scanning electron micrograph of a dispersed clay fabric (Courtesy of


Dr. Ajanta Sachan, liT Kanpur, India)

3.3.2 Atterberg Limits


Atterberg limits were developed by A. Attc rbcrg, a Swedish scic ntist, in 1911 for pottery and
were later mod ifi ed to suit geotechnical engineering needs by Arthur Casagrande in 1932.
When a dry fine -grained soil is mixed with wate.r in small increments, the soil will pass through
distinct states known as brittle solid, semi-solid. plastiC solid and liquid. as shown in Figure 3.8.
Atterberg limits are simply borderline water contents that separate the different consistencies
the fine-grained soils can have. These borderline water contents are shrinkaf(e limit, plastic limit
and liquid limit.
Shrinkage limit (SL or w.) is the highest water content below which there will be no reduc-
tion in volume when the soil is dried. Plaslic limit (PL or w,,) is the lowest water content at
which the soi l shows plastic behavior. Above the liquid limit (LL or lVt ), the soil flows like a
liquid. When the water content is between PL and LL, the soil remains plastic and the di ffere nce
between LL and PL is known as the plasticity index (PI or 11')' Silts have little or no plasticity,
and their PI "'=' O. These original definitions of the Atterberg lim its are rather vague and are not
reproducible, espeCially by inexperienced operators. Casagrande (1932) standardized the test
procedures which are discussed below.
Soil Classification 35

u=o U =1 U> 1

o SL PL LL

w(%)
Brittle Semi Plastic l iquid
solid solid solid

Plasticity inde:>:
I+- -I
Figure 3.8 Atterberg limits

Soil fraction small er than 00425 mm is used in the laborato ry tests fo r LL and PL. Liq-
uid limit is dctermi ned by two different methods: Casagrande's percu.ssion cup method
(AST M 0 43 18; AS 1289.3. 1.1; Figure 3.9a) and Swedish fall cone method (ASTM 0 43 18; AS
1289.3.9. 1; Figure 3.9b). In Casagrande's percussion cup method, the moist soil pat is placed
in the cup and a standard groove is cut using a grooving tool (Figure 3.9a). The cup is raised
and dropped over a height of 10 rum , h itti ng a hard rubber or m icarl a plastic base, and th e
numbe r of blows required to make the groove dose over 12.5 mm ell inch) is recorded at
different water co ntents. Liqu id limit is defined as th e water content at wh ich such closure
occurs a\ 25 blows. In a Swedish fall con e test, a stainless steel conc, having a mass of 80 g and
angle of 30, is initi ally positi oned to touc h th e moist soil sample in a sta ndard cup (Figu re
3.9b). It is released to fall freely and penetrate the moist soil fo r 5 seconds, and th e penetra
tion is recorded at different watcr contents. The waler content at which the penetration is 20
mm is the li qUid limit . Plastic limit is defined as the lowest water con tent at wh ich the soil can
be rolled into a 3 mm ('Is in.) thread (ASTM 04318; AS 1289. 3.2. 1). In geotechni cal engineer-
ing, LL and PL are used more than SL.
Liquidity jndex (LI or IL ) is a measure of how closc the natural water content (w n ) is to the
liquid li mit, and is defi ned as:
w _
11 = ---1!. - PL
_ (3.5)
LL - PL
Lt takes the value of 1.0 at LL and 0 at PL At WaleI' content greater than LL, LI is greater than 1.
Unear shrinkage (LS) is a simple tesllo measure the polential of the day to shrink, which is also an
indirect measure of the plasticity. Here, a soil pat mixed at water content near the liquid limit is placed
in a standard mold (Figure 3.9c) and in an oven for 24 hours (AS 1289.3.4. 1). The percentage reduc-
tion in the length of the soil is known as linear shri nkage, which is approxim ately equal to 40-50%
ofPI.
Let's consider two different fine grai ned soils X (20% clay an d 80% silts) and Y (80% clay
and 20% silts), having the same plasticity index of 40. In X, the 20% clay contributes to all the
plastic ity, whereas in y, there is a Significantl y larger quantity of clay con tr ibuting to the same
36 Geotechnical Engineering

(a)

(e)

Figure 3.9 liquid limit and linear shrinkage l esl devices: (al Casagrande's percussion cup with grooving
toot (b) fall cone device (cl shrinkage limit mold
Soil Classification 37

degree of plasticity. Und erstandably, the clay component in X is more plastic than the one in
Y. This is quantified by the term activity (A). defined as:
PI
A= (3.6)
% clay fraction

Thus, the activities of clays X and Yare 2 and 0.5 respectively. Large r activity values (e.g., > 1.5)
generally suggest potenlial swell shrink problems.

3 .4 SOIL CLASSIFICATION
The person at the site classifying the samples is different from the one who will do the designs in
the office. Therefore, it is necessary to communicate the soil description as precisely as possible,
from the site to th e design office. A soil classification system does just that. It is a s),stematic method
that groups soils of similar behavior, describes them, and classifies them. The strict guidelines and
the standard terms proposed eliminate any ambiguity and make it a universal language among
geotechnical engi neers. There are several soil classification systems currently in use. The Unified
Soil Classification System (ASTM 02487) is the most popular one that is used in geotechnical
engineering worldwide. Th e American Association of State Highway Transportation Official s
(AASHTO) cl assification system is quite popular for roadwork where soils are grouped according
to thei r suitability as subgrade or embankment m aterials. There are also country-specific stan-
dards such as Australian Standards (AS), British Standard" (BS), Indian Standards (IS), etc.

3 .4.1 Unified Soil Classification Sysfem (USCS)


The Unifi ed Soil Classification System (USeS) was originally develo ped by Casagrande (1948),
and revised in 1952 by Casagrande, the U.S. Bureau of Reclamation (USBR), ,\I1d the U.S. Army
Corps of Engineers to make it suitable for wider geotechnical applications. The coarse-grained
soils are classified based on their grain size distribution and the fine -grained soils based on
Atterberg limits. The four major soil groups in the uses,defined on the basis of the grain size,
a rc gravel (G). sand (S). silt (M). and clay (C). Two other special groups aTC organic soils (0) and
peat (Pt). Organ iC soils are mostly clays containi ng o rga niC mater ial that may have come fro m
decomposed living organ isms, plants, and animaJs. When the liqu id limit reduces by more than
25% upon over-drying, the soil can be classified as an organic soil.
When the coarse fra ction within a soil is greater than 50%, it is classified as a coarse-grained soil.
\Vithin a coarse-grained soil, if the gravel fracti on is morc than the sand fraction, then it is classified as
gravel and vice versa. When the fine fraction is greater than 50%, it is classified as a fine-grained soil
The uses recommends a symbol in the for m of X)' for a soil where the prefix X is the major
soil group and suffix Y is the descriptor. C:oarse-gra ined soils (G or 5) u e described as well -
graded W, poorly graded p, silty M. or d ayey C. Fine-grained soils are described on the basis of
plasticity as low L or high H. These are summ arized in Table 3. 1.
38 Geotechnical Engineering

Table 3.1 Major soil groups, descr'iptors. and symbols


Major soil group IX) Descriptor Iy) Possible symbols (XY)

Well graded 0Nl


Gravel (G) Poorly gradl~ (P) GW. GP. GM, GC
Sand (S) Silty (M) SW, SP, SM, SC
Clayey (C)
Sill(M) Low plasticity (L) ML, MH
Clay (C) High plasticity (H) CL. CH
Organic (0) Ol,OH

Fine-grained soils are classifi ed based on Atterberg limits, irrespec tive of the relative pro -
portions of d ays and silts, which a re of little value in classifi cation . Casagrande (1948) proposed
the PI -LL chart shown in Figure 3. 10 where the A-li ne separates the clays from silts. Most llne-
grained soils plot near the A-line. The U-line is the upper limit for any fine -grained soils.
Let's look at th e USCS for fOllr special cases on the basis of percentage offi nes: 0 to 5%, 5 to
12%, 12 to 50% a nd 50 to 100%:

0-5% fin es: A coarse-grained soil with negli gible fi nes. Classify as GW, GP, SW, or SP.
12- 50% fin es: A coarse-grained soil with substantial fines that can have a significant
influence on the soil behavior. Classify as GM, Ge, SM, or Sc.
50- 100% fine s: A fin e-grain ed soil. Cla ssify as ML, MH , CL, or CH. C oarse grains are
ignored (even if Significant in presence) in assign ing the sym boL If the LL and PL val-
ues pia l in the hatched area in Figure 3.10, the soil is given a dual symbol, CL-M L.

60 ,
~
V
50
/ ,~"

x 40
r- / _.;Y"
~ I~;>~
:~ 30
r- 1/
"
~
~
20 l#' V V
10
,
V ;; MH ~'OH

o
'F ~ -1 , -

o 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Liquid limit

Figure 3. 10 Casagrande's PI-LL chart


Soil Classification 39

5-12% fi nes: A coarse-grained soil with some fi nes that can influence the soil behavior.
C lassify as X-XZ, where X is the major coarse (G or W), Y defines the gradation (W or
P), and Z is the major fines (M or C), with possible symbols of GW-GC, SP-SM, etc.

All possible symbols and the four groups of the uses are sum ma ri zed in Figure 3. 11.

Coarse grained SOil ' + Fine grained soil

"A, Fines

o 5 12 50 100

Xy X~XZ Xy Xy
/'/J \ \
GIS WIP M/C
,/~
GIS MIC MIC
,/\
LlH
GIS WfP

Figure 3.11 uses summary

3.4.2 AASHTO Soil Clossification System


The AASHTO soil classi fi catio n system is used mainly for roadwork, and it groups soils into
eight groups from A- I to A-S. Groups A- I to A-3 denote coa rse-grained soils (defin ed as
soils where % fi nes ~ 35), and g ro ups A-4 to A-7 deno te fine-grai ned soils (defined as soils
where % fi nes > 35). Group A -8 includes highly orga nic soils (e.g., peats). As with other
classifi cation syste ms, sieve analysis and Atterbcrg limits are used in assign ing the above
symbols. A- I soils are well-graded gravels o r sands with fi nes ( ~ 25%) of li ttle plasticity
($ 6), and are further subdivided into A- l -a (% fi ner than 2 mm S SO; % finer than 0.425 mm
S 30; and % fines S IS) and A- l-b (% fi ner than 0.425 mm <:: 50 and % fi nes s 25). A-3 soils
are clean. poorly graded fi ne sands with less th an 10% nonplastk fines. A-2 group soils are
coarse-grained with S 35% fines and are d iffe rentiated on the basis of PI and LL using Figu re
3. 12. Depending on the quadrant they fall into, they ar e assigned symbols A-2-4 , A-2 -S, A-2-6,
alld A-2-7. Wiu:n the fi ne fractio n is greater tha n 35%. the soil is grouped as A-4, A-5, A-6, or
A-7 on the basis of PI and LL values, as shown in Figure 3. 12. Here, the horizontal line of PI =
10 separates clays from silts. W hen the PI and LL are both high, the so il is subdivided into A-7-5
and A-7-6 by a 45 li ne.
It is also necessary to assign a numbe r known as group index (Gl) wiLhi n pa rent heses after
the symboL Group index is defined as:

G I =(F - 35)[0.2 +0.005(LL - 40)1 + O.OI(F -15)(PI - 10) (3.7)

where F is the pe rcentage of fi nes. In the case of A-2-6 a nd A-2-7, GI is calculated fro m :

GI = O.O I(F - 15)( PI - I0) (3.8)


40 Geotechnical Engineering

60

50
1--+--+--+--t---I-.-.-.+'-.,o'-~l-1
I--~"':~01':
~:~)-
/' z >


~
40
.. l/ "
'S><:-
0i.'-' A-7-6 " .",

.."
.~
30


20
A6
.~ A 5

,
10 .
.. ..
. ... A-4.,- A5

0 I "'j
0 '0 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 '00
Liquid limit

Figure 3.12 AASHTO classification of A-4, A-S, A-5, and A-7 subgroups

Gl should be rounded off to the nearest integer and should be taken as zero when negative and
fo r soil groups A- I-a, A- I -b, A-3, A-2-4, and A- 2-S. The AAS HTO symbol is assigned by a pro-
cess of elim ination, trying from group A-J to A- S (from low to h igh), The first group that fit s
the data gives the cor rect classificatio n.

3.4.3 Visual Identification and Classitication of Soils


A good geotechni cal engi neer must be able to identify and class ify soils in the fie ld si mply by
the feel. This is easier wit h coarse-grained soils where one can includ e q ualitative information
on grain size (fine, med ium , o r coarse), grain shape, color, homogeneity, gradation, stale oj com -
paction or cementation , presence ojjines, etc. Ba.sed on these data and relative proportions, it is
possible to assign the USCS symbol and a descr iption (ASTM D2488). Fine-grained soils can
be identi fi ed as days or silts hased on dry .~trenglh or dilatancy. A moist pat of cl ay feels sticky
between the fingers. and silts feel gritty. Dry st,-ength is a qualitative measure of how easy it is
to crush a dry lump of fine -grained soil between the fingers. C lays have high d ry strength. and
silts have low d ry strength. A dilatancy test involves placing a moist pat of soil in the palm and
shaki ng it vigorously to see how q uickly water rises to the surface. The standard terms used for
describ ing d ilatancy are q uick. slow, none, etc. Silts show quick d ilatancy and clays show slow
to none.
Based on what we have discussed up to now, a compariso n of clays and nonclays (Le . silts,
sands, and gravels) is made in Table 3.2.
Soil Classification 41

Table 3.2 Clays vs. non-clays

Clays "Ion-clays (silts, sands and gravels)

Grains are 1 (needle) or 2 (plate) dimensional Grains are equidimensional


Grains < 2 jJ.m Grains > 2 IJ.m
Negatively charged grains Inert - no charge imbalance
Cohesive and hence sticky Non-cohesive and gritty
Plastic O.e. , PI > 0) Non-plastic (PI - 0)
High specific surface L.aw specific surface
Colloidal (surface forces are significant) Non-colloidal

.:. 0.075 mOl (75 Ilm) separates coarse- and fine-grained soils .
:. Uniformly graded soils are poorly graded .
:. Grain size distributions are ma inly for coarse-grained soils;
Auerbcrg limits are fo r fines .
:. Clay particles are negatively charged flakes with a high surface area
and are smaller than 2 tJ-m in size; they are plastic and sticky (cohe-
sive). Silts are nonplastic (PI = 0) .
:. A fine-grained soil is classified as clay or silt based on Atterberg
limits- not on relative proport ions.
:. The first t hing one should knm... when classifying a soil is the % of
fines. This determines how the symbol is assigned and how the soil
is described .
:. In AASHTO, the general rating as a subgrade decreases from left to
right, A-l be ing the best and A-S being the worst.

WORKED EXAMPLES
l. The grain size distribution data fo r three soi ls are given below. The fines in Soil A showed
low dry st rength and t he LL and PL of Soil Care 45 and 23 respectively. C lassify t he three
soils.
42 Geotechnical Engineering

Percentage passing
Sieve size
(mm) Soil A Soil B Soil C
19.0 100.0 99.0
9.5 69.0 83.0
4.75 48.8 100 61.5
2.36 34.4 95.0 36.0
1.18 24.3 36.0 32.0
0.600 17.3 4.0 31.0
0.300 12.2 0.0 30.0
0.150 8.7 26.5
0.075 6.1 9.0

Solution: The Ow. OJ()' Ow. Cu, and C( values. and the percentages of
gravels. sands. and fines within the three soils are summarized:

Soil A Soil B Soil C


D,, (mm) 0.2 0.73 0.08
D", (mm) 1.8 1.1 0.3
/)", (mm) 7.3 1.5 4.5
c. 36.5 2.1 56.3
C, 2.2 1.1 0.25
% gravel 51 .2 0 38.5
% sands 42.7 100 52.5
% fines 61 0 9

100 TI------'~,I-- __-- -.--~-,-

.~ I 'I I'

!I

20 +--+---~4

I
0+-------
0.01 0.1 10 100
Grain size (mm)
Soil Classification 43

W ith 6.1 % fines, Soi l A would be classified as a coarse-grained soil with dual symbols.
Since the fines have low dry strength, they a re silt y. It can be classified as well-graded, silty,
sandy gravel with a symbol of GW-GM.
Soil B is uniformly graded sand, with all grai ns in the range of 0.5-3.0 mm. It can be clas -
sified as uniformly graded sand with a symbol of SP.
Soil C is a gap-graded soil that has no grains present in the size range of 0.5- 2.0 mm.
With 9% fi nes, it requires a dual symbol. PI and LL values plo t above the A-line in Casa-
grande's PI -LL chart, implying that the fines are clayey. Therefore, the soil can be classified
as gap-graded, clayey gravelly sand with a symbo l ofSP-SC.
2. The grain size distribution curve of a soil is described as:

where p
R'
p= - - x IOO
DJTlax
= percentage passing, D = grain size, and Dm.. = maximum grain size within
the soil.
a. Is the soil well graded or po orly grad ed?
b. Assuming the largest grain within th e soil is 50 mm, describe the so il with the
uses symbol.
Solution:
a. At 10%, 30% and 60% passing:

lO =J D" x IOO;
Dmax
30=J Dm.~
D", X100; and60 =
D
~ xlOO
Dmax

From the above three equations, it is a fairly straightfor ward exercise to show that:

D D'
Cu = --..J!Q.. =36, and C c = 30 =2.25 -? A well graded soil
0 10 DIOD60
Note: This equation was p roposed by Fuller and 'Tho mpson (1907) for mix design
of aggregates in selecting the right mix fo r a well-graded soil.
b. Substituting D lllu = 50 m m in the eq uation used in 2a:

PO.07S = 3.9% and P4.75 = 30.8%


... % gravels = 69.2, % sands = 26.9, and % fin es = 3.9

The soil can be cl assified as well-graded sandy gravel with negligible fines, w ith a
uses symbol of Gw,
44 Geotechnical Engineering

3. Classify the following soils using the given grain size distribution an d Atterberg limits
data.
a. 68% retained on 4.75 mm sieve; 11 % passed 0.075 mm sieve; fines showed quick
d il atancy; Cu = 34 and C, = 0.83
b. 77% passed 4.75 mm sieve; 20% passed 0.075 mm sieve; fines have high dry
strength
c. 42% passed 4.75 mm sieve; 4% passed 0.0 75 mm sieve; Cu = 18, Cc = 2.1
d . 14% retained on 4.75 mm sieve; 60% passed 0.075 mm sieve; LL = 65, PL = 35
Solution:
a. % gravel = 68; % sands = 21; % fines = 11

Fines showing quick dilatancy --? silty fines


C u = 34 and Cc = 0.83 --? Poorly graded
.'. GP-GM: Poorly graded. silty sandy gravel
b. % gravel = 23; % sands = 57; % fines = 20

Fines have high dry strength --? clayey fines


:. SC: Clayey gravelly sands

c. % gravel = 58; % sands = 38; % fines = 4

Cu = 18, Cc = 2. 1 --? well graded


.'. GW: "'"ell -graded sandy gravel

d. % gravel = 14; % sands = 26; % fines = 60

LL = 65, PI = 30 --? lies below A-line and hence silt


:. MH: Gravelly, sandy high-plastic silt

REVIEW EXERCISES
1. State whether the foll owi ng are true or false.
a. The coefficient of uniformity has to be greater than unity
b. 'fh e density of the soil -water susp ension in a hyd rome ter test increases with time
c. The plastic limit is always greater than the plasticity index
d. The shrinkage limit is a lways less than the plastic lim it
e. Soils with larger g ra ins have la rger specific surfaces
f. A 10 mm c ube and 10 m m diam eter sph ere have the same specific areas
Soil Classification 45

2. List 10 d ifferent sieve numbers and the corresponding ape rture diameters.

3. How are the density-time measurements in a hydrometer translated into grain


size percentage-passing data ?

4. Write a 300-word essay on clay mineralogy cover ing cation exchange capac-
ity, isomorphous substitution, and diffuse double layer in relation to what was
discussed in 3.3. 1 Clay Mineralogy.

5. Two coarse-grained Soils A and B have grain size distribution curves that are approxi-
mately parallel. A is coarser than B. Com pare their D IO , Oso, em",,' and emin values, stating
wh ich is larger. Give your reasons.

6. Calculate the specific surface of 1 mm, 0.1 mm, and 0.01 mm diameter soil grains assuming
speci fi c gravity of 2.70. See how the specific surfa ce increases with the reduction in grain
size. Compare these values to those of the flakey clay m inerals such as kaolinite, illite, and
montmorillonite.
Answer: 2.2 X 10-; tIll/g, 2.2 X 10-: m l /g, 0.22 m 2/g

7. The maximum and min imum vo id ratios of a granular soil are l.00 and 0.50 respectively.
W hat would be the void ratio at 40% relat ive density? What are the porosi ties at maximum
and minimum void ratios? Assuming Gs = 2.65, determine th e maximum and minimum
dry densities.
Answer: 0.80; 50%, 33.3%; 1.77I/m J, 1.33 1/m J
46 Geotechnical Engineering

8. The grain size distribution curves of four Soils A, B, C, and D are shown below and their LL
and PL are: Soil C = 40, 16; Soil 0 = 62, 34. Classify the soi ls, givi ng their uses symbols
and descriptions.

100

90

eo
~
70
c
.~
60
~
~ 50

"~
~
40

30

20

10

0.01 0.1 10 100


Grain size (mm)

9. List all uses symbols and align them with the corresponding and most likely
AASHTO symbols. In some cases, there may be more than one. Once you have
finished, go from AASHTO to uses. This exercise will reinforce your under-
standing of AASHTO.
Soil Classification 47

rill
_ J
Quiz 2: Phase relations and soil classification

Ii' ,~ Durat io n: 30 minutes

1. Which of the following can exceed 100%?

(a) Relative (b) Degree of (c) Water (d) Percentage (e) Porosity
density saturation content passing
(/'2 point)

2. Which of the foll owi ng can exceed I?

(a) Void ratio (b) Liquidity index (c) Activity (d) Coefficient of
cu rvature
(/'2 point)

3. Which of the folloW ing values is likely fo:r the mass of a 1 m 3 rock?

(a) 29 kg (b) 290 kg (e) 2900 kg (d) 29 ton


(/'2 point)

4. Which are the three most abundant elements found in the earth's crust?

(a) 0, Si, Al (b) 0, Si, N (e) 0, Si, Fe (d) Si, AI, Mg


CI2 point)

5. Which of the follow ing terms is not used with fine-grained soils?

(a) Relative density (b) Act ivity (c) liquidity index Cd) Plasticity
(/'2 point)
48 Geotechnical Engineering

6. Which of the following is not a valid uses symbol?


(a) GP-GM (b) SW-WC (e) SP (d) CL
e/2 point)

7. The sieve analysis data of a soil are given below. The tines showed very low dry
strength. Without plotting the grain size distribu tion curve, describe the soil, giving
it the uses symbol.

Sieve size (mm) 9.5 4.75 2.38 0.85 0.075


% passing 100 60 40 30 10
(3 points)

8. Two samples of crushed mine tailings A and B are mixed in equal proportions by
weight. Sample A contains 20% fines and has a specific gravity of 2.80. Sample B
contains 30% fines an d a specific gravity of 3.70. Find the percentage of fines and the
average specific gravity of the grains in the mix.
(4 points)

,.~. ~
. .~... Va\..e "

This book has free material available for download from the
Web Added Value'" resource center at www.jrosspub.com
Compaction 4
4.1 INTRODUCTION
Natural ground is not' always suitable in its present slate for the proposed construction work.
For example, the granular soils at a proposed site for a high-rise building may be in a looser state
than desired, suggesting potential future stability problems or settlement problems, or both. The
landfill clay liner that lies at the bottom of a landfi ll may allow morc leachate than desired to flow
through. polluting the groundwater. The simplest remedy in both ci rcumstances is to compact
the soils to ensure they have adequate strength and stiffness to limit any postconstruction settle-
ment and stability problems, and to limit the qua.ntity of seepage through the soils. Compaction
is one of th e most popular ground improvement techniques carried out in earthworks associated
with roads, embankments, landfi lls, buildings, and backfills behind retaining walls. Generally,
the main objective is to increase the strength and stiffness of the soil and reduce the permeabil-
ity of the soil, all of which are achieved through a red uction in the void ratio. Some common
machinery used in earthmoving is shown in Figures 4.1a through 4.1e. The soil excavated from
the borrow area is transported to the site, whe re it is sprinkled with a specific quantity of water
and compacted to the appropriate density. Acti ng like a lubricant, water sticks to the soil grains
and facilitates the compaction process, thus den:Sify ing the soiL
Reduction in void ratio is a measure of the effectiveness of compaction. Since void ratio is
never measured directly, it is indirectly quantified through the dry density of the compacted
earthwork. It can be seen intuitively and in Equation 2.9 that lower void ratios equate to larger
dry densities.

(.) (b) (0) (d) (e)

Figure 4.1 Some earthmoving machinery: (a) excavator (b) backhoe (c) spreader
(d) dump truck (e) roller

49
50 Geotechnical Engineering

4.2 VARIABLES IN COMPACTION


Water content and compactivc effort are the two major variables that influence the degree of
compaction and the engineering behavior of t he compacted soil. This is illustrated through
Exam ple 4.1.

Example 4 .1: A soil is compacted in a cylindr,ical mold with a volume of 1000 cm) at six differ-
ent water contents, using the same compactive effort (Test 1). After compaction, the samples
were extruded and weighed. The same test was repeated. but with a larger compactive effort
(Test 2). The water contents and wet masses of the samples from the two tests are given.

Water content Wet mass (g)


~
(% ) TE~t 1 Test 2
11 1 867 1937
13 1956 2034
tS 204' 2108
17 2106 2118
19 2090 2097
21 2036 2055

Compute the dry densities and plOI them against the water content for both tests.

Solution: The volume of the compacted sample is :(000 cm3 The dry density can be detcrmined using
thc equation Pm = pil + w) from Chapter 2: under Worked Example 1. The computed values
are shown.

Wet mass (ul Ory density (tim')


w(%) Test 1 Tesit 2 Test 1 Test 2
11 1867 1937 1.682 1.745
13 1956 20:34 1.731 1.800
15 2044 2108 1.777 1.833
17 2106 21 '18 1.800 1.810
19 2090 20!37 1.756 1.762
21 2036 2055 1.683 1.698

The dry density vs. water content variation is shown on page 51. Continues
Compaction 5 1

Example 4.1 : Continued


1.85 ,

1.60
/ --- ~ ........ lestl
....... ~st2

E
"-
i'c

~

'"
0
1.75

/
V

V
l,/ ~ , ~
1.70
J! 'i
1.65
10 12 14 16 1.
Water conlent (%)
20 22

From both tests in Example 4.1, it can be seen that the dry density increases with the water content
up to a certain value, where the dry density is known as the maximum dry density Pd. max and the cor-
responding water content is known as optimum water content. A further increase in water content
results in a reduction in the dry density. Increasing the compactive effort (see Example 4.1) leads to a
reduction in the optimum water content and an increase in the maximum dry density. The optimum
water content and the maximum dry density of the two tests are:
3
Test 1: optimum water content = 17.0%; P d. m.~ == 1.80 t/m
3
Test 2: optimum water content = 15.0%; p,/. max = 1.83 t/m

A curve d rawn through the peaks of all compachon curves with different compactivc efforts on
the same soil is known as the line of optimum. The compacted earthwork will have very good
geotechnical characteristics (Le., strength, stiffness, permeability, etc.) when it is compacted
near the optimum water content. Particularly in clayey soils, the behavior of the compacted
earthwork is quite sensitive to the water content in the vicinity of the optimum water content.
Therefore, it is necessary to know the optimum water content and the maximum dry density of
a soil under a specific compactive effort in order TO specify the right values for the field work.
Terms such as dry of optimum or wet of optimum are used depending on if the com pac lion is
carried out at a water content less or greater than the optimum water content
The phase diagrams of the compacted soil at different water contents are shown in Figure
4.2a. The variatiuns uf dry density and void rat iu against the water cuntent are shuwn in Figures
4.2b and 4.2c respectively.
5 2 Geotechnical Engineering

Air
Air
Air Air Air

Water Water Water


Waler
Water

[.J

r, S < 100%

2
:
i,
1,
3

\
.
4

,!
i 5
w~ W(%)
[bJ

.... ~/ ,
,!
w~

w I'!!,)

[d

Figure 4.2 Compaction: (a) phase diagrams (b) Pd VS. w


plot (el e vs. w plot

4.3 LABORATORY TESTS


In the field, soil is compacted in 150- 500 mm thick layers (known as lifts) using a wide range of
rollers. Laboratory compaction tests were developed by R. R. Proctor in the 19305, replicating
the field compaction process in a cylindrical compaction mold with a volume of about 1 liter.
The standard Proctor compaction test (ASTM D698; AS1289.5.1.l) and the modified Proctor
compaction test (ASTM D 1557; AS 1289.5.2.1) are the two popular compaction tests carried out
for developing the compaction curve, and hence derive the optimum water content and maxi-
Compaction 53

mum d ry density. Here. a hammer of specific mass falling through a specifi c height is used fo r
compacting the soil in a few layers of equal thickness. as shown in Figure 4.3. The test details
arc summarized in Table 4.1.

4.3.1 Zero Air Void Curve


From Equations 2.6 and 2.9. it can be shown th at:
GsPw
Pd = -- - (4.1)
1+ wGs
5

Example 4.2: Show that the compactive effort im parted to the soil in a standard Proctor com -
paction test is 552 kJlm' .

Solution: Work done per blow "'" 2.5 X 9.81 X 0.3 Nm == 7.36 Nm (or JouJes)
When compacted in three layers with 25 blows per layer. the total energy imparted to the
soil is:
3 X 25 X 7.36 = 552 J
Volume of the compacted soil = 1000 em' = 10 l m'
:. Compactive effort = 552 kUm' (See Table 4. 1)

Table 4.1 Standard and modified Proctor


Hammer co mpaction test details
Standard Modified
Proctor Proctor
Mass 01 hammer (kg) 2.5 4.5
....... '-- -------. Hammer drop (mm) 300 450
._----- --_.--
--':::: .. Number of layers 3 5
Blows per layer 2S 25
Compacted layer
Compactive effort (kJ/m, 552 2483

Compacted mold

Figure 4.3 Compaction mold and hammer


54 Geotechnical Engineering

Therefore, in any soil (Le., for a known value of G.) , the value of S is fixed for a specific pair of
values of wand P,I' In other words, every point in the p[ w space (see figure in Example 4. I) has
a specific value of S. Thus, Equation 4. 1 can be used to draw contours ofS in a P,r W space.

Example 4 .3: Draw the contours of S = 100%, S = 90%, and S = 70% in the plot shown in Ex-
ample 4. 1, assuming G, = 2.72.

Solution: Let's substitute S = 70% and G, = 2.72 in Equation 4.1, which gives Prl as a function of w.
This can be repeated for S = 90 and 100%. TIle calculated values are shown.
Pd (tim") for S-contours
w(% ) S = 70 S =90 S = 100
11 1.906 2.041 2.094
13 1.807 1.953 2.009
15 1.718 1.872 1.932
17 1.638 1.797 1.860
19 1.565 1.728 1.793
21 1.498 1.664 1.731

These are plotted as shown.


1.85 , - " - - - - , - - < r - , , - - , - - - - ,

180
'"~
-
.i;'
1.75
~

~
c
1.70

165 ~-..j....~-l----l-'-'--+---+--I
10 12 14 16 18 20 22
Wa~er content (%)

The contour of S = 100% in the Pr W space is known as the zero air void curve. Any point to the
right of the zero air void curve implies S > 100%, which is not possible. Therefore, it is neces-
sary that any compaction test point must lie to the left of the zero air void curve, which is a good
check. II is quite common to show the zero air void curve along with the com paction curves.
The S-contours in Example 4.3 give an idea of the degree of satu ration of all test points, Some
Compaction 55

times, they are replaced by ai r content a contours where air content is defined as the ratio of the
v..
air void volume to the total volume V,. In term s of a, Equation 4. 1 becomes:

(4.2 )

Similar to S = 70%,90%, and 100%, one can draw a = 30%, 10%, and 0% using Equation 4.2.
They are not the same.

4 .4 FIELD COMPACTION. SPECIFICATION. AND CONTROL


There is a wide range of rollers that are being used for compacting soils in the field. The compac-
tive effort can be in the form of static pressures (e.g., smooth-wheeled roller), kneading (e.g.,
sheepsfoot roller), vibration (e.g., vibratory plates), or impact (e.g. impact roller), or any of
these combi ned. Wh ile clays can be compacted effectively by a kneading action, vibrator y com -
paction is the most effective in granular soils. F:igure 4.4a shows an impact roller. Figure 4.4b
shows a water truck sprinkling water to the soil in preparation for the compaction.
In clayey soils in particular, the behavior of the compac ted earthwork can be very sensitive
10 the water content A comparison is given in Table 4.2.
Compacting dry or wet of optimum has its own advantages and disadvantages. Depending on
the expected performance of the compacted earthwork in service. one would select the appropriate
water content. For example, a landfill liner should have low permeability and ductility to minimi7.
future cracking. Therefore. it is better to compact it wet of optimum. On the other hand. a foundati on
base requires higher strength and stiffness, and hence it is better to compact it dry of optimum.
l h ere are two ways of specifying compaction of earthworks, namely, method specification
and end-product specification. In method specification, the engineer representing the client
takes responsibility fo r the fin ished product and specifies every detail including type of roller,
number of passes. li ft th ick ness, water content, etc. In end-product specification. the contrac-
tor is required to select the variables and take responsibility for meeting the requirements of
th e end product. The specified requirements gene rally inclu de a narrow range of water content
and dry d ensity of the compacted earthwork. 1h e dry density is often spec ified as a certain
percentage of the laboratory maximum dry density (e.g., 95% of Pd. In. . from the mod ified Proc
tor compaction test in the laboratory). This is expressed through a variable known as relative
compaction R, defi ned as:

R= PdJleid - X IOO% (4.3)


Pd,IlWIJ.oIb

where Pa, fi~ld is the dry density of the compacted earthwork. and Pd..........I. 1> is the max imum dr y
densit y determined by the laboratory compaction test. R can exceed 100% due to a larger
56 Geotechnical Engineering

(0) Ib)

Ie)
Figure 4.4 Field compaction: (a) impact roller (bl watl~r truck sprinkling water (cl nuclear densometer

Table 4.2 Effe<;ts of compacting dry vs. wet of optimum in clays


Dry of optimum Wet of optimum
Clay fabric Flocculated Dispersed
Strength High Low
Stiffness High (briIUI:!) Low (ul.II.:til.,)
Permeability High Low
Swelling potential High Low
Shrinkage potential Low High
Compaction 57

compactive effort in the field. Dry density of t he compacted earthwork and the water con-
tent are determined by a sand cone/replacement test (ASTM D1556; AS1289.5.3.l) or nuclear
densometer (ASTM 02922; AS 1289.5.8.1, see Figure 4.4c). Sand cone tests are destructive
(i.e., requi res that a hole be dug into the compacted ground) and nuclear densometer tests
are nondestructive and faster, hence more popular. These control tests are carried o ut on the
compacted earthwork at a specified frequency (e.g., one test per 500 m 3 ) to ensure th e speci-
fications arc met. When discussing coarse-grained soils, it is possible to specify the density in
terms of relative density than relative compaction. Lee and Singh (1971) suggested that they
are related by:

R =80+ 0.2D, (4.4)

Example 4 .4 : Standard Proctor compaction was carried out on a clayey sand, and the compac-
tion curve is shown in the figure. The specific gravity of the soil grains is 2.71.

a. What are the maximum dry density and thE~ optimum water content?
b. Find the void ratio and degree of saturation at the optimum water content.

The compaction specifications require that the relative compaction be at least 98% and the wa-
ter content to be within ~2 to ~ ~% from the optimum water content. A sand replacement test
was carried out on the compacted earthwork where a 1240 em} hole was dug into the ground.
The mass of the soil removed from the hole was 2748 g, which became 2443 g on drying. Does
the compaction meet the specifications?

~
1.95

.~
c
~

'"
0 1.9

8 10 12 14 16
Water content (%)

Continues
58 Geotechnical Engineering

Example 4.4: COtltitlued

Solution:

a. From the figure.


optimum water content (owe) ,= 11.5% and Pd,nw: = 1.97 tlm 3
h. At optimum,
Gp 2.71
Pd = ---L..!!!. ---7 e =: - - -1 =0.376
l+e 1.97

W =Se -7 S =0.115x 2.71 =82.9%


Gs 0.376
Specifications:

1. 9.5% S Wfirid ::s; 11.0%


2. Pd,iYJd 2" 0.98 X 1.97 (= 1.93) t/m 3

Sand replacement test:


VI = 1240 cml, M , = 2748 g, M, = 2443 g
3
Wfi<Jd = 12.5% and Pd,fi<Jd = 1.97 t/m

The compaction does not meet the specifications; it satisfies dry density but not the water
content.

.:. Optimum watcr contcnt and maximum dry density for a specific
soil are not ftxed values; they vary with the compactive effort.
.:. You can work in terms of densities (and masses) or unit weights
(and weights) .
:. In clayey soils, the behavior of compacted earthwork is very sensi-
tive to the water content, depending on whether the clay is com-
pacted to the dry or wet of optimum. Therefore, a stringent control
is necessary.
Compaction 59

WORKED EXAMPLES
I. A standard Proctor compaction test is carried out on the soil sample (G, = 2.74) collected
from an earthwork and the compaction curve is shown in the figure. Draw the zero air
vo id curve to see if it in tersects the compaction curve.

1.9

1.6
i I \
.W: 1.7
c

U

'"
0 1.6 / \
I
1.5
10 15 20 25
Water content (%)

The compaction specifications require that the earthwork be compacted to a relative com-
paction of at least 95% with respect to the standard Proctor compaction test, and that the
water content be within :!: 11/2% of the optimum water content. A field denSity test was
later carried out to check the quality of comp action. A hole was dug in the compacted
earthwork and 957 g soil was removed. The volume of the hole, as measured through a
sand cone test, was 450 cm'. A 26.3 g soil sample that was removed from the hole was
then dried in the oven an d had a mass of22 .8 g. Does the compaction meet the specifica-
tions?
Solution: Let's use Equation 4. 1 with G, = 2.74 to locate a few points for the zero air void
curve. This gives:
p, ~ 2.74/(1 + 2.74w)
on the zero ai r void curve. Subst ituti ng w (%) = 17, 18, 19, and 20 in th is equation gives
Pd (t/m J ) = 1.87,1.84, 1.80, and 1.77. Plotting these fou r points on the above plot shows
that the compaction curve full y lies to the left of the zero air void cur ve.
From the laboratory:
l 3
OWCI"b = 16.0% and P d. "''''' = I.H I g/cm or t/ m (see figure)

26.3 - 22.8
w(",ld = x 100 = 15.35%
22.8
60 Geote chnical Engineering

and

957 3
P'" fipld
'"
=---
450
= 2. 13 g/cm

2. t 3 3
:. Pd field
,
=- - - = 1.84 g/CIn
1+0.1535

1.84
:. Relalive compaction = - - x 100 = 102%
1.81

Specifi cations: (a) R == 95% (standard Proctor) and (b) 14.5% S W~.IJ S 17.5%

The control test shows that the compaction meets the specifications with respect to both
water content and relative compaction.

2. The data from a standard Proctor and modified Proctor compaction test on a soil (G,- =
2.64) are given:
Stan dard Proctor:
Water content (%) 9.3 11 .8 14.3 17.6 20.8 23.0
Dry density (Vm~ 1.691 1.715 1.755 1.747 1.685 1.6 19

Modified Proctor:
Water content (% ) 9.3 12.8 15.5 18.7 21.1
Df"y density (Urn') 1.873 1.910 1.803 1.699 1.641

a. Plot the compact ion curves along with the zero air void curve and find the opti-
mum water content and the maximum dry density for each test.
b. Compaction control tests were carri ed out at four different fi eld locations, and the
results are as follows:

Control Volume of Mass of wet Mass of dry


test no. soil (cm,,) soil (9) soil (g)
946 1822 1703
2 980 2083 1882
3 95' 1960 1675
4 978 2152 1858

Compute the dry density, bulk density, and the water content fo r each test and plot
the points in the above graph along with the compaction curves.
Compaction 61

c. The compaction specification requires that the in situ dry density be greater than or
equal to 95% of the maximum dry density from the modifi ed Proctor compaction
test and fo r the water contents to be within 2% of the modified Proctor optimum
water content. Dete rmine which of the four control tests meet the specifications,
and give reasons why the specifica tions were not met for the tests that failed.
Solution: Th e computed values are shown in the plot.
OWCmodir,.d P,oe'", = 12.5%, and
3
Pd. rnax...modificd ~roclor = 1.91 tlm

Speci fi cations require that: (a) Pd. fi~Jd ~ 1.8 1 t/m 3 and (b) 10.5% :$ W field::5 14.5%.
:. Only the control tests falling with in the sh aded region would meet both water content
and relative compaction criteria.
Control test 1: Too dry and low dry density
Control test 2: Meets the specificat ions (fall.s within the shaded region)
Control test 3: Too wet and low dry density
Control test 4: Control test itself is invalid-lies to the right of zero air void curve

2 r-,'--' '-T'-'' ~'-f


j-+--t-i--- ' -,~'--r'-'-''--:'-':r=OC=======~~
- -. l ---+--- I --- ~---- ---j---+- i-- _ Standard
: : :: : : ' : :::
++--t- ~ --- --+--+---~--i-- -- --+ --+-.+-
.-. i--+---i---~ ---- --i--.}--t,i.. .. -;... +.. -i
, , " I'" ' ." -=- Modified
--l--+---~---~---
: : :: -.l---+.--~ : ;r.u.....~\--.
:' -;:: ..+-1--
:
- - - Zero air void

1.9 +----~~----.t~----~~.----+,~~
.---~v:-
--7-.~:--qt=--~-~t~J
--~,i:~-
__~__+
.,__lii-_ _-_~~_-__+i_-i_ Test 1
: : : :u : : : 'I.: : :
''';--'r --;---: -- "-r--r--':-- lest 2
1-- ---t--:----r---:-'--
___;_.. .l ___L __ ~_._. ___ :_.+.l_ ~_ ~ . _ . ~.\. .l ... : . .
::: : : : i: : 'I.: : lest 3
.~
IJ)
..+-+ --+ .. ;---- --+--+ --,---~ ---- ---1---"'---!--
: . : : : : : ! : : 'I. :
... lest 4

~~ ~,' ___ ~,' --- ---!---J.---t-..


1.8 _.. I,' ___ .I., ___
. , . ~---- . --\--J.---~-J
_.L\" ." .. -_.-1.--.L-L-.
,.,
o --+--+--+-+---_.. +--+-~. . >:' :~
: -+-i,--, ..t--+--+--
.
.
..
--- I ---+ -- -f---~-- --
,
--t,-+-t-i--
, , ." , --l---
"
*t ...
.. -f---+- - --{ .-. --1---..... -- -. ~. -,. ~ +--I ---
, '.,'
' --t"--- ~---- ---l---+---'
".
--- -- ,,-j... , -.;.---.---
, ,. ,..,. " ' . 'I.' " '
17 ~ ~ ~!:. ---J __ +. i--.~.- ..1-..+.. ~_..}. ~
______ ___ ___ _ ::-.~---i .--
: :: :::: ::: T' : 'i :
. "--+-- ---t---+ ---,, --t ,+-
.
--- ---t--+t-{ -.. -.-, .--t-.-t--.-!.--. P$
---~----~---{-- - +:- ;I-\... -!---
"" " "
.. ---+---r ---f---t--- ---t---+ --+-+---
......+..+.+.-. --+-- + --- f --- ~ --- --+--+--+--+--- ---i---+--- --
16 +--,--,-'--,-'---"__I--~'---"---"'--L'--+---"'-L'--,-'---"__I--~'---"__''-L~
5 10 15 20 25
Water co ntent (%)
62 Geotechnical Eng ineering

REVIEW EXERCISES
I. Write a SOO- word essay on the diffe rent types of roll ers used in compaction, clearly stating
. where each is suitable. Include pictures wherevcr possible.

2. Discuss the ground improvement techniques dynamic compaction and vibrof1otatiol1.


Include pictures.

3. From phase rel ations (Chapler 2), show that the air content a is given by:

e( I -5)
a=---
(1+e)

and use this relation to show that:


G,( l -a )pw
Pd =
l + wG s
4. A stand ard Proctor compaction test was carried out on a silty clay, using a I L compaction
mold. The tests were carried o ut with six different water contents. Every time, the enti re
compacted sample was extruded from the metal mold, and the wet and dry masses were
determ ined. The specific gravity of the soil grains is 2.69. The test data are summarized
below.
Mass 01 wet sample (g) 1751 1907 2054 2052 2009 1976
Mass 01 dry sample (g) 1516 1634 1735 1700 1639 1590

a. Plot the compaction curve and find the optimum water content and maximum dry
density. Plot the void ratio against the ,"vater content in the same plot to show that
the void ratio is the min imum at opti m um water content.
b. Draw the zero air void curve. Docs it intersect the compaction cu rve?
c. What would be the degree of saturation of a sample compacted at the optimum
water content in a standard Proctor co mpaction test?
d. Draw the 95% saturation curve and 5% air content curve in the above plot. Why are
these two different?
e. Using the standard Proctor compactive effort, at what water content would you
compact to achieve 80% saturation?
Answer: 19%, 1. 75 tl m J, 91%,17.5%
Compaction 63

5. A compacted fi ll was made to the following specificat ions:


Relative compac tion (0 be at least 95% with respect to the standard Proctor compaction
test, and
Water content to be within the range of optimum - 'il% to optimum + 2%
The dry density vs. water content plot from a standard Proctor compact ion test is shown
in the fi gure below. A sand cone test was do ne as part of the control measure. Here, an 840
cm J hole was dug in to the ground, from wh ich 1746 g soil was removed. An 85 g sam ple of
this soil was dried in an oven to 70.4 g. The:: specific gravity of the soil grains is 2.71.
a. Determ ine if the compacted earthwork meets the specifi cations
h. Find the degree of saturation and the ai r content at the opti mum water content
1.9
I
I "'- ~o
~ 1.8
-'"
.~ / ~~,
~

c
.
<
1.7
,/
/ i

1.6
I \
12 14 16 18 20 22
Water conten t (%)

Answer; Does not meet the specs. 88.1%. 4.0%

,..~. ~""
1rW\,\,Y ""'"
ThiS bOOk has lree malenal available lor download from the
'Neb Added Value 1 " resource centf!f at www.jrosspub.com
Effective Stress,
Total Stress, and
Pore Water Pressure 5
5 .1 INTRODUCTION
Soils are particulate media. They are made of an assemblage of soil grains of different sizes and
shapes. They contain three phases: namely, air, water, and soil grains. In geotechnical engineering
analyses, the soil mass is often assumed to be a continuous medium for conven ience, where the
presence of three phases is neglected and the entire soil mass is assumed to behave as a homoge-
neous and isotropic elastic body. This is far from reality, but it enables us to solve the problem.
In a particu late medium where the voids are fi lled with air and water, th e normal stresses CT
are shared by the soil grains, watef, and air. In this chapter. you will learn how to compute the
normal stresses acting se parately on soil grains a nd water in a saturated soil. We will not worry
about partiall y saturated soils where some of the normal stresses are carried by the air with in
the voids. which are too complex for now.

5.2 EFFECTIVE STRESS PRINCIPLE


In a saturated soil, the total normal stress o at any point, in any directiotl, is shared by the soil
grains and the water within the voids (known as pore water). The component of normal Slress
acting on the soil grains is known as the effectivI! stress or intergranular stress (1'. The remainder
of the normal stress carried by the water within the voids is known as pore wliler pressure or
neutral stress u. Therefore. the total stress at any point, in any directio n, can be written as:
a=u'+u (5. 1)

From now o n, we will denote vertical normal stress and horizontal normal stress as (1. and (1h

respectively. Therefore.

a .= u; + uand (5.2)

(5.3)

Note that pore water pressure. heing hydrost;ltic. is the same in any d irectio n. In this chapter, we
will only deal with the vertical stresses. both effective and total.

65
66 Geotechnical Engineering

5.3 VERTICAL NORMAL STRESSES DUE TO OVERBURDEN


In a dry soil mass having unit weight of'Y (see Fig ure S.la), the vertical normal stress U at point y

X, depth II below the grou nd level is simply given by o~ = ,h. This is often called overburden
pressure. If a uniform surcharge pressure of q is placed at the ground level, then 0 " = ,11 + q.
(f there are three different soil layers as shown in Figure S. l h, the vert ical normal stress at X is
given by (1. = 'Y1 11 \ + 'Y2112+ 'Y3h j
Now, let's see what happens when water is present. Let the saturated unit we ight and sub-
merged unit weight be 'Y Al and 'Y' respecti vely. The tota l vertical stress at point X in Figu re 5.1c
is given by:

(54)

The pores are all interconnected, and hence the hydrostatic pore water pressure at this point is:

U= 'Y ... h (5.5)

where , ... is the un it weight of water. Therefo re, th e effective verti cal normal stress becomes:

(5.6)

GL

h. Soil 1 (Y, )

(.) (b)
v GL GL

. t ........--...... --........ ......


h
,
'-1~:" ~

x- - x

(0) (d)

Figure 5.1 Stresses within soils: (a) dry soil {bl dry layered soil {el saturated soil
with water table at ground level (d) saturated soil with water table below ground
level
Effec tive Stress. Totol Stress. ond Pore Water Pressure 67

When the water table is at some depth below the ground level as shown in Figure 5. 1d , u,.. u,
and 0:
can be written as:

(5.7)

u ='Y".I12 (5.8)

u: = "(mh, + ,,('hz (5.9)

Example 5 .1: In a sandy terrain, the water table lies at a depth of 3 m below ground level. Bulk
and saturated unit weights of the sand are 17.0 kN/ m ' and 18.5 kN/m' respectively. What is the
effective vertical stress at 10 m depth?

Solution:

I,~
_______ _________11 __________ .___________________________ _

7~

At 10 m depth, applying Equation 5.9,

.: = 3 X 17.0 + 7 X (J1I.5 - 9.8 1) = II 1.8 kPa


Alternatively, o~ (from Equation 5.7) and u (from Equation 5.8) can be determined and u: can
be obtained by subtracting u from 0 Y' (That is a slightly longer way.)

When the soil is partially saturated, the situation is more complex. Here, the normal stresses on
the soil elements are shared by the soil grains, pore water, and the pore air. Thus Equation 5. 1
becomes:

0= (J' + Xu ... +(l-X)ua (5.10)

whe re u,.. and U are the pore water pressu re and pore air pressure respectively, and X is a con -
g

stant between 0 and I that can be determ ined from a triaxial test. In dry soils, X = O. In satu-
rated soils. X = I .
68 Geotechnical Engineering

5.4 CAPILLARY EFFECTS IN SOILS


Let's review some si mple physics of capillary. When a glass capillary tube of inner diameter d is
placed in a d ish containing water as shown in Figure 5.2a. there is an immediate rise of water
within the tube to a height of h, with a meniscus at the top. Here. the capillary elTec t is caused
by surface tension T between the interfaces of the glass tube, water, and ai r. The water column
of height h, that appears to be hanging from the inner walls is in equilibrium under two forces:
the surface tension T around the perimeter at the top. and the self-weight of the water colum n.
Therefore, for equil ibrium:
~d 2
Tcosa x 1fd = - - xh, x 'Y",
4

:. h = 4Tcosa
, 'Y ",d

For a clean glass tube in contact with water, a = 0"; T = 0.073 N/m; and 1' .... = 9810 N/mJ. Sub-
stituting these values in the equation above. II, b ecomes:

h (m) = 0.0298 (511)


, d (mm)

It is clear from Equation 5. 11 that a smaller capillary tube diameter has a larger capillary rise.
How does this relate to soi ls? The interconnected voids within the soil skeleton act as capillar y

Gl
T a T

Negative
po'.
pressure

d u

z
(.1 (bl (el
Figure 5.2 Capillary effects: (a) glass tube in water (b) field situation
(c) pore water Pf'essure variation with depth
Effective Stress. Total Stress. and Pore Water Pressure 69

tubes (not straight though), enabling water to rise to significant heights above the water table.
We can assume that the effective pore size is about 1/5 of 0 10' The refore, the capillary rise h" in
soils can be written as:

h (m)~ 0.15 (5.12)


( [)1O (mm)

Example 5.2: Estimate the capillary rise in a sa_ndy silt where D IO = 30 I'm.

Solution: Substituti ng Dw = 0.030 mm in Equation 5.12:

h, = S.Om

Capillary rise can vary from a few mm in gravels to several meters in clays. Capillary pressures
are similar to suction and hence the resulting po re water pressures are negat ive (j.e., tensile). The
capillary effects are present when there is no change in total stress. Therefore, the net effect is an
increase in effective stress (remember, (f = (1' + u). Due to the high capillar y pressures in clays, the
effective stresses near the ground level can be significantly higher than we would expect.
Figure S.2b shows a soil profile with a capillary rise of h, above the water table, where the
soil can be assumed to be saturated b ut not submerged. In other words, water rises into the
voids, almost filling them but not having any buoyancy effect. Below the water table, the soil is
saturated and submerged. The pore water pressures at A, B, C, and D are given by: u. . = ,,( jIll>
Ull = 0, Uc = - "(HA. and U o = - "()ll)o Va riation of pore water pressure with depth is still linear
from C to A, being negative above the water table and positive below it (see Figure 5.2c) .

:- 0= 0' + II. This works in all ,soils, in all directions, and at all times .
:. When computing effective stn~sses, use 1'mabove the water table and
"(' below the water table.
-:- A smaller grain sjz.~ IIlcaIJS a Largcr capillary rist:. II is ill significant
in coarse-grained soils.
:. Capillary pressures are negative. They increase the effective stresses.
:. Capillary zone can be assumed to be saturated {i.e., use 1',., in calcu-
lating oJ, but not submerged.
70 Geotechnical Engineering

WORKED EXAMPLES
1. Plot the variations of total and effective vertical stresses and pore water pressure w ith depth for
the soil profile shown.
Solution: The values of IT,,, u, and lTv' computed at the layer interfaces are shown. W ithin a
layer, the un it weights being constants 0 ", u, and av' increase linearly.

z(m) u. (kPa) u (kPa) u', (kPa)


0 0.0 0.0 0.0
4 71.2 0.0 71.2
6 108.2 19.6 88.6
10 186.2 58.9 127.3
15 281. 2 107.9 173.3

The plots are shown:

0" 0',. and u (kPa)


o 50 200 100
250 300 150
0 ~--'---'---T---T---T---4
Gravelly sand h ,., '" 18.5 kNfm J : E -+- Total stress
'Y .. '" 17.8 kN/m3) v
2 ''-<+--i-- _ Pore water pressure
............................'J....... . 4 ---..- Effective stress

(.) (b)

2. The water table in an 8 m thick silty sand deposit lies at a depth 3 m below the ground
level. The en tire soil above th e water table is. saturated by capillar y water and the satu rated
3
unit weight is 18.8 kN /m Plot the variation of total and effective vertical stresses and
pore water pressure with depth .
Solution : The values a,., u, and fI,.' computed at the layer in terfaces are shown in the table.
Note the negative capillar y pressure and the effective stress of 29.4 kPa at the ground
leveL
Effective Stress. To tal Stress. and Pore Water Pressure 7 1

z(m) a. (kPaJ u (kPa) a: (kPal


a a -29.4 29.4
3 56.4 0.0 56.4
8 150.4 49.1 101,4

The soil profile and the plots generated using th c va lucs given in the table are shown in
the followi ng fi gu res.

Q. , U, and u; (kPa)
- 50 a 50 100 150 200
a ,
\ r\ \ -+-
_
Tolar stress
Pore w<ller pressure
3m
2- \ \ _ ......- Effeclive stress
________________.5/.. ___ _ \
1\ I~
5m
\ ,\
6 \ \ 1,\
7 \ \ \
\ \
8
(,) (b)

REVIEW EXERCISES
I. A soil profile at a site consists of a 5 m of gravelly sand h'~1 = 18.5 kN / m); 'Ym = 17.0
kN/ ml) layer underlain by 4 m of sandy gravel h'"" = 18.0 kN/ m) . The water table is 4 m
below the ground level. Plot the variation of a". a:. and u v"ith depth. Neglect the capillary
effects.

2. A river is 3 m deep with the riverbed consis ting of a thick bed of sand having a saturated
unit weight o f 19.0 kN/ m J W hat would be the effective vertical stress at 4 III below the
riverbed? If the water level rises by 2 m. wha t would be the new effective vertical stress at
4 m below the riverbed? If the water level drops by 2 Ill , what would be the new effect ive
vertical stress at 4 III below the riverbed?
Answer: 36.lJ kPll, 36.8 keu, 36.8 kPa
72 Geotechnical Engineering

3. The Pacifi c Ocean is 200 m deep at some locations. The seabed consists of a sandy deposit
with a saturated un it weight of 20.0 kN/m 3 Find the total and effective vertical stresses and
pore water pressure at 5 III depth below the seabed.
Answer: 2062 kPa, 50.9 kPa, 2011.1 kPa

4. In a clayey sandy silt deposit, the water table is 3.5 m below the surface, but the sand to a
height of 1.5 m above the water table is saturated by capillary water. The top 2 ill of sand
can be assumed to be d ry. The saturated and dry unit weights of the soil are 19.5 kN/m 3 and
18.0 k N/ m 3 respectively. Calc ulate th e effect ive vertical stress at 8 m below the surface.
Answer: 108.9 kPa

.. ~. ~
tnrt:\,.... "'"'-
This book has free material available for download from the
Web Added Value'" resource center at www.irosspub.com
Permeability
and Seepage 6
6.1 INTRODUCTION
Permeability, as the name implies (the ability to permeate), is a measure of how easily a fluid can
flow through a porous medium. In the context of geotechnical engineering, the porous medium
is soils, and the fluid is water at ambient temperature. A petroleum engineer may be interested
in the flow of oil through rocks. An environmental engineer may be looking at the flow of
leachate through the com pacted clay liner at thf: bottom of the landfill. Generally, coarser soil
g rains means larger voids and higher permeability. Therefore, gravels are more permeable than
silts. Hydraulic conductivity is another term used for permeability, especially in environmental
engineering literature.
The flow of water through soils is called seepage, which takes place when there is a difference
in water levels on two sides (upstream and dowl'1stream) of a structure such as a dam (Figure
6. 1a) or sheet pile (F igure 6.1 b). Sheet piles are watertight walls made of interlocking sections
of steel, timber, or concrete that are driven into the ground.

6 .2 BERNOULLI' S EQUATION
Bernoulli's equation in fluid mechanics states that for steady, nonviscollS, and incompressible
flow, the total head at a point (P in Figure 6.2a) can he expressed as the summat ion of the three
independent components elevation head, pressure head, and velocity head as shown in Equation
6.1 below:

Total head = Elevation head + Pressure head + Velocity head


p v'
=Z+-+ - (6. 1)
Yw 2g

where p is the pressure and v is the velocity at P. The heads in Equation 6.1 are forms of energy
that are expressed in the unit of length. The elevation head z is simply the height of the point
above a datum (a reference level), which can be selected at any height. When the point of inter-
est lies below the datum, the elevat ion head is negative. At point P in figure 6.23, the pressure
is 'Y ..I1, and hence the pressure head is 11.

73
74 Geotechnical Engineering

Upstream

Seopage
Soil

lmpervlo s strata

(.)

Sheet pile
,(

Upstream
Downstream

Impervl us strata

(')

Figure 6.1 Seepage through soils: (al beneath a


concrete dam (b) beneath a sheet pile

h.
Datum
B
Water o
p.

p."'-- ---- - - - '


Datum

(0)
..................
(')

Figure 6.2 Bernoulli's energy principle: (a) a fluid particle in motion (b) seepage
beneath a dam
Permeability and Seepage 75

Example 6 .1 : Seepage takes pl ace beneath a concrete dam as shown in Figure 6. 2h, where P is a
point on a flow path (known as streamline). lhe pore water pressure is 42 kPa at P, 6 m below
the datum that is taken at the downstream water level. The velocity of flow at P is 1 mm /s. Find
the total head at P.

Solution: Elevation head = - 6.0 m


Pressu re head = 42/9.81 = 4.28 m
(0.001)2 -8
Velocity head = =5.1 x 10 m (Negl igible)
2x9.81
:. Total head = - 6.0 + 4.28 + 5.1 X 10-' = - l.72m

When water flows through soils, the seepage velOCity is very small. II gets smaller when squared ,
and the velocity head becomes negligible compar ed to the elevation and pressure heads, as seen
in Example 6.1.

Example 6 .2: In Example 6.1 (Figure 6.2b), points A and C are at the top of the upstream and
downstream reservoirs. Points Band 0 are at depths of hBand hDrespectively. Find the eleva-
tion, pressure, and lolal heads at A. B, C, and D.

Solution; A: Pressure head = 0, Elevation head = hi. ~ Total head = ht


B: Pressure head = h ll Elevation head =: hi. - hR~ Total head = lit
C: Pressure head = 0, Elevation head = 0 ~ Total head = 0
D: Pressure head = hIP Elevation head =: - hD~ Total head = 0

It can be seen from Example 6.2 that the total head remains the same within both reservoirs
(II,. upstream and 0 downstream with respect to the selected dat um at the downstream water
level). Streamline is the path of a water mol ec ule. Alo ng a streamline, the total head g radually
decreases from Il l. upstream [0 0 downstream. Here, water molecules expend energy in over-
coming Ihe frictional resistance provided by Ihe soil skeleton in their travel from upstream to
down stream. The total head loss across the dam is h c. which is simply the difference in water
level from upstream to downstream.
Flow takes place from higher lotal head to lower lota l head. If seepage takes place from A to
B (Le . T H" > T H",), the average hydraulic gradient between these nvo po ints is defined as the
rat io of the total head difference benveen the two poin ts to th e length of the flow path between
the poi nts. Hyd raulic grad ient; is the head- loss pe r unit length and is dimensionless. It is a con-
stant in a homogeneous so il . and can vary fro m point to point in a heterogelleous soil.
76 Geotechnical Engineering

Example 6 .3 : Water flows from top to bottom through a 900 mm soil sample placed in a cy~
lindrical tube as shown and the water levels are maintained at the levels shown. Find the pore
water pressure at A, assuming the .~oi l is homogeneous.

~~; 900 mm

300mm

400mm

~Datum

Solution: Let's select the tail (bottom) water level as the datum. Being at atmospheric pressure, the to-
tal head at the datum is O. This must be the same within the entire water beneath the soil sample.
The tota] head althc head (top) water level is 1600 mm, which is the same within the entire water
above the soil sample. Therefore, the total head loss across the soil sample is 1600 mm, which oc-
curs across a length of 900 mm. Therefore, the hydraulic gradient is 1600/900 = 1.78.
Total head at the top of the sample = 1600 mm
:. Total head at A = 1600 - 1.78 X 600 = 532 mm
Elevation head at A = 700 mm
.'. Pressure head at A = 532 - 700 = - 168 mm
.', Pore water pressure at A = - 0.168 X 9.8 1 "" - 1.65 kPa

6 .3 DARCYS LAW
In 1856, French engineer Henry Darcy proposed that when the flow through a soil is laminar, the
discharge velocity v is proportional to the hydraulic gradient i:
V ( X; i
(6.2)
v =: ki
Permeability and Seepage 77

Flow: Laminar of I " Turbulent

Drainage: Poorly drained ...-.+-+ Well drained

SoilS: Clay
Silly
+t+- clay ......... Sand ........ Clean gravels

10-
I
lO A 10-1 10'"
I
10-s
,
10-' 10 ' 10 ~ 10-'
I
100 10' 1()2

Permeabilily (cmls)

Figure 6.3 Typical values of permeability

Here, the constant k is known as the hydraulic conductivity, the coefficient of permeability, or
si mply permeability. It has the unit of velocity. and is com monly expressed in cmls or m/s. Some
approximate values of permeability fo r the major soil g roups arc shown in Figure 6.3.
In clean uniform sands. Haze n (1930) suggested that k can be related to D ill by:

k (em/s) .. lJ~o (nun ) (6.3)

Here, D ill is also known as effective grain size, which regulates the fl ow of water through soil s.
It is also possible for k to be related to a function o f void ratio such as ti, til( I + e), and i/(I + e).
One ca n intuitively see that larger void ratios have larger void volumes, and hence a larger
permeability.
Reynolds number is defined as:

(6.4)

where D = average diameter of the soil grains, Pw = density of water ( 1000 kg/m) , and Jl. w =
dynamic viscosity of wate r (approximately \ 0- 3 kg/ms). Provided the Reynolds number R is Jess
than \, it is reasonable to assume that the flow is laminar.

6.4 LABORATORY AND FIELD PERMEABILITY TESTS


In the laboratory, perm eab ility ca n be determi ned by a constant head perm eability test (ASTM
D2434; AS 1289.6.7.1) in a coa rse-grai ned soil, and a falling head permeability test (ASTM
D5856; AS 1289.6.7.2) in a fi ne -grained soi l. Th e samples ca ll eit he r be undisturhed samples
collected from the field or reconstituted samples prepared in the laborato ry. In gran ular soils
whe re it is difficult to get undisturbed samples, it is common to use recon stituted samples
whe re the gran ular soil grains are packed to a spec ific denSity, replicating the field condi tion .
Schematic diagrams for these two tests are shown in Figure 6.4.
78 Geotechnical Engineering

~
/1\

Measuring
cylinder

(,) (b)

Fig ure 6.4 Laboratory permeability tests: (a) constant head (b) falling head

6.4.1 Constant Head Permeability T"st


In a constan t head permeability test, water flows through a cylindr ical soil sample of a cross -
sectional area A and length L, under a constant total head hL, as shown in Figure 6.4a. From the
water collected in a meas uring cylinder or a bucket in time t, the flow rate Q is calculated. The
hydraulic gradient across the soil sample is hJL Applying Da rcy's law:

(6. 5)

Therefore, k is given by:

k ~ Ql. (6.6)
AhL
In fine -grained soils, it just takes too lo ng to collect an appreciable quantity of water in the mea-
suring cyli nder to get a reliable value of the flow rate.

6.4.2 Falling Head Permeability Test


In the falling head permeability test shown in Figure 6.4b, the tai l water level is maintained at
a constant level, and the water from the standpipe is a llowed to flow through the satu rated soil
sample, with h dec reasing with time. Let's equate the flow rale within the standpipe and the soil
sample.
Permeability and Seepage 79

Standpipe: Soil sample:

dh h
Flow rate Q =- -a- Flow rate Q =- vA =- k - A
d, L

dh h
:. - a-= k-A
dt L

If II h as fallen from hi at the sta rt of the test to h2 aft er time t, the n:

" dh kA r'
-a f/'1 h='TJodt
k = aL Inli (6.7)
At h,

Example 6 .4: In Example 6.3, if the diameter of the soil sample was 60 mm. and 800 ml of water
was collected in 10 minutes, determine the permeability. If the average grain diameter is 0.5
mm , determine if the flow is laminar.

Solution: Cross-sectional area of the sample:


A= 11" X 31 = 28.3 cm l ; flow rate, Q = 800/600 = 1.33 cm 3/s; hL= 160 cm; L = 90 cm

Substituting these values in Equation 6.6:

k= L33x90 =O.0264cm /s
28.3xl60
Q 1.33
11 = - =- - == 0.047 cm/s
A 28.3
Substituting Equation 6.4, Reynolds number R: can be estimated as:
(O.OOO47 m /s)( O.SxIO-) m)(IOOOkWm 3) 02 L fl
R= 3 =. 4<1~ ammaT OW
10- kg/ms

Why can't we do fa lling head tests o n coarse-grained soil s? The fl ow rate is so h igh that the water
level wiII drop from It l to 112 rapidly, which will not provide enough time to take the proper
measu re ments. Permeability tests can b e carri ed out in the field by pumping water from wells.
At steady state, permeability is related to the fl ow rate.
80 Geotechnical Engineering

In the fi eld, a pumping ou t test can be carried out to determine the permeability of lhe soil
in situ. Here, a 300-450 mm d iameter casing is d riven into the bedrock as shown in Figure 6.5.
The casing is pe rforated to allow the free now of water into the well. Two observation wel1s 0[50
mm d iameter are a lso bo red into the soil to a d ept h well below the current wate r table. The test
consists of pumping out water until the flow rate Q and the water levels within the observation
wells (hi and IIJ rema in constant - a steady state.
At steady state. let's consider a cylindrical z.o ne of radius r and height IJ above the impervi -
o us stratum. Th e hydrau lic g radient at the pe rimeter of the cylinder is ~: . Therefore, the flow
rate into the cylinder is th e same as the flow rate ou t of the well. which is given by:

dh
Q=k-hrlt
dr

(6.8)

OtIservaUon wen

Water level during pumping


h,

Figure 6.5 Pumping out test to determine permeability in situ


Permeability and Seepage 81

Example 6.5: A 10 m-thick sandy, silt deposit overlies an impermeable stratum. The water table
is at a depth 3 m below the ground level. During a pumping-out lest. at steady state, water is
being pumped out of a 450 mm diameter weU at the rate of 5 140 liters/min. At the observa-
tion wells, at radial distances of 3.5 m and 25 ..0 m, the water levels dropped by 2.5 m and 1.2
m respectively. Determine the permeability of the soil. What would be the height of the water
in the pumping well?

Solution: Q = 5 140 x 1O -~/60 = 0.08567 m)/s; r 1 == 3.5 m; r1 = 25.0 m ;


II I = 10.0 - 3.0 - 2.5 = 4.5 m ; 112 = 10.0 - 3.0 - 1.2 = 5.8 m
Q I r20.08567 I 25 -5 I
k=
-j
2 2 n-= 2 2 n-;= = 4 x lO m/s= 4xlO cm s
1f"(h 2 - h I) 'I 1"{S.8 - 4.5) 3 ..)
with k = 4 X 10- 5 em/s. '1 = 25.0 m, hl = 5.8 m, ' 0 = 0.225 m -+ 110 = 1.24 m
The height of water in the pumping well would be 1.24 m.

6 .5 STRESSES IN SOilS DUE TO FLOW


-nuee different scenarios of three identical soil sa mples that have been subjected to different
flow conditions are shown in Figure 6.6. Let's compute the effective vertical stress and pore
water pressure at X for all three cases. In Figure 6.6a, th ere is no flow and the water is static;
hence, the computations are straightforward. In t he next two cases, flow takes place due to the
total head difference of hi. with a hydraulic gradi ~~nl of hJ L. and is upward through th e sample

1h, V

-
V

hw
1
hw hw

L
J L
-
lh' J L
Soli Soil SoU

l t tl )
(.) (b) (0)

Figure 6.6 Three different scenarios: (a) static (b) upward flow (c) downward
flow
82 Geotechnical Engineering

in Figure 6.6b and downward through the sample in Figure 6.6c. The total vertical stress at X is
the same in all three situations. The pore water pressures can be computed as in Example 6.3,
and are summarized below along with the effective vertical stresses:

(a) Static: (b) Upward flow: (c) Downward flow:


(1 v::: )'~n w + )'sa!z av = )'knk' + 1'.,z a y ::: 1',.,h ... + )'sa!z
u ~ 1 . (h. + z) u ::: 1'", (11k' + z) + izy", u = 1',.. (Ii", + z) - iZ')'w
, , . a v' = l"Z + iz"t ..,
av' ::: )" z (1v = l' z- IZl'",

It is clear from the above that when the flow is upward, the pore water p ressure increases by izl' ...
and the effective vertical stress decreases by iz'y .... When the flow is downward, the pore water
pressu re decreases by ;zl' ... and the effective stress increases by izl'",. Larger hydraulic gradients
correspond to larger changes in u and a:.
Now, let's have a closer look at the upward flow situation in a granular soil. The effective
vertical stress is posit ive as long as iz"t ... is less than )" z. lfthe hydraul iC gradient is large enough,
iZ')'k' can exceed )" z, and the effective vertical stress can become negative. This implies that there
is no intergranular stress, and that the grains Ollre no longer in contact. When this occurs (Le.,
;zl' ... = 1" z), the granular soil is said to be in quick condition. The hyd raulic grad ient in this situ-
ation is known as critical hydraulic gradient (, given by :

G$- I
',= -/,l',,, =--
l+ e
(6.9)

This is what creates the quicksand you may have seen in movies, and the liquefaction of granular
soils that are subjected to vibratory loads such as pile driving. Wh ile total stress remains the
same, a sudden rise in pore water pressure reduces the effective stress and soil strength to zero,
causing failure. You will see in Chapter 9 that t he strength of a granular soil is proportional to
the effective stress.

6.6 SEEPAGE
In the concrete dam and the sheet pile shown in Figure 6.1, seepage takes place through the soil
due to the difference in total heads between upstream and downstream. If we know the perme-
ability, how do we calculate the quantity of seepage per day (Le., flow rate)? How do we calcu late
the pore water pressures at various locations and the loadings on the structures caused by seep-
age? In the case of granu lar soil, is there a problem with hydraulic gradients being loa high? To
answer these questions, let us look at some fundamentals in flow through soils.
In Figure 6.7 the concrete dam is impervio us and there is an impervious stratum underly-
ing the soil. Let's select the downstream water level as the datum, which makes the total head s
within the downstream and upstream water 0 and hL respectively. A streamline or flow line is
the path of a water molecule in the flow region; it Originates from upstream and finishes at
Permeobility ond Seepage 83

TH ",O

Figure 6.7 A flow net

downstream, and th e total head loss is ilLalong each of them. The passage of wate r between two
adjacent streamlines is a flow channel. There are thousands of streamlines and flow channels in
any flow region. Joining the points having the sa me total head in the flow region gives an equi-
polentialline. which is simply a contour of the total head. There are thousands of equ ipotential
lines within the flow region. Total head h at any point in a two-dimensional flow region with
respect to the Cartesian coordinate system can be expressed as (see Worked Example 6.5);
a2!J a:th
- + -- = 0 (6. 10)
ax' iJy'
The above is Laplace's equation, and it can be sho'wn that the streamlines and equipotential lines
intersect at 90 (see Worked Example 6 for proof).
Only a few selected stream lines and equipot ent ial lines (dashed) are shown in Figure 6.7. A
flow net, such as the one shown in Figure 6.7, is a network ohhe-se sdeclec1 streamlines and equ i-
potential lines. Let's select the equipotential lines such that the total head difference between
two adjacent lines is the same ( = ilh = h/JN,,) . "'fe wil l selec t the streamlines such that the flow
rate ilq is the sa me in all flow channels. Let's say there are 1\/ flow channel s and Nd eqU ipotential
drops as shown in the figure (N, = 3 and N,I = 6 in this particular example).
Let's consider the zone ABCD. The velodt y of flow from A D to BC is v AD _ Be = k ~:' . Con-
sidering a unit thickn ess (perpendicular to the plane), the flow rate is ilq = k ~' n. Since there
are N, flow channels, the total flow rate Q becomes:

N a
Q =kh, -f -
Nd b
84 Geotechnical Engineering

If the st reamlines are selected s uch that a = b (at ever y location ), the flow rate per unit thickness
is given by:

N
Q = kh, --.L (6.11 )
N"
fl ow nets are generally drawn such that a = b at every location , forming curvilinear squares.
The values of (/ ( = b) can be different from location to location, formin g differen t sizes of cur-
vilinear squares.

Example 6.6: Compute the flow rate through the soil beneath the concrete dam shown if the
permeability of the soil is 3.2 X 10- 4 cm/s. Find the pore water pressures at points A, B. and C,
and compute the uplift thrust on the dam.
12m
I" .1

3m

TH "O 2m

Solulion: Substituting N, = 3, Nd = 6. hL= 3 m in Equation 6. 11 :

Q=( 3.2x 10: m )X(3 m)X~ X 24 X3600=0.41 m~day per m


The change in the total head between two equipotential lines .6./, = 3/6 = 0.5 m. Therefore,
total heads al A. B. and Care 2.5 m , 1.5 m , and 0.5 m respectively. Elevation head is -2.8 m at
all th ree poinls. Therefore. the pressure heads are 5.3 m. 4.3 m, and 3.3 m respectively, and the
corresponding pore water pressures are:
UA = 5.3 X 9.8 1 = 52.0 kPa, Us = 42.2 kPa, and Uc = 32.4 kPa
Plotting the three values at t he bottom of the dam, the uplift force can be computed as the area
within the plot. This becomes:

Ift th rust = (52.0+42.2) x6+ (42.2+32.1) x 6 =506kN perm


Upi
2 2
Permeability and Seepage 85

As seen in Example 6.6, once the flow net is drawn, it is a straightforward exercise to determi ne
the pore water pressure at a point within the flow region.

6.6.1 Piping in Granular Soils


lhe hydraulic gradient at the ex it jail decreases with the distance from the dam or sheet pil e,
and is the maximum right next to the structure. In granular soils, if this maximum ex it hydrau-
lic gradient io>Xil.nlu exceec.b lht: critical hyd rau lic: gradien t defined in Equation 6.9, the effective
stress at the downstream side near the structure becomes zero and the soil grains get washed
away. The situation is even worse now with the flow path getting shorter! TIlis mechanism can
progressively work its way from downstream to upstream, eroding away the soil and form ing a
sort of pipe beneath the structu re. which would provide free passage to the water and eventually
flood the downstream. Therefore, it is necessary to ensure that i ,xil. mu is weUbelow ir The safety
fac tor with respect to piping is defined as:

(6.1 2)

Several dams across the globe (e.g., Baldwin Hills Reservoir Dam, Los Angeles, 1963; Teton Dam ,
Idaho, 1976; Val di Stava Dam. Italy. 1985) have suffered catastrophic failures due to piping- often
with short notice. Piping failures are often catas troph ic and can cause severe hu man and eco-
nomic losses at the downstream side. As a result, large safety factors (as high as 5) are commonly
used against possible failures by piping. For temporary structures such as cofferdams, this can be
lower. The Canadian Foundation Engineering Manual (2006) recommends a safety factor of 2-3.
Some examples of dams that have failed possibly due to piping are shown in Figure 6.8.

6.6.2 Flow Net Construction


Graphical construction of a quality flow net is a trial and error process that is carried out with a
pencil, eraser, and paper. An experienced engineer should be able to sketch o ne with in 20 min-
utes. First. identify the boundary conditions and take advantage of any symmet ry. For example,
the vertical line of symmetry in r:igure 6.7 is an equipotential li ne. The flow net has to be sym-
metrical abou t this line; thu s half the flow net is adequatc. Sketch the streamlines and equipo-
tential li ncs so that they intersect at 90" at all locat ions (no exceptions!), and make sure they
form approxi mate squares. A good check is to see th at you can fit it in a circle touching all fOllr
~i d es withi n each of th ese curvilinear squares. The si:t:e of the cu rvilinear squa res can vary from
locat ion to locat ion.

6.6.3 Flow Net in Anisotropic Soils


When the soils are anisotropic wit h horizontal permeability kh' which are generally larger than
the vertical permeability (kJ , streamlines and equipotcntial li ncs don't intersect at 90" (see
86 Geotechnical Engineering

(b)

(3)

Figure 6.B Some piping failures: (a) upper clear


Boggy Dam upstream, USA (b) Tunbridge Dam,
Australia (e) Ouches 8 reche Dam, France (Courtesy
of Professor Robyn Fell) (e)

Worked Example 6). This makes it difficult to sketch the flow net. Here, we wi ll use a trans-
formed section where the entire flow region is red rawn wi th horizont al di mensions multi -
pl ied by .jk)k". without change in the vertical. scale. It can be shown mathematically that the
streamlines and equ ipotential lines in the trans rormed section intersect at 90, and hence the
flow net can be sketched and used as before. 'Ihc flow rute can be computed using Equation 6.10
with k=Jk~xkll'

6 .7 DESIGN OF GRANULAR FILTERS


Fillers, kn own as protective fi lters. are com monly used in earth dams, wi thin the backfill s
behind retai ning wa lls. etc., where seepage takes place. Traditionally, the}' are made of gran u-
lar soils; but toda}', geo fabrics are becoming popular. The pu rpose of a filter is to protect the
upstream soils s uch that the fi nes are not washed away. Here, the pore channels must be small
enough to preven t the mi gratio n of fi nes. Th is is known as retent iOll criterion. O n the other
Permeability and Seepage 87

hand , the pore channels must be large enough to allow the free flow of water, thus pre vent -
ing any buildup of excess pore water pressure. This is known as the permeability criterion. In
add ition, it is a common practice to select the filte r material such that the grain size distribu-
tion curves of the fi lter grains and the soil bei ng protected have the sa me shape. These criteria
can be summ ari zed as:

Retention criterion: D Is. fill" < 5 D8s,soi'


Permeability criterion: D IS. f.I", > 4 D ls,toil
Grain size distribution: Approximately paTaJlel to grain size distribution of the soil

Here, D Is is taken as the average pore size of the filter. The permeability and retention criteri a
defi ne the lower and upper bounds for the grain size distribut ion curve of the filter. The U.S.
Navy ( 197 1) suggests two additional conditions to reinforce the retention criterion, as shown
below:

6.8 EQUIVALENT PERMEABILITIES FOR


ONE-DIMENSIONAL FLOW
When the flow is horizo ntal o r vertical, and if the soil profile consists of more than one layer
of soil with different permeabilities kl , k2' ... kIf as shown in Figure 6.9, it can be rep rese nted
by an eqUiva lent ho mogeneous soil profil e of the same thickness. Such situati ons arise in
sedimentary depos it s that are compri sed of layers of di fferent permeabilities. 1l1C perme-
ability of this homogeneo us soil mass will vary depending on whether th e flow is horizontal
or ve rt ical.

~,
" ....... ' . " ,
,

. -, ~
"

H, layer 2 k, .r" "


H, .
,. , ,

(a) Sifalilled soil plOnl.. (b ) Equivalent h~ 5011

Figure 6 .9 Equivalent permeabilit ies


88 Geotechnical Engineering

"Q,
"
H..
"
=
" Q,
H, = Layer 2

(a) Stratified soil (b) Equivalent homogeneous soil

Figure 6.10 Horizontal flow through stratified soil

6.8.1 Horizontal Flow


When the flow is horizontal as shown in Figure 6.10, k"'l is estimated such th at q = llq ] + llq2
+ ... + tlq". Assuming that the hydraulic gradient i is the same across each layer as well as the
equivalent soil profi le:

tlq l = k.iH p tlq2 = k2iH2' tlq" = k"iHn and q = krq fI",JI;


:. k,H, + k2H2 + ... + k"H" = krq{ H, + H2 + ... + H,,)
Therefore:

(6.13)

6.8.2 Vertical Flow


When the flow is vertical as shown in Figure 6. I I, the velocity of flow is the same with in each
layer as well as the equivalent soil profile. Here. (he total head losses across the layers are hi' h2
... Ii,,:

Th e equivalent permeability can be obtained from:

H I + H 2 +,,+H"
(6.14)
k"
Permeability and Seepage 89

, H, 0, - Layer 1
~

H, h, layer 2 ~
,
..
,'"
D'
n '.j

~ ~, '7
I ,) ,.
" ,.
;:.

.: }tT:' ..


(a) Stratified soil profile (b) Equival@nthomogeneoussoil

Figure 6.11 Vertical flow through stratified soil

6 .9 SEEPAGE ANALYSIS USING SEEP/W


A DVD containing the Student Edition of GeoStudio 2007 is included with thi s book. One of
the eight d iffe rent programs that come up whe n you dick the GeoStudio 2007 icon is SEEP/ W,
a versatile finite element soft ware that can be used to d raw fl ow nets and compute pore water
pressures and fl ow rates. The Student Editioll of SEEP/ W has a few limitations that make it suit-
able mainly fo r learning and evaluating. It can handle up 10 500 elements. 10 different regions.
and three different materials. It can model saturated and unsaturated fl ow problems. This sec-
tion describes how to use SEEP/W to solve seepage problems.
The full vc rsion has several advanced features, and it has no limits on the number of ele-
ments, regions, and materials. It is available from GEO-SLOPE International, Canad a (http://
www.gco-slope.com).

6.9.1 Getting Started with SffP/W


When running Geo5tut/io, select Student License from the start page. All GeoStudio project fi les are
saved with the ex tension .gsz so th at they can be called by any of the applications (e.g., SIGMA!
W, SLOPE/ lo\!) wit hin the suite.
Familiarize you rsel f with the different toolbars that can be made visible through the
IView/'loolbar... lmenu. Movi ng the cursor over an icon displays its fun ction . In the lA nalvsis ltool-
bar, you will see three icons: IDEFINE LISOLVE I, and ICONTO URI next to each other. IDEFINE I
and ICONTOURI are two separate windows and you can switch between them. The problem is
I I I
fuUy defined in the DEFINE window and is saved. Cl icki ng the SOLVE icon solves the problem I
as specified. Cl icking the ICONTOURI icon d isplays the results in the ICONTOUn l window. The
I
input data can be changed by switching to the D.fFINf l wi ndow and then SOLVE Ict agai n. I
90 Geotechnicol Eng ineering

The major components in solving a seepage problem are:

1. Defining the geometry:


Always have a rough sketch of your geometry problem with the right di mensions before
you start SEEP/W. When SEEP/W is started, it is in the IDEFINE I window. The ISet l
menu has two different hut related ent ries: IPage... I and IUnits and Scales ...1can be used
to defin e your working area and un its. A good start is to use a 260 mrn (width) X 200
mm (height) area th at fits nicely on an A4 sheet. Here, a scale of 1:200 would represent
52 m (width) X 40 m (height) of the geom etry problem. Try to use the same scale in x
and y directions so that the geomet ry is not distor ted. j Units and Scales ... I can also be
used fo r defin ing the problem as two-dime nsional (plane strai n) or axisymmetric. All
problems d iscussed in th is chapter are n'llo-d imensional. ICrid... 1will allow you to select
the grid spaci ng. Make it visible and sn.lp to the grid po ints. IAxes... 1will aUow you to
draw the axes and label them. ISketch/Axes ... 1 may be a better way to draw the axes
and label them. Use IView/ Prefe rences... ! to change the way the geometr y and fonts are
d isplayed and to change the way the fl ow net is graphically presented.
Use /Sketch/ Lines l to sketch the geometry usi ng f ree lines. Use r./M " o-d""i"rY"""O
= b,:e-
-c'-'.....,
.. !
to delete or move thcse. !Sketchi is different from IDrawl. Use IDraw/Regions... 1 on the
sketched outlines to create the real geometry and to defi ne the zones of d iffe rent materi-
als. Alternatively, one may om it ISketch !a nd start from IDrawl instead. While Sketching,
Drawi ng, or Modifying, right clicking the mouse ends the action. The ISketch! menu is
useful for drawing dim ension li nes with arrowheads and for labeling the di mensions
and objects.
2. Defining soil properties and assigning them to regiom :
Use I Draw/ Materials ... I to assign the soil permeabilities and apply them to the regions
by draggi ng. The Student Edition can accommodate up to three different materials.
Write 3.5 x lO-s m/s as 3.5e-5 m/s. In anisotropic soils, specify the value of horizontal
permeabil ity k.. as satu rated con ductivit}' and give k"lk.. as the conductivity ratio, which
is generall y less than 1.
3. Defining the bou lldary conditiom:
Assign th e boundary conditions through [Draw/Bounda ry Conditions... ~ Here, specify the
equipotential lines at the upstream and downstream boundaries and give the values
of total heads. Use the horizont al ax is as the datum. Use a separate name tag for each
boundary since the total- head value specified is different. Once a boundary condition
is created , it can be applied to a pOi nt, li ne. or a region. Apply the boundar y conditions
by d ragging them to the relevant locat io n.
Permeability and Seepage 9 1

4. Defining the finite element mesh:


This step gives us some taste of fin ite element model ing. The Studetlt Edition of SEEP/
W limits the number of elements to 500. The default mesh would be adequate for aU
our work here. The mesh can be seen th rough ]Draw/ Mesh Properties... ]. The mesh size
can be varied by adjusting the global dement size; the larger the element size is, the
coarser the mesh will be.
In seepage problems, you must often compute the flow rate. SEEP/W computes this
by calculating the flux crossi ng a specific section. Tum off Grid/Snap to precisely defin e
l
the section . Select !Draw/ Flux Sections ... and a dialog box with a secLion number will
appear. Select lOKI and the cursor will change into a cros....hai r. Draw the Oux line, which
appears as a blue dashed line with an arrowhead.
5. Solving the problem:
Once the probl em is fu lly defined through steps 1- 4, it can be l SOLVE Id,and the results
can be viewed in a ]CONTOUR ] window. You can switch between the DEFINE and I I
ICONTOUR ] wi ndows while experimen ti ng with the output. Th is can be very effective
for a parametric study.lrools/ Verify ]ca.n be used for checking the probl em defi nition
before solving.
6. Displaying the results:
By default, the rIC. "O
" N""'T"O"U
" R"'] win dow will show the total head con tou rs. which are the
equipotential li nes. From !Draw/ Contours ... ] the intervals and colors can be varied .
By clicki ng the IDraw/Contour Label~, t he cursor changes into a crosshai r. By placing
the crosshair on a contour line and clicking th e mouse, the contour value is labeled.
By clicking the ]Draw/Plow Paths ], the c:ursor changes into a crosshai r. By plaCing the
crosshair on any poi nt within the flow region and cl icki ng mouse, the flow line is
d rawn. By cl icking on it a second ti me. the Oow line is removed.
IView/Result Information. .. ] gives the full information about any point in the flow
region, including the pore water pressu rc~. To display the fl ow rate th rough the flux sec-
tion defined below, select IDraw/Flux L'lbeisl and the cursor changes ill to a crosshai r.
Place the curso r at any point on the fl ux section and click to place a label shOWing the
fl ow rate.

Example 6 .7: Use SEEP/W to draw the flow net fo r the sheet pile arrangement shown. The
permeability of the soil is 2.5 X IO -~ cm/s. The soil is underlain by an impervious stratum.
Label the equipotential lines and show the flow rate. Show the fi nite element mesh used in the
analysis.
Continues
92 Geotechnical Engineering

Example 6 .7: Continued

Sheet pile

Impervious stra

Solution: The finite element mesh with 363 elements and 423 nodes used in the analysis is shown.

16 - \l
"-
-
12
Ie 10 - \l
~ 8 1 I
~ 6
, I, I
, I
, I

, , , ,

2
~:~r~:i .: ,,.
I I
I

, .~. , ~1~ ~~
, :":","! ' , , ,
o
o 5 10 15 20

Distance (m)
25 30 35
'" 45

The flow rate is displayed as 5.831 X 10- ' m'J s. 1be hurizonLal axis (bou om oft-h e soil layer)
is the datum.

The flow rate can be computed using the fl ow net and Equation 6. 10 as:

Q =2.5 X10- 7
X6X2. =6.3x 10- 7
m J/s,
12
Continues
Permeability and Seepage 93

Example 6.7: Continued

16

"
12
10
] 17
< 8
.~ 6

"
~
4

o 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45

Distance (m)

which is in agreement with the value (5.831 X 10-' ml/s) calculated by SEEP/ W. Note that
N/N4 is only approximately 5/ 12.

~
.:. Elevat ion, pressure, and total heads arc forms of energy expressed as
length.
-:. Velocity head in soils is negligible.
.:. Elevation and total heads depend on lhe datum; pressure head is
independcnt of the datum .
~indet'
:. Alwa)'s show the datum when solving seepage problems .
:. Pore water pressure = Pressure head X 1'....
:. Constant head permcabil it), tests are for coarse-grained soils and
falling head tests are for fine -grained soils.
:- Stream lines and equipotential lines are orthogonal only when the
soil permeability is isot ropic .
:. The Student Edirion of SEEP/ W can be used for drawing flow nets
and computing flow rates, pore water pressures, etc.
94 Geotechnical Engineering

WORKED EXAMPLES
l. Water flows th rough a 100 mm diameter granular soil specim en as shown. The water
levels on both sides are maintained constant during the test, and Lh e void raLiu of the soil
is 0.82, and Gs :::: 2.68.
a. What is the maximum possible value for h such that the soil does not reach quick
condit ion?

650mm

b. For h :::: 150 mm, 175 ml of water was collected in 15 minutes. Find the permeability
of the soil and the effective vertical stress at A 220 mm below the top of the sample.
Solution:
a. Let's take tail water level as the datum . Head loss across the sample is 650 mm:

G - I 2.68 - 1 II
if = - ' - = =0.923;?: - ~h~600 mm
l +e 1+0.82 650

b. For It = 150 mm, i = 150/650 = 0.23 1:

Flow rate = 175 = 0.1944 cmJ/s


900
cross-sectional area :::: 78.5 em 2
0. 1944
:. velocity = =2.48)( 10- 3 emls
78.5
2.48 x 10- 3
k= = 1.08 X 10- 2 cmls
0.231
Permeability and Seepage 95

Total heads at head water and tail water are 150 rom and 0 respectively:

:.(TH), = (0.231)(220) = 50.8 mon; (EH), = -420.0 mon


:. (PH)/! = 470.8 mm - ) Il/! = 0.471 X 9.81 = 4.09 kPa
2.68 +0.82 )
'Y sat = x9.81 = 18.87kN/m
1 +0.82
Uv = 0.2 X 9.81 + 0.22 X 18.87 = 6.1 1 kPa
:. a; = 6.11 - 4.09 = 2.02 kPa
2. A sheet pile is driven into sandy silt and see page takes place under the head difference of
9.0 m as shown. The permeability of the soil is 1.6 X 10- " cm/s and the wate r content of
the soil is 33%. The specific gravity of the soil grains is 2.66. Using the flow net shown in
the figure. compute th e following:
a. Flow rate in m J/da}' per meter run
b. Pore wilte r pressure at A
c. Safety fa ctor with respect to piping
96 Geotechnical Engineering

Solution:
a.
Nf = 3, Nd = 8, ilL = 9.0 m
3
:. Q = (1.6 x 1O~) x 9.0 x - x 24 x 3600 = 0.47 m 3/day per J11 run
8
b. Aft = 9.0/8 = 1.125 m per equ ipotential drop
Let's take the downstream water level as the d atum. TIlen , total head at A is 1. 125
m. Elevation head at A is - 10.5 m .
:. Pressure head at A is 11.625 m.
:. Pore water pressure at A = 11.625 X 9.8 1 = 114.0 kPa.
c. In the curvilinear square to the right: of the sheet pile at exit, the distance along the
sheet pile is measured as 3.5 m:
:. i" it.mn = 1.125/3.5 = 0.32

Assu ming S = 1 (below water table)


e ~ 0.33 X 2.66 ~ 0.88
. 2.66 - I 0.88
:. 1, = 1+0.88 = 0.88 --+ ~)iring = 0.32 =2.75

3. A small area is protected from flooding by sheet piles as shown. TIle original water level was
at the top of the clay layer. Later, the water level is expected to rise by 4 m outside the area

water level

2m

Silty sand
,-,
"
-- ~ ---

Original water level

2m
Sandy gravel
o
rvious stratum
Permeability and Seepage 97

protected from flooding. This is expected to cause some upward seepage through the clay
layer between the two sheet piles. A piezometer measurement shows that the pore water
pressure at B is 88.2 kPa. The silty sand can b e assumed to be saturated due to capillary ef-
fects. The bulk unit weights of silty sand, clay, and sandy gravel are 18.0, 17.5, and 18.5 kNl
m) respectively.
a. Calculate the total heads at A and B, taking the top of the sandy gravel layer as the
datum . Show that there is hardly any head loss due to the flow through the gravel.
b. Calculate the vertical total stress and ver tical effective stress at B.
c. Find the hydraulic grad ient fo r the upward flow between the sheet piles in the clay
layer.
d. Find the total an d pressure head and pore water pressu re at C.
Solution:
a. (EH), ~ 0.0 m, (P H), ~ 7.0 m --> (TH), ~ 7.0 m
(EH), ~ - 2.0 m, (PH), ~ 88.2/9.8 1 ~ 8.99 m --> (TH), ~ 6.99 m

:. Total head loss from A to B is 0.01 m, which is negligible; the total head loss
within the gravel layer is negligible.
h. At B. (l v = 18.0 X 2 + 17.5 X 3 + 18.5 X 2 = 125 .5 kPa and u = 88.2 kPa
:. a,' ~ 125.5 - 88.2 ~ 37.3 kPa
c. At top of the day layer, EH = 3 m, PH = 0 -7 T H = 3.0 m . In the sandy gravel
layer, TH = 7.0 m .
." . Total head loss across the day la}'er = 7 - 3 = 4.0 m
:. Hyd raulic grad ient wilhin the clay layer = 4.0/3.0 = 1.33
d. (TH)c ~ 7.00 - 1.33 X 1.0 ~ 5.67 m
(EH)c ~ 1.0 m --> (PH)c ~ 4.67 m
:. uc = 4.67 X 9_8 1 = 45 .8 kPa
4. An unlined irrigation canal runs parallel to a river and the cross section is shown on page
98. The soils in the region are generally stiff clays that are assumed to be impervious. There
is a 200 mm-thick sand seam connecting the canal and river as shown, which continues to
a length of3.0 km along the river. Assumi ng that th e permeabi lity of the sand is 2.3 X 10- 2
cm/s, compute the quantity of water lost from the irrigation canal per day.
Solution: Let's take the water level in the river as the datum.

:. Total heads at the canal and the river is 20.0 111 and 0 respectively, with the head
loss across the sand seam being 20.0 m.
:. Hydraulic gradient = 20/250 = 0.080.
98 Geotechnical Engineering

Sand seam

cao';'-I~~C"~Y"~f;;::/~ ~ 1
200 m

~~G~
~I
By Darcy's law, velocity of flow = (2.3 X 10- 2) X (0.080) = 0. 184 X 10- 1 em/s.
Cross-sectional area of flow = 3000 m X 0.2 m = 600 m 2
.". Flow rate = (0. 184 X 10- 4 m/s) X (600 rn l ) X (24 X 3600 s/day) = 954 m 3/day.
5. In a two-dimensional seepage problem (see the illustration on the next page), show that
the equation of flow is given by:
al II al l!
kx ax 2+ky ay2= 0
where h(x,y) is the total head at a point in the flow region.
Solution: The horizontal and vertical d imensions of the elemenl shown in the figure are dx
and dy respectively.
The net flow into the element being zero, and considering a unit width normal to the plane,

v,dY+V,dX =(V, +: dx )dY+(VY+ ~ dY}X


av + _Y=
av
... _'
ax ay o
From Darcy's law,

ah ah
v -
, =~k'ax and v, =- k, ay
Substituting these in the above equation,

k a' h k a'li _
x ax2+ Y;:ry2 ~ 0
Permeability and Seepage 99

[J
h(x,0

yt!-------
x

In three dimensions, the equation becomes:

6. A streamline and an equipotential line are shown in the illustration. From the first prin-
ciples, show that th ey are perpendicular to each other.

EquipOlentialline

Solution: Let the velocity of the fluid particle at P be v, with horizontal and vertical com-
ponents of Vx and Vy respectively. In time dt, poi nt P moves a distance of dx and dy
respectivel}', which are given by dx = v" dt, and dy = v),dt. Therefore:
dy Vy

dx "x
100 Geotechnical Engineering

From Darcy's law:

v,~ = -kx -ik


ah and v = -k -
ah
r r dy

..dy
.-dx --k,(:)
k"
(dh) . . along the st.rcamh nc at
. P
ax
Along the equipotential line at P, h(x,y) = constant:

ah
:. dh = - dx+ - dy =0
ah
ax dy

dy (~) ... along the equipotential line at P


dX~ - ( :)
For the two to intersect at 90, the product of the gradients must be - 1. This is true if the
soi l is isotropic and hence, k/ kx = I.
7. The grain size distribution data of the soi l in an cmbankment are givc n:

Size (mm) 0.02 0.04 0.075 0.15 0.30 0.425 1.18 2.36 4.75
% finer 6 23 47 70 80 98 100 100

It is required to design a granular filter satisfying the four criteria given in Section 6.7,
Design of Granular Filters. Plot the grain size distribution curve for the soil and mark the
upper and lower bounds for the possible grain size distribution curve of the filte r.
In the contract specifications, the geotechnical consultants have proposed the following upper
and lower bounds as the criteria for filter grains. Does this meet your expectations?

Grain size 95 6.7 4.75 2.36 Ll 8 0.425 0.3 0.15 0.Q75


(mm)
% finer (lower 100 100 100 80 57 25 15 5 3
bound)
% finer (upper 100 90 80 60 37 5 0 0
bound)
Permeability and Seepage 101

Solution : D I 5. soi l = 0.06 m m , D 5O."'il = 0. 16 m m , Dss, soil = 0.55 m m

Permeability Criteria 1: 0 15. hl, > 4 DIs. ,0>11 -70[ 5. filw > 0.24 mm

Retention Criteria 2: D I 5. 1illC. < 5 D 85. $(,;1 -7 DIS. fille. < 2.75 mm

Retention Criteri a 3: D I 5 fill <"1' < 20 D I S.soil '-7 D I s, fi ller:=:; 1.2 m m

Retention Criteria 4: 0 50, fi ll<. :=:; 25 D 5O, soil '-7 D 5O. fill .. :S 4.0 m m

These four values are shown in the grain size distribution plot.
The grai n size distributions of the soil and the upper and lower bounds fo r the filter grains
as speCified by the consultant are shown in the figu re. The fo ur criteria fro m Section 6.7
are calculated here and are also shown in the fig ure below. The band suggested by th e
consultant fully lies with in the bounds speCified by the fo ur criteria.

100 ~~---

90

60

70
_ _ ,___ ~ __-,_ ~0

" _ ~~

g'
'iii
~
60 r---
--r--- : I _._-
I'
~
c?
-
----.1- _ _

~
~
&oi-
l
<5!
--
9. 4
'1
I

f ::['n--=-~~c~rt; ~~~l~"
~ l)
I--l~ ' c--l - _
"
0>

L 30 . I--~- ,/ -----c-ri
'

I --

t-------- -. -=7-'--d :'' .3


I~-- --: I

-- - . :, -
20 - ------,- - ,I 2 ------t--+
I I 10 I
10 Ii ~
o +--- ~---'-----'- ..
0.01 01 10
Grain size (mm)

8. Seepage takes place be neat h a concrete dam wi th an upstream blanket and a sheet pile
cutoff wall as shown in the top fig ure on the next page. The permeability of the soil is
7.5 X 10- 6 cm/s. Usin g SEEPIW, draw the now net an d determi ne the foll OWing:
a. Flow rate
b. Pore water pressures at A and B
Repeat steps a. and b. for kx = 7.5 X 10- 6 cm/s and k, = 1.5 X 10- 6 cm/s_
102 Geotechnical Engineering

5.0m 14.0 m
I ":

4.0 m

1.5 m Blanket
A 0.5 m
4.0m Sheet pile

B
5.0m

Imporvlou stratum

Solution: The flow net obtained from SEEPI W is shown. The flow rate is 7.26 X 10- 8 m 3/s
perm width:

ti ll = 43.6 kPa
Un = 69.2 kPa

.-cs
2Q

g
~
>
!l?
UJ
'0

Distance (m)
Permeability and Seepage 103

If the soil is anisotropic with:


kx = 7.5 X 10- 6 cmls and k, = 1.5 X 10- 6 cm/s
the flow rate is:
4.11 X 10- 8 ml/s pe r m
Uti = 43.8 kPa; UII = 69.4 kPa
lne flow net is shown below. The equipotential lines and streamlines do not intersect at
90 0 (see the following illustration).

20

...
"

35 40 45
Distance (m)

REVIEW EXERCISES
1. Three cyli ndrical granular soil samples of the same length and diameter are subjected to a
constant head fl ow as shown in the figure on the following page. If the permeability of the
sa nd, Silty sand, and gravelly sand is 2 X 10- 2,6 X 10 3, and 4 X 10- 2 cm/s respectively,
find hI and h ~.
104 Geotechn ical Engi neering

300mm

Silty
5.and
~od

Answer: 238 mm, 3 1 mm.

2. A 50 mm diameter and 90 mm -long silty clay sample was subjected to a falling head
permeameter test using a setup si mil ar to the one shown in I~ i gure 6.4b, where the inner
diameter of the standpipe was 3.0 mill . ThE: head d ropped from 870 mm to 450 mm in 5
minutes. What is the perm eability of the sample?
Answer: 7.1 X 10- 5 cm/s

3. Write a SaO-word essay on liquefaction in granular soils.

4. Write a SaO-word essay on piping problems and quicksand, giving examples of dams that
have had failures attributed to the dam's piping.
Permeability and Seepage 105

5. List the empirical correlations on perm eabili ty of granular soils and list their
limitations.

6. Discuss the methods of determining permeabi lity in the field.

7. Water flows under constant head through the two soil samples 1 and 2, as shown in the
figure. The cross-sectional area of the sample is 2000 mml. In tive minutes, 650 011 water
flows through the samples.
a. Find the permeability of the samples, a nd
b. In sample 2, find the pore water pressu rc at a point 40 mm above the bottom.

~
11\
g

lJ 90 mm

60mm

If
fIJ: 30mm

.-
1 l 00mm

40mm

"~ :5:r:
r .,;:J:'l't.~

-I?~'-
120mm
Ii>,
..
';
~'

Answer: 0.145 cmls, 0.181 cml s, 1.23 kPa


106 Geotechnica l Engineering

8. Water flows through the constant head se tup in the laboratory, as shown in the figure,
where two identical dense sand samples A and B are placed-one horizontally and the
other vertically. The samples are 50 mm diameter and 100 mm in length. The water lev -
els in the left and right sides are maintained at the levels shown, ensuring constant head
th roughout the test. Th e void ratio of the sand is 0.92 and the specific gravity of the grains
is 2.69. If 165 g of water was collected in the bucket within 15 minutes, what is the perm e-
ability of the soil ?
What are the pore water pressure and ver tical effective st ress at the mid height of
sample H?

/iln
I I
190mm

n L
4{1 mm
r--

I'00mm

100mm
I"
'"
Answer 0.98 X 10- 2 cm/s; 1349 Pa, 78 Pa

9. An ex perimental setup in the laboratory is shown. Two 50 mm diameter soil sampl es A


and B are placed under constant head. (All dimensions are in mm.) The permeabi lity of
sample A is twice that of sample B. Assuming the tail waler level as the datum, what is the
total head at the interface between the soil samples? If 200 ml of water flows through the
sam pl e in 5 minutes, determine the permeabilities of the two soil sam pl es.
Permeability and Seepage 107

Water ~

- Datum

JJ?'
140~' B

,~ 267

Answer: 62.5 mm, 0.076 cm/s, 0.038 cm/s

10. A soil sample within a sampling tube is con nected to an experimental setup (as shown in
the figure) to carry out a constant head permeabili ty test. The cross-sectional area of the
tube is 75 mm and the length of the sample is 250 mm . If 875 ml of water flows through
the sample in 5 minutes, find the permeability of the soil.

~
/1\

45mm

35mm

120mm
101

Answer: U.1Y cm/s

11. A 500 m-Iong levee made of compacted clay impounds water as shown in the figure on
page 108. There is a I m-Ihiek sand seam along the entire length afthe levee at a IS'" hori -
zontal inclination that connec ts the reservoir to the ditch. Th e permeability of the sand is
3 X lO - l em/s. Determine the quantity afwater that flows into the d itch in mJ/day.
108 Geotechnical Engineering

!'~~~ _'!.'!. ~ __ Jl __ ________ _

Reservoir Levee

Elev. 33 m Sand seam


' .
... .. ___'il __ . Elev. 30 m
15~~ .
200m Ditch
I -I
(Nottoscale)

Answer: 87.6 mJlday

12. Seepage takes place beneath the concrete dam shown in the figure, where a sheet pile is
present at the downstream end. Permeability of the fine, sandy, silty soil beneath the darn is
3.6 X 10- 4 em/s. Find the following:
a. '!be flow rate in m 3/day per m run;
b. 'fhe safety factor with respect to piping, assuming that the void ratio is 0.8 and the
specific gravity of the soil grains is 2.66; and
c. The uplift force on the bottom of the dam.

o~-c==~-o==~~
2 3 4 5
(m)

4.5m Concrete dam 0.5m

8.:; m
2.0m
1.0m

2.0m

Answer; 0.23 m J/day per tn, 4.5, approximately 300 kN per m width
Permeability and Seepage 109

13. Everything else being the same, which of the two da ms in the figure will experience larger
seepage through the underlying soil? Why?
Which of the two will have a larger exit hydraulic gradient? Why?
Which of the two dams will have a larger upli ft? Why?

So' Soil

Impervious stratum , Impervious stratum

14. The equipotential lines are shown on pagt: 1I 0 for three seepage problems: (a) seepage
be neath a conc rete dam, (b) seepage beneath a sheet pile. an d (c) seepage near a cofferdam.
Draw the streamlines and complete the now nets. Assum ing that the permeability of the
underlying clayey sand is 2 X lO-s cOlIs. compute the now rates.
Answer: 4.7 X 10- 1 mJ/s per ttl, 2.4 X 10- 7 mJ/s per fII, 3.1 X 10- ; mJ/s per ttl

15. A 10 m-wide and 20 m-h igh min e stope has a 4 m-high and 2 m -wide d rain as shown in
the figure on page Ill . rhe stope is backfill ed with saturated hydrauli c fill that is essentially
a silty sand material. O nce filled, the permeability of the hyd raulic fill is 5.6 X 10- 4 cm/s.
Draw the now net. Esti mate the flow rale and the location and magnitud e of the maximum
pore waler pressure with in the stope.
Answer: 1.0 11/J!day per m, I I I kPa af boftOIll corner

16. A sheet pile is d riven into the ground in a wate rfront area during some tempora ry con-
struction work. as shown in the figure on page 110. The silty sand has a permeability of
4.2 X 10- 1 cm/s and a water content of 28%. The speci fi c graVity of th e soil grains is 2.65.
Draw th e now net and calc ulate the flow rate and safety fac tor with respect to piping.
Answer: 3.9 mJ/day per m, 7.9
110 Geotechnical Engineering

16m
I'

6m
Concrete dam

Sheet pile

5m
2m

6m
CJayoy sand

1(V): 10(H) slope

4m
"
V

6m

6m

Impel'VlOUS stratum
Permeability and Seepage 111

10m 2m
I~'==:;z===,'~.1+>-1

Saturated
20m
hydraulic fill

, '. ImperviOUS rock

3m
9 105m
1m
10m

- '. lmperviou stratum

17. A concrete dam shown on page 11 2 rests on a fine, sandy silt having a permeability of 5 X
10- 4 cm/s, which is underlain by an imperv ious clay stratum. The satu rated unit weight of
the sandy silt is \8 .5 kN /m 3. Draw a flow n<~ t. Compute the flow rate beneath the dam in
mO/day per meter width and the uplift force on the base of the dam per meter width. What
is the safety factor of the dam with respect to piping?
112 Geotechnical Engineering

5m
1m
m

7.75 m
S.25m

tralum

Answer: 0.6 mJ/day per In widtlt, 700 kN per m width,2.8

18. Seepage takes place beneath a conc rete dam shown below resting on a fine, sandy silty soil
having a permeability of 5 X 10- 4 cm/s and a saturated unit weight of 19 kN/m 3 . A sheet
pile is also provided at the upstream end of the dam in an attempt to reduce th e seepage.
Determine the quantity of seepage in m1/day per meter width, the safety factor with respect
to piping, and the upl ift thrust on the dam.

Answer: 0.81 mJlday per In width, 1200 kN per 111 width, 5.2

19. A long porous drain is placed at a depth 3 III below the ground level as shown in the figure

q all page 11 3 to collect the water percolating through the soil above. The permeability of
the soil is 2.0 X 10- 5 cm/s. There is an impervious stratum at the depth of 6 m. Assum ing
. . atmospheric conditions within the drain and at ground level, draw the flow net and esti -
. ~~" . ' mate the flow rate. [Hint: The perimeter of the drain is an equipotential line; make use of
symmetry and draw only one half of the flow net.]
Permeabi~tY and SeepdtJ~ 113

GL
1Z

3m

o
3m

Imperv us stratum

Answer: 0.07 mJlday per m run

20. In a layered soi l system (see Section 6.8 Equivalent Permeabiliti es for One-Dimensional
Flow) where the flow is one-dimensional and is either hori zontal or ve rtical, is the hori-
zontal permeability always greater than the verlical permeability? Discu ss.
IHi nt: Select a three- to four-layer soil profile and use a spreadsheet to compute th e
equivalent permeabilities for a wi de range of values.]

21. Try Review Exercises 15, 16, 17, and 19 using SEEP/W.

22. Seepage takes place beneath a concrete darn underlain by a two -layer soil profile shown
below. Use SEEP/W to draw the flow net and compute the flow rate, pore water pressures
at A and B, uplift on the dam, and the exit hydraulic gradient.
tS.Om
I- "1

A
k" 2.5e - S em's Tl.0m
k " 8.00 - 6 em's !4.2 m

1(V}:10(H) slope

Answer: 3.1 X 10- 7 m J/s; 74 kPa, 34 kPa; 810 kN per m; 0.45


114 Geotechnical Engineering

Quiz 3: Compoction, effective stresses,


and permeability

Duration: 15 m inutes

1. Slate whether the following are true or fals e:


a. When the compactive effort is inc rea.sed, optimum water content increases
b. The magnitude of pressure head depends on where the datum is selected
c. The degree of saturation is generally larger for the soils co mpacted dry of opti-
mum than for the soils compacted wet of optimum
d. Effective stress cannot be greater than the total stress
e. Capillary effects are more pronounced in clays than in sands
(2.5 poi nts)

2. A 3 m-thick sand layer is underlain by a deep bed of clay where the water content is
29%. The water table is at the bottom of the sand layer. Th e unit weight of sand is
18 kN/m J , and G s for clay grains is 2.70. Find the effective vertical stress at a depth
10 m below the ground level .
(2.5 points)

3. A sheet pile is driven into a 12 m deep dayey sand bed as shown. Without drawing
th e flow net, determ ine the pore water p ressure at the bottom tip of the sheet pi le.
(5 points)

4m

8m
12m

lmpeNlOU stratum .
Vertical Stresses Beneath
Loaded Areas 7
7.1 INTRODUCTION
In Chapter 5, we saw th at the com putation of the vertical normal stresses (1" at any depth within
a soil profile is fairly straightforward. It is simply the sum of th e product of the layer thickness
and the unit weight of the sail lying above th e point of interest, wh ich is written as:

(7.1 )
where Hi = thickness of th e ;th layer above and 'Yi = unit weigh t of the soil in the i!h layer. When
a foundation or embankment is placed o n the ground, the st resses within the underlying soil
are increased. It is often necessary to compute the increase in the vertical stress .6.(1" induced by
these surface loads.
Soils are particulate media formed of granular skeletons made of soil grains. 'lhe load transfer
mechanism can be very complex here. As a matter of simplicity, soils are treated as continuous media
(or contilluum) in stress calculations and in the designs of foundations, retaining walls, slope stabil-
ity, etc. I-Jere, soils are treated like any other engineering material (e.g., steel) that is a continuum.
Stress-strain d iagrams of soils are often simplified as either linear elastic (Figure 7. 1a), rigid
perfectly plastic (Figure 7. lb), or elastic perfectly plastic (Figure 7. 1c). In Figures 7.lh and 7.lc,
the material yields when a reaches the values of oy' known as the yield stress. Here, the material
becomes plastic, undergoing very large deformat ion while there is no increase in (J. In reality,
soils can be strahl hardening or strain softening w ith the stress-strain plots as shown in Figure
7. 1d. Neve rtheless, at low stress levels, it is reasonable to assume thatlhe stress-strain variation
is linear. In th is chapter, we will assume that soil is a linear elastic colltilltlUm.

u 0
" "
0, u
E

(,)
,
Ib)
, TC , 1<)

(d)
,
Figure 7.1 Stress-strain plots: (a) linear elastic (b) rigid perfectly plastic (c) elastic
periectly plastic (d) strain hardening and strain softening

115
116 Geotechnical Engineering

7.2 STRESSES DUE TO POINT LOADS


Figure 7.2 shows a point load acting on an elastic half space. Here it is assumed that beneath the
level at which the load is being applied, the material is elastic and extends to infinity in all direc
tions. Boussinesq (1885) showed that the vertical normal stress increase .aO'v at a point within the
elastic mass can be written as:

(7.2)

where z = depth of the point below the horizontal surface and r = horizontal d istance of the
point from the vertical centerline.
Westergaard (1938) treated soil as an elastic material interspersed with a large n umber of
infinitely thin, perfectly rigid sheets th at allow only vertical deformations, and showed that .dO'v
can be expressed as:

(7.3)

where v is the Poisson's ratio of the elastic medium, which can vary in the range of 0- 0.5 for
linear elastic materials. The Boussinesq and Westergaard influence factors (18 and Iw) are com -
pared in figure 7.3 for Poisson's ratio values of 0, 0.1, and 0.2 . The Boussinesq equation gives
larger values of dO'v when rlz < 1.5 (i.e., when the stress increase is Significant). For larger rlz,
the values of LlO',. are very small and are about the same [or both methods. In geotechnical engi
neering practice, the Boussinesq equation is widely used for two reasons: It is simpler than the

. GL


,,
:z
: aO'v
L___ !. __lt

Elastic half space (E. v)

Figure 7.2 Point load on an elastic half


space
Vertical Stresses Beneath Loaded Areas 11 7

0.5
I I
C\ - Boussinesq

~'1\\
0'
---- Weslergaard(v _ O)
-
- - - Weslergaard(v = O, l )
0.3
-' - - Westergaard (v =0,2)
>;
-"
0.2
,-,
"
1\
0.1

0 .~
o 0.5 1.5 2 2.5 3

.1,
Figure 7.3 Comparison of Boussinesq and Westergaard values

Westergaard equation, and since the flo. estimates are greater from the Boussincsq equation, it
can only overesti mate the loadings \vithin the soil, and hence be conservative-this is not a bad
thing in geotechn ical engineering. Using Equatio ns 7.2, 7.3, or Figure 7.3, one can calculate the
vertical normal stress in crease at any poin t within the soil mass. From now on , we will limit ou r
discussio ns to the Boussinesq equation.

Example 7.1 : A 500 kN point load is applied on an elastic half space. Plot the vari ation of the
normal stress increase do. with depth (a) along the vertical centerline, (b) along a vertical line
I m away from the load, and (c) along a vertical line 3 m away from the load.

Solutiofl ;
AaO' (kPa)
0 20 40 60 .0 100
0
- -- ~
,\
2
~

g 6 ir
if
~

Q 10
- ,.0
__ 'a, m -
12
..... . (:3m -
14

16
I
11 8 Geotechnical Engineering

GL
:,,
,
,,
:,
: ll. a~
l___ ~__ -lt

Elaslic half space (E. II)

Figure 7.4 line loael on an elastic half


space

7.3 STRESSES DUE TO LINE LOADS


When a long lin e load Q per un it length acts o n an elasti c half space as shown in Figure 7.4, the
vertical stress increase .6.a v at a point can be obt ained by discretizi ng the line load into several
point loads, applying Equation 7.2, and integrating over the entire line length. Th is exercise
gives:

(7.4)

where x = horizontal distance of the point of interest from the vertical line load.

7.4 STRESSES UNDER THE CORNEn! OF A UNIFORM


RECTANGULAR LOAD
The vertical stress increase at a depth z beneath the corner of a uniform rectangular load (see
Figure 7.5) can be obtained by discretizing the rectangular load into an infi n ite numbe r of point
loads (dQ = q dx dy) an d integrating ove r th e entire area. Applying the Boussi nesq Equation
(Equation 7.2), the contribution from the infi nitesimal element dx dy shown in Figure 7.5 is:
Vertical Stresses Beneath loaded Areas 119

0 .26
I, 3.0

-, =2.0
0.24

V _~
.'
'-.,
-} VV- i- ' = 1.5
0.22
-" /s i- ' " 1.2
02
I' ~ " 1.0

0.18
,'" VJ./
V
/
..
~
0. 16
~
0 0 .14
~~ V/
c
,
E 0.12 V
01
V
./
0.08

0.06

0.04
:;
0.02
'::/' .....
o
0.0 1 0.1
m

Figure 7.5 Influence factors for .10. under the corner of a uniform rectangular
load

Therefore, the vert ical stress increase .!lo. is give n by:


>: =L,,,,8

LIu.=~! Sf %=0 1=0

.6.0" = Iq (7.5)
120 Geotechn ical Engineering

where q is the uniform applied pressure and the influence fac tor I is given by:

(7.6)

where m = Biz and n = Liz. Here, Band L are t.he breadth and length respectively of the loaded
area, and z is the depth of the point of interest under a corner. Variation of I with m and n is
shown in Figu re 7.5 where m and n are interchangeable. The influence fac tor obtained or Figure
7.5 can be used with Equation 7.5 to determine the vertical stress increase at any depth within
the soil under th e corner of a uniform ly l oad~:d rectangular fo oting. This can be extended to
obtain Aav at any point within the soi l mass-not necessarily under the corner. This will require
breaking up the loaded area into four rectangles and applying the principle of superposition
(see Example 7.2). This can be extended further to T-shaped or L-shaped arcas, too (see Worked
Example 7.2).

Example 7.2: A 3 m X 4 m rectangular pad fooling applies a uniform pressure of 150 kPa to the
underlying soil. Find the vertical normal stress increase at 2 m below points A, B, C, and D.

Solution: a. Under A:L::= 4 m, B = 3 m, Z = 2 m ~m =1.5, n = 2. 0 ~ 1 = 0.224


... !::.u. = 0.224 >< 150 = 33.6 kPa

A ,C
r------f'------ , .---!

3m :8 ----------
--------------r----- ----1ID--
'---_ _ ~i,
4m
_ _ __ L __ J
Continues
Vertical Stresses Beneath Loaded Areas 121

Example 7.2: Continued


h. Under B: Let's consider a quarter of the loaded area (and later multiply by 4) so that B be-
comes a corner, and we can apply Equation 7.5:
L = 2m,B = 1.5m,Z = 2m -tm = 0.75,n = 1.0-t1 = 0.155
:.6u,. = 4 X 0.155 >< 150 = 93.0 kPa
c. Under C: Let's consider the left half of the loaded area (and later multiply by 2) where C is a
corner, so that we can apply Equation 7.5:
L = 2m,B = 3 m, Z= 2m-tm = 1.5, n = 1.0 -t 1 = 0.194
:. 60". = 2 x 0.194 >< 150 = 58.2 kPa
d. Under D: Let's consider the upper half above the centerline as shown, and later multiply
by 2.
A
,,e F

i
j :J--~,i E
.. !
Ism j

,.
i
i ._._._.J.~._
H G

I
4m - I'
1m -I
AFGH ~ DHA.E - DGFE
:.J = I oHtlF.- - l ocF
DHAE: L = 5 m, B = 1.5 m, Z = 2 m~' m = 0.75, n = 2.5 -t I DIIAE= 0.177
DGFE: L = 1 m, B = 1.5 m, Z = 2 m -+ m = 0.75, n = 0.5 -t IOGF~ = 0.107
:.60". = 2 (0.177 - 0.107) X 150 = 21.0 kPa

We can see from Example 7.2 that f), O",. is the m aximum under the center of the loaded area,
as expected intuitively. Let's see how Au,. varies laterally along a centerline with depth through
Example 7.3.
122 Geotechnical Engineering

Example 7.3: A 3 m x 3 m square footing carries a uniform pressure of 100 kPa. Plot the lateral
variation of .6.0",. along the horizontal centerline at depths of 1 m and 3 m.

Solution: Due to symmetry, we will only compute the values of Ao. for the right half of the footing at
points~, B, C. ... H, spaced at 0.5 m intervals as shown.

O.Sm

3m - ._._._._._.--;_._,
AB ...... __ ._
C.p _......H_... ._..... _.......
. E F G H -.-

I
3m

100
I
90
-+--- z:1m -
80
- . - z=3m -

if
"-
70
60

50
" '\'\
~
<l 40
I
"- '\ .

30
20
~-'\
10 I~ ~ ~

0 ~

o 2 3 4

Horizontal distance from centerline (m)

The values of .6.0,. computed as in Example 7.2 are summarized on page 123 and are shown in
the plot.
COfllirlUes
Vertical Stresses Beneath Looded Areas 123

Example 7.3: Continued

Under A B C D E F G H
Aa. (kPa) @ I m depth 86.4 83.6 71.6 45.6 19.6 7.0 2.6 1.2
Aa. (kPa) @ 3 m depth 33.6 32.4 29.0 24.0 18.4 13.6 9.4 6.4

7.5 2:1 DISTRIBUTION METHOD


It can be seen from Example 7.3 thatAa. is the maximum under the center of the loaded area
and decays laterally and with depth. Very often, we want a quick estimate of 110. at a speCific
depth z without any considerati on of the lateral variations. A simple hUI crude empirical
method for estimating the ver tical stress increase at a specific depth z is d isc ussed here. As
shown in Figure 7.6, it is assumed that the load Q applied on a rectangular footing with
d imensions of B X L is spread in a 2 (verlicai):l (horizontal) manner in both direct ions.
Just below the footing, the pressure applied to lhe underlying soil is q = QIBL. Since the
load is acti ng over a Jarger area at depth z, the additional vertical normal stress 110. is sign ifi -
cantly less and is given by:

IJ.. ~ = -"Q::----:- (7.7)


(B+ z )(L+z )

At shallow depths, the 2: 1 approximation gives lower values for l1a. when compared to the
maximum value obtained under the center using "the Boussinesq equa tion. At very large depth s,
the 2: 1 approximation gives h igher values. See th~: figure on page 133. In the case of a strip foot-
ing (L = 00) carryi ng a line load (load per unit length), Equation 7.7 becomes:

IJ.o ~ Q (7.8)
(B+z)

where Q is in kN/ m .
Q

r
L+z
Bu
1"- ~ I

Figu re 7.6 Estimating .D.u, by 2: 1 distribution method


124 Geotechnical Engineering

Example 7.4: Using Equation 7.7. estimate L~O'v at I m and 3 m depths below the 3 m square
footing in Example 7.3 carrying 100 kPa. How do the values compare with those computed in
Example 7.3?

Solution: B = L = 3 m; Q = qBL = 900kN


At I m depth, z = I m ~ Using Eq. 7.6, .6.O'v = 56.3 kPa
At 3 m depth, z = 3 m ~ Using Eq. 7.6, .6.0'~ = 25.0 kPa
These values are significantly less than the maximum values of Au. directly below the center
observed in Example 7.3.

7.6 PRESSURE ISOBARS UNDER FLEXIBLE UNIFORM LOADS


Using the influence factors discussed in Sec tion 7.4, it is possible to determine the vertical
normal stress increase due to a uniform rectangular load at any point within the soil mass.
Let's identify the points at which the value of Au. is O.lq, and then connec t the points. this
will give a stress contour or isobar for 0.1 q. which will be symmetrical about the vertical
centerlin e of the footing. Such isobars can be drawn for any va lue of .au. for a square, rec
tangu lar, strip (ve ry long in one direction), or circular footing. They are shown for a squa re
and for strip footings of width B in Figure 7.7. Due to symmetry, only half is shown. It can be
seen that the isobars extend significantly deep er for strip footings than for square ones. For
example, the isobar ofO. l q extends to a depth of2B for square footings and more than SB for
st ri p footings. At any depth .auv would be greater under a strip footing than under a square
one. These isobars can be used for a quick estimate of .lcr beneath a square or strip footing.
y

7.7 NEWMARK' S CHART


By integration of the Boussinesq equation (Equation 7.2), it can be shown that the vertical nor
mal stress increase .lcr. at a depth of z below the cen ter of a flexible ci rcular load of radius a is
given by:

(7.9)

Figure 7.8 shows a flexible, circular loaded area of radius a, applying a uniform pressure q
to the underlying soil that is assumed to be a.n elastic half space. The vertical normal stress
Vertica l Stresses Beneath loaded Areas 125

q
$0"". .. ,~,,;p
o

/ ~ .:,;j .::-, ~~"


0.5

/ VI ~
:;~:: \

r<"... I'>' "


O.02q

I t:-,..'" :~;) ! "


1.5

O~ ~~; }' '\ 0. q


5 \

xl 8 25
2

\ - ,.. \.
"
O2q f;:q O.lq

3 ~ .'

1.5

4 \ '\

4.5 ~
I'-- /
5
- 2.5 - 2 - 1.5 - 1 - 0.5 0 0.5 1.5 2 2.5
xl 8

Figure 7.7 Pressure isobars for uniformly loaded flexible square and strip

increase .6.o~ al point X at depth z below the center ca n be calculated using Equation 7.9.
What would be the rad ius a in ter ms of z, suc h tha t 6o~ would be O.lq? From Equatio n 7.9, it
can be calculated as O.2698z. Repeating this exercise for .o.u. of O.2q. O.3q, etc., the va lues are
tabulated in Figure 7.8.
When a = O.9 176z, aov at X is O.6q. When a = 0.7664 z, .6.0. at X is O.Sq. Therefore, when
the annular zone between these two circular areas (sec Figure 7.8) is subjected to a pressure of
q .6.11. at X would be O.lq. This is the underlying principle of Newmark's chart.
Newmark (1942) developed the influence ch'lrt shown in Figure 7.9, which consists of con-
centric circles of differen t radii, the values of which are given in Figure 7.8. In drawi ng the
circles, the value of z was taken as the length of the line shown in Figure 7.9 as scale, which
126 Geotechnical Engineering

I z

~Lla,_ L\a, a
X
I
0 0
O.1q O.2698z
O.2q O.4005z
O.3q O.5181z
O.4q O.G370z
O.5q O.7664 z
Elevation
I O.6q O.9176z
O.7q 1.1097z
O.8q 1.3871z
O.9q 1.9084z
q 00

Plan
-+-
Figure 7.8 Stress increase beneath the center of a flexible circular load

is simply the depth of the point of interest, X. If a pressure q is applied over the annular zone
between any two adjacent circles, this would i:ncrease the vertical normal st ress at X by o. J q.
The radial lines divide the annular zones into 12 equal blocks. 1bere are 120 equal blocks in
Newmark's chart in Figure 7.9, and pressure q applied on any of them will lead to an increase in
normal vert ical st ress of 1/ 120q at X.
How do we use Newmark's cha rt to find do . under a point within a loaded area at a certain
depth, z*? Newmark's chart has a scale that is shown along with the figure, which is simply the
depth z at which Aov would be computed. The radii of the circles were computed on the basis
of this length z. Therefore, all that is required now is to redraw the loaded area to a new scale
where the length shown in Newmark's chart equals the depth of interest, z~. The pOint under
which AO"v is required is placed exactly on the center of the chart and the number of blocks that
Vertical Stresses Beneath loaded Areas 127

scale : depth, Z=
I = 11120
z

Figure 7.9 Newmark's influence chart

are covered in Newmark's chari are counted. If t1 blocks are covered by the loaded area, .6u, is
given by:

.6U. = II Iq (7.10)

where q is the applied pressure and I i:; the influen ce factor. which is simply the reciprocal of the
number of blocks in Newmark's chart.
128 Geotechnical Engineering

Example 7.5: The loaded area shown carries a uniform pressure of 60 kPa. Using Newmark's
chart. find the vertical normal stress increase at 6 m below X.

6m
x

3m

Solution: Let's redraw the area to a scale of 6 m := scale length shown in the chart. and overlay the
rescaled area on the chart such that the point X is at the center. Counting the blocks covered by
the loaded area, including those fractions when they are covered only partially, n = 69.5.
: . .6.a. at 6m below X = 69.5 X (11120) X 60 = 35kPa

scale: depth, z:: _ _ _ __


'~1I120
Vertical Stresses Beneath l oaded Areas 129

7.8 STRESS COMPUTATIONS USING SIGMA/W


A DVD containing the Student Edition of GeoStu dio 2007 is included with this book. One oflh e
eight different programs that come up when you click the GeoStudio 2007 icon is SIGMA/ W ,
a versatile finite element software that can be used to compute and plot stresses under loaded
areas that can be modeled as two-dimensional plane st rain or axisymmetric problems. lbe
Student Edition of SIGMA/W has a few limitat ions that make it suitabl e mainly for learning and
evaluation . It can hand le up to 500 elements, 10 different regions, and three different materials.
It can model two-dimensional plane strain problems (e.g., stresses beneat h a long embankment
or strip footing) as well as axisymmetric problems (e.g., stresses beneath a circular footing). The
Student Edition allows the soil to be modeled only as an infinitely linear elastic material. The
full version has several advanced features and no limits to the number of elements. regions, and
materials. It is available from r.EO-SI.oPE Internationa l, Canada (http://vv\,Jw.geo-slope.com).

7.8.1 Getting Started with S/GMA/W


When running GeoSludio, select Student License from tJ1e start page. All GeoStudio project flies are
saved with the extension .gsz so that they can be called by any of the applications (e.g., SEEP/W,
SLOPE/ W) within the suite.
Familiarize yourself with the different tool bars that can be made visible through the
IView/ Too/bar: .. 1 menu. Moving the cursor over an icon displays its fu nct ion. In the IAnalysisl tool -
bar, you will see th ree icons. IDEFlNEL ISOLVEJ, and ICONTOURL next to each other. IDEFINE I
and ICONTOURI are two separate windows and you can switch between them. The problem is
fully defined in the IDEFINE I window and saved . Clicking the ISOLVE icon solves the problem
as specified. Clicking the ICONTOURI icon displays the results in the ICONTOURI window. The
input data can be changed by switching to the @EiNElwindowand ISOLVEjd again.
The major components in solving a stress computation problem are:

1. Defining the geometry:


Always have a rough sketch of your geometry problem with the right dimensions before
I I
you start SIGMA / W . When SIGMA/W is started. it is in the DEFINE window. The ISet!
menu has two diffe rent but related entries,IPa~e... 1and IUlIits and Scales ...I. which can be
used to define your working area and units. A good start is to use a 260 mm (width) X
200 mm (height) area that fits nicely on .10 A4 sheet. Here, a scale of I:200 would rep-
resent 52 m (width ) X 40 m (height) of problem geometry. Tr y to use the same scale in
the x and y directions so that the geometry is not di storted. IUnits and Scales...1 should
be used for defining the problem as two -dimensional (plane strain) or axisymmetric.
tGrid... 1 will nUow you to select the grid spacing, make it visible, and snap Lo the grid
points. tAxes... 1wi ll al low you to draw the axes and label them . ISketch/Axes ...1may be a
130 Geotechnical Engineering

better way to draw the axes and label them. Use IView/Preferences ...1 to change the way
the geomet ry, fonts, and graphical outputs are displayed.
Use!Sketchl Uneslto sketch the geom etr)' using free lines. You can uselModifvIObjects... 1
to delete or move the lines. ISketchl is different from IDrawl. Use IDrawIRegiollL I on the
sketched outlines to create the real geometry and to define thc zoncs of different materi-
als. Altern atively, one may omit lSketch l and start from IDrawl instead, especially in sim ple
problems. While Sketching, Drawing, or Modifying, right clicking the mouse ends the
action. The ISketch l menu is useful for drawing dimension lines with arrowheads and for
labeling the dimensions and objects. It is a good practice to break the soil into regions so
that the finite element mesh can be made finer in the regions of interest.
2. Defining soil properties and assigning to regions:
Use IDrawIMaterials... 1 to assign the soil properties (e.g., Young's modulus) and apply
them to the regions by dragging. The Student Edition can accommodate up to three
different materials that are placed in 10 different zones, all of which are assumed to be
linear elastic. When we are interested in the change in stresses caused by the applied
loadings, we may assume the soil unit weight to be zero to neglect the gravitational
stresses.
3. Defining the boundary conditions:
Assign the boundary conditions through IDraw/Boundary Conditions ... I. Here, spec ify
the fixities (no displacements along the xly directions) along the boundaries and cre-
ate new boundary conditions 10 specify the known loadings o r displacements at the
boundarie~ . U~e a ~epa raLe name Lag for each boundary condition. Once a boundary
condition is created. it can be applied to a point, line, or a region. Apply the boundary
conditions by dragging them to the relevant location. Take advantage of symmetry
and analyze only one-half of the problem in two-dimensional plane strain problems.
Remember, we have to use the 500 elements wisely! Avoid the boundary interference
by selecting them as far as possible. When we assume that there is no displacement in
the x and y directions, the assumption must be realistic.
4. Defining the finite eieme11t mesh:
This step gives us a taste of finite element modeling. The Student Edition of SIGMA/W
limits the number of elements to 500. The default mesh would be adequate for most of
our work here. The mesh can be seen through IDraw/Mesh Properties ... I. The mesh size
can be varied by adjusting the global dement size; as the element size increases, the
coarser the mesh becomes.
Verticol Stresses Beneath loaded Areas 131

The area of int erest can be divided into a few regions (up to 10 in the Student
Edition) and the mesh density can be varied with in the regions ~ providcd the total
number of elements docs not exceed 500.
5. Solving the problem:
O nce the problem is fu lly defined through steps 1- 4, it can be ISOLVl::"1d, and the results
ca n be viewed in a ICONTOUR I window. You can switch between th e IDEFINE I and
'CONTOUR I windows wh ile experimenting with the output. This can be very effective
for a parametric study. ITools/Verify l can be used for checking the problem defi nition
before solving.
6. Displaying tlte results:
ICONTOURI can be lIsed to di splay the st ress co ntou rs and displacement co n -
tours. From IDraw/Contour.. .! , th e int<: rva ls and colors can be varied. By click-
ing the IDraw/Con tour Labe/~, the curso r changes into a crossh ai r. By placing the
crosshair on a conto ur li ne and clicking the mouse, the contour value is labeled.
IDraw/ Mohr Circlesl ca n be used to d l'aw the Moh r circle represe nting the state
of stress at any poi nt , along wit h the elem ents show ing the normal and shear
stresses. IDraw/Graph ... 1 can be used to generate va rious plots of stress vs . depth ,
d is placements vs. distance, etc. More than one grap h can be selected by click-
ing the first on e, holding the sh ift key, and th en cli cking the last one on the list.
IView/ Result Information ...1prOVid es full information about the stresses and displace-
men ts at any point in a separate window.

Example 7.6: A 10 m diameter silo applies a uniform pressure 0[200 kPa to the underlying soil.
Assuming the soil to be linear elastic with E = to MPa and v = 0.2, estimate the settlement
below the centerline using SIGMA/ W. Show the vertical stress increase contours with 20 kPa
intervals and the boundary conditions. Use the default fini te element mesh. How many ele -
ments and nodes are there?

Solution: In SIGMA/W, let's take gravity as 0 and avoid the gravitational initial stresses. This is an
axisymmetric problem and we will model along a radial plane.
Continues
132 Geotechnical Engineering

Example 7.6: Continued

The default mesh has 450 elements and 496 nodes. Settlement beneath the center = 159 mm.

Tank

- 2

-,
- 6
-,
- '0

- '2

- 14
I< - 16
S
> - 18
~
w
- 20

- 22

- 2'
, ,,
- 26 -4 I---l--'-~ <--- ;--.. , - - - - .. r
----I- .. -~ 1-..J. 1-t-~-- ... 1
- 28 ; . ~ ~ Bo~)m boundary j- L - t
..I -i (No ~r/vert displacement) .6--1-'
- 30 I ,
" c I. I

- 32
-, 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17

Distance (m)
Vertical Stresses Beneath Loaded Areas 133

~
Reinindel' .:. Soil is treated as an clastic cont inuum in this chaplcr.
:. Boussinesq analysis is prererrcd over Westergaard's due to it s sim-
plicity and conservativeness .
:. Equatio n 7.5 and Figure 7.5 can be applied ollly under {I corner of a
uniform rectangular load .
:. Newmark's chart can be applied on any irregularly shaped, uni
for mly loaded area .
~ SIGMA / W can be used 10 compute stresses and deformations in
plane strain and axisymmetric problems.

WORKED EXAMPLES
I. A square. flex ible footing of width B applies a uni form pressure of 150 kPa to the under-
lying soil . Compute the normal. vertical stress increase along the vertical cen terli ne using
the m-n coefficients (Equatio n 7.5) and the 2: 1 distribution (Equation 7.7) at d iffere nt
depths and plot them.
Solution:

o 50 100 150
o
-- - ~
-
- ,-
_ r

zJB 2
rf
3
I ~

- r
Using m-n coetficients

Using 2 :1 distribution

I
I

4
I I
134 Geotechnical Engineering

2. The area shown in the fig ure carries a uniform pressure of200 kPa. Find the vertical nor-
mal stress increase at 5 m below A, B, and C.

8m 5m
' 1+<- - +1
C T

7m

6m

.
B

Solution: Let's use the m -n coefficients, remembering that they can only be used for 8u v
under corners. We will also add a few dashed lines and poi nts as shown .

8m 5m
I <--=--~ I <---'=-.jl L
o .,_ ........._-_.--,
C i
!
! 7m
,i
p
A
.----------------.---.-1-"----'::;
Ml.

am

8 o N

Under Point A: !:J.u v =q/ =q (J,4,PQC + [dOBT' + Idl\fNo)


APQC: L = 8 m , B = 7 m , Z = 5 m ~ m = l A, n = 1.6 ~ 1 = 0.2 15
AOB P: L = 8 m , B = 6 m , Z = 5 m ~ m := 1.2, n = 1.6 ~ I = 0.207
AMNO: L = 6 m, B = 5 m,z = 5 m -t m = 1.0, n = 1.2--t 1 = 0. 185
:. ~" ~ 200 X (0.2 15 + 0.207 + 0.185) ~ 121.4 kPa
Vertical Stresses Beneath loaded Areas 135

Under Poin LB: t1(J~ = q 1 = q (JliQCO + IWMN - 1&,...0)

BQCO: L = 13 m, B = 8 m, Z = 5 m ~ m = 1.6, n = 2.6 ~ 1 = 0. 230


BPlvlN: L = 13 m, B = 6 m, Z = 5 rn ~ Tn = 1.2, n = 2.6 ---7 J = 0.215
BPAO: L = 8 m , B = 6 m , Z = 5 m ~ m = 1.2, n = 1.6 ~ I = 0.207
:. M , =
200 X (0.230 + 0.2 15 - 0.207) 47.6 kPa =.
Un der Point C: t1C1. - q I = q (JC;OIlQ + ICINO - IClMA )

CO BQ: L = 13 m, B = 8 m, Z = 5 m ---7 m = 1.6, n = 2.6 ~ I = 0.230


CLNO: L = 13 m , B = 5 m, Z = 5 m ~ m = 1.0, n = 2.6 ~ 1 = 0.203
CLMA : L = 7 m , B = 5 m , Z = 5 In ~ m = 1.0. n = 1.4 ~ 1 = 0.19 1
:. lIa. = 200 X (0.230 + 0.203 - 0.191) = 48.4 kPa
3. A square footing of width B applies a uniform pressure q to the underlying soil . Using the
2: 1 distributi on. est imate the d epth at which t1O"v is 20% of the applied pressure q. How
does this estimate compare with the est imate fro m pressure isobars?
Solution :

6.(J ~ =
qBL
(B+z)( L+z )
~0.2q=
qB'
(8 + z )'
~
(B+<)' = 5
--
B

zl B = v'S - 1 -> z = 1.24B

Fro m the pressure isobars in Figure 7.7. t1O"v = 0.2 q at approximately l AB.
4. A 3 m -wide and very 10llg slrip fooling applies II uniform pressure of 120 kPa to the
underly ing soil. Find the vertical st ress increase at a 2 m depth under the centerline using
m-n coefficients.
Solution: Let's divid e the strip into four quarters and find 6.O"v under the corner of one. For
each quarter,

L= 00 . B = 1.5 m , Z = 2 m ~ 1 = 0.179
:.lIa, = 4 X 0.179 X 120 = 85.9 kPa
5. A 10m diameter silo applies a uniform pressure of 200 kPa to the unde rlying soil.
Assuming the soi l to be linear ebstic with E" = 10 MPa and v = 0. 2. draw the vertical
st ress increase Aa. conto urs in 20 kPa intervals using SIGMA/W. Use a finer mesh close
to the loaded area. Plot the lateral stress va ri ation of 6.o-v at 2.5 m. 5.0 m, and 15.0 m
deplhs.
Solution: Let's divide the mesh into six regions and adjust the mesh d ensity using
IDraw/Mesh Properties... I. such that the mesh is finer at the top left. and coarser at the
136 Geotechnical Engineering

bottom right. Th is will be solved as an axisymmet ric probl em, and \-ve will consider a
radial plane as shown.

200
I
180 --1--
160

140

~ 120

':l" 100

"
~~
80

150

40

:20
I I

-32 I I 0
-1 1 3 5 7 9 11 n 15 17 0 2 4 6 8 10
Distance (m) Dislal1Ce (m)

The boundary conditions are:


No horizontal displacements along the left boundary (vertical centerline)
Neither horizontal nor ve rtical displacements al the bottom and ri ght boundaries
200 kPa applied from a lo 5 m
The .aav versus distance plots al 2.5 ru, 5.0 m, and 15.0 m depths created using
IDraw/ Graph l are shown in the figure.

REVIEW EXERCISES
1. Try Worked Example 2 using Newmark's chart.

2. The loaded area shown on page 137 applies a uniform pressure of 80 kPa to th e underlying
soil. Find the norm al vertical stress increase at 4 III below A, B, and C.
Vertica l Stresses Beneath Loaded Areas 137

c,----------------,

6m

B '---,,,
A

3m 6m 3m
I"0(<---->.",...----'------+10( ,. 1

Answer: 48.2 kPa, 22.3 kPa, 18.8 kPa

3. A strip footing of width B applies a uniform pressure of q to the underl ying soil. Using the
2:1 distribution, fi nd the depth (in terms of.8) at which .1.0",. ::::: 0.2q. Compare this with the
estimate from the pressure isobars shown in Figure 7.7.
Answer: 48

4. A 2.5 m-wide strip footin g applies a uniform pressure of 100 kPa to the underlying so il
The Young's modulus and Poisso n's ratio of the soil are 14 M Pa and 0.25 respectively. Using
SIGMA / W, develop the pressure isobars and plot the variation in vertical stress increase
.1.0"" with depth along the vertical centerline.

S. Repeat the previolls exercise substituting a 2.5 m d iameter circular footing and compare
the findings.

6. A 5 m -high embankm ent (y ::::: 20 kN/ m \ E ::::: 16 MPa, ,, =


0.20) is bein g constructed
at a site where the top 6 m consists of Soil I (EI' " I) unde rl ain by a very large depth of
So il 2 (2' 1'2)' as shown in th e figure on p age 138. The right half of the embankment
with the soil profil e is also shown. Model the embankment using SIGMA I W, neglt:ct-
ing the unit weights of Soil I and Soil 2. If 1 ::::: 4 MPa, 1'1 = 0.25, E2 ::::: 8 MPa, and 1'2
= 0.30, find the se ttl ements at A a nd C and the vertical stress inc rease at B.
138 Geotechnical Engineering

3m 10m
1111 11 1111 II I

GL

Soil 1: E" v,

Answer: 325 mm, 175 mm, and 67 kPa

7. An embankment is being bui lt with a berm as shown. The emban kment soil properties are:
E = 18 MPa, v = 0.2,), = 20 kN / m 3 . The 5 m-thick foundation soil has E = 8 MPa, v =
0.25, l' = 18 kN/ mJ, and is un derlain by bed rock. Use SIGMA/W to analyze the problem
and report the settlement of the crest of the emban kment at the centerli ne. Show the verti -
cal stress increase auv contours.
3m 4m 3m Om
'4 . ' 111 . ,4 . '4

2m

3m

5m

Bedrock

Answer: 83 111m
Consolidation 8
8.1 INTRODUCTION
When an embankment or a foundation is placed on soil, settlement takes place. The weaker the
soil is. the greater the settlement will be. In the case of dry or saturated granular soils. the settle-
ment is almost instantaneous, whereas in saturated days, this occurs over a much longer time
through the process of consolidation.
Consolidation is a process in saturated days where the watcr is s qu ee~ed out by the ap-
plied external loads, thus gradually increasing settlement due to a reduc tion in void ratio. The
settlement eventu ally stops, but only after a long time. We will assume this length of time to be
infinity for now based on Terzaghi's consolidation theory, which we will discuss in Section 8.5.
Let's consider a soil element X in Figure 8.1a where the initial values oftotal and effective verti
cal stresses and porc wate r pressures are 0 >(1 = "tAl", o ~ = -y'11, and UIJ = "()I, respectively. If a
uniform surcharge of q kP ... is applied at the ground level (sec Figure 8. 1b). the above values will
inc rease by !lo(t), !lo'O). and !lu(t) respectively where (t) reflects the time dependence of these
changes. Figure 8.1c shows the variation of the consoli dation settlement with time where the
fina l consolidation settlement s( is reached only at a time of oo. Figure 8. 1d shows the variations
of flo(t), 1l0'(t), and llu(t) with time.
o =o'+ u
hence:
..::lo = ..::lu' + Au
At any time during consolidation:
Il.a(t) ~ q
hence:
Il.a' (I) + au(t) ~ q
Immediately after th e surchar ge is applied, waler carries the entire load . Hence, at I = 0 , Au
= q and Ao' = O. With time, d rai nage takes place and the load is gradually tra nsferred from
the water to the soil skeleton (Le., Au decreases and fl o' increases). Finally, al l = 00, the excess

139
140 Geotechnical Engineering

q
GL HHHHHHH HHGL
} M
Uoo w -y...h
a~. -y'h M
,
" u.(t)w Uoo ... 4u (t)
(} :(t) .. a~ ... AU',(f)
,. U - "(. h u(l) _ u~ ... aU(I)
o
-f-'
. " !lj'"
".
,
(,) (b)
Aa(/)
Aart)
Aa(t)= q
E, Au(l)
~ ,
"~
w
a' (/)

f1u I
/ .. 0 1=00 Time 1=0 ( = 00 Tim e
(01 (d)

Figure B. 1 Consolidation fundamentals: (a) just before applying surcharge (b) dur-
ing consolidation (cl settlement versus time (d) Au, Au'. and tw versus time

pore water pressure ind uced by the applied surcharge is fully dissipated and the entire surcharge
is carried by the soil skeleton, making du = 0 and du' = q.

8,2 ONEDIMENSIONAL CONSOLIDIATION


The clay layer in Figure 8.2a is sandwiched between two free -draining granular soil layers. 'The
surcharge .6.u is spread over a very large area, so it is reasonable to assume that the strains and
drainage within the clay are both vertical, and as such, in one-dimension, i. e., there is no water
draining horizontally and there are no horizontal stra ins. Here, the clay is undergoi ng one-
dimensional consolidation . In field situations, the consolidation is oft en three-dimensional with
dra inage alld strains taking place in all directions, and it may be necessary to apply some cor-
rections if we use one-dimen sional consol idation theory.
One-dimensional consolidation is simulated in the laboratory in a 50- 75 mm diameter
metal oedometer ring. which restricts horizontal deformation and drainage. The undisturbed
clay sample is placed in the oedometer ring, sandwiched between two po rous stones that allow
drainage (Figure 8.2b). thus simulating the field situation shown in Figure 8.2a.

8 .2.1 .1e-.1H Relation


The d ay layer and the phase diagram (for V, of unity) are shown in Figu re 8.3a and b at both
the beginning and end of the consolidation process. Due to consolidation, the thickness has
Consolidation 141

Clay H

Oedometer ring Porous stone

(.J (bJ

Figure 6.2 One-dimensional consolidation: (a) in the field (b) in the laboratory

decreased by tlH (same as s, in Figure R i c) from the initial value of H o' and the void ratio has
decreased by tle from the initial value of eo. Therefore, the average vertical strain within the clay
is tlHIHo.
From the phase diagrams, the average vertical strain can be computed as:

(J+e, )
Therefore:

tlH tle
(8. 1)

8.2.2 Coefficient of Volume Compresosibility m,


Coefficient of volume compressibility tn v is a measure of the compressibility of the clay. It is
defined as the volumetric strain 1':",1 per unit stress in crease, and is expressed as:

L> V,I
e vol
m = - - .- ~ (8.2)
v fla' da'

where Vo = initial volume, tl V = volume change, and da' = effective stress increase that causes
the volume change d V. In one-di mensio nal consolidation where the horizontal cross-sectional
area remains the same, tl VIVo = flHIHo. Therefore, Equation 8.2 can be written as:

(8.3)
142 Geotechnical Engineering

GL
GL

Clay (eo>
,

!~e

Ie. Water

==> Ie.- ~e Water

II Solid
11 Solid

(,) (b)

Figure 8.3 Changes in layer thickness and void ratio due to consolidation: (a) at
I = O+ (b)att = O()

which is a simple and useful equation for estimating the fina l consolidation settlement, So' The
coefficient of volume compressibility m,. is often expressed in MPa- J or m 2/MN. It can be less
than 0.05 MPa - I for stiff clays and can exceed 1.5 MPa -1 for soft clays.

Example 8.1: A 5 m-thick day layer is surcharged by a 3 m-high compacted fill with a hulk unit
weight of20.0 kN/m l . The coefficient volume compressibility of the day is 1.B MPa - I . Estimate
the final consolidation settlement.

Solution:
.1.0' = 3 x 20 = 60 kPll

From Equation 8.3, So = (1.8)(~)(5000)= 540 mm


1000
Consolidation 143

8.3 CONSOLIDATION TEST


The consolidat ion test (ASTM D2435; AS1289.6.6.1) is generally carried out in an oedometer in
Lhe laboratory (see Figure 8.2b) where a 50-75 mm diameter undisturbed clay sam ple is sand -
wiched between two porous stones and loaded in increments. Each pressure increment is applied
for 24 hours, ensuring the sample is fully consol idated at the end of each increment. At the end
of each in crement with the consolidation compIeted, the vertical effective stress is known and
the void ratio can be calculated from the measured settlement AH. using Equation 8. 1. After
reaching the required max..imum vertical pressure, the sample is unloaded in a si milar manner
and the void ratios are computed. A typical variation of the void ratio against effective vertical
stress (in logarithmic scale) for a good quality undisturbed clay sample is shown in Figure 8.4a.
Here, the initial part of the plot from A to B is approximately a straight line with a slope of C,
(known as the recompression index), until the vertical stress reaches a critical value a ~. known as
the precol1solidatiol1 pressure. wh ich occu rs at B. Once the preconsolidation pressure is exceeded
and until unloading takes place. the variation from B to C is again linear. but with a significantly
steeper slope Ce known as the compression index. The variation is linear during unloading from
C to D. again with a slope of Cr. Reloading takes place along the same path as unloading.
Figure 8.4b shows what happens in reality to a day sample when loaded, unloaded, and re-
loaded along the path A BCDCE. It reaches the preconsolidation pressure at B and is loaded fur-
ther along the path Be in increments. At C, the clay is unloaded to D. The loading and unloading
paths do not exactly overlap as we idealized in Figure 8.4a, but it is reasonable to assume that they

A \ Virgin consolidation line


\
\
\
\ B
A \
C,
B
o
0
Unloading
C,

C E\

a~ a'. (log) cr'. (log)


(.) (b)

Figure 8.4 e vs. log 0 ', plot: (a) definitions (b) virgin consolidation line
144 Geotechnical Engineering

do and that the path is a straight line with a slope of Cr. The dashed line shown in Figure 8.4b is the
virgin consolidation line VeL, which has a slope of Cr. It can be seen that as soon as the reloading
path meets the Vel near Band C, the slope changes from C, to C, and the clay sample follows the
virgin consolidation line. Similarly, when unloading takes place from the Vel , the slope changes
from Cr to Cr. Every time unloading takes place from the yeL (e.g., at B and C), a new precon-
solidation pressure is established. The initial state of the clay at A had been attained by previous
unloading from the VeL (near B) sometime in it s history, which may have been hundreds of years
ago. At no stage can the day reach a state represented by a point lying to the right of the VeL. As in
the case ofthe ocdometer sample discussed above, the days in nature also undergo similar loading
cycles, and everything discussed above holds true for field situati ons as well. It should be noted
that the preconsolidation pressure is the maximum past pressure that the day has experienced ever
in its history.
The ratio of the preconsolidation pressure to the current effective vertical stress on the clay
is known as the overconsolidation ratio OCR. Thus:
,
up
OCR ~-
, (8.4)
u,"
If O"'J = O" ~ (i.e., the eo and (7 ' ,;) values of the clay lie on the YC l ), the clay is known as f10rmally
consolidated where the OCR = 1. If a '>(I < ap ' (Le., the eoand a'>(I values of the clay plot to the left
of the VeL), the clay is known to be overcolISolidated. The OCR is larger the further the values
get fro m the VCL. In Figure 8Ab. at A and D, the clay is overconsolidated and at B. C, and E. it
is normally consolidated. The virgin consol idation line is unique for a clay, has a specific loca-
tion and slope. and appli es to all overconsolidated and normally consolidated states of that clay.
Typically, the compression index va ries from 0.2 to 1.5, and is proportional to the natural
water content W", initial void ratio eo. or liquid limit LL. Skempton (1944) suggested that for
undisturbed clays:

C, ~ 0.009( LL - 10) (8.5)

There are numerous correlations reported in th,~ literature that relate C, with eo. W~ , and lL. The
recompression index Cr , also known as the sweJ.ling index C" is typically 1/5 to 1/15 of C,.
Consolidatio n 145

Example 8.2: A consolidation test was carried out on a 61.4 mm diameter and 25.4 mm-thick:
saturated and undisturbed soft clay sample with an initial water content of 105.7% and a G, of
2.70. The dial gauge readings. which measure the change in thickness at the end of consolida-
tion due to each pressure increment, are summarized. The sample was taken from a depth of
3 m at a soft clay site where the water table is at ground level.

Vertical stress (kPa) 0 5 10 20 40 80


Dial reading (mm) 12.700 12.352 12.294 12.131 11.224 9.053
Vertical stress (kPa) 160 320 640 160 40 5
Dial reading (mm) 6.665 4.272 2.548 2.951 3.533 4.350

a. Plot e ys. log (J/v and determine a'p, C,. C,., and the overconsolidation ratio.
b. Plot t n y ys.log a/y

Solution: The initial void ratio can be computed as eo = 1.057 X 2.70 = 2.854. Initial height Ho =
25.4 mm. With these, let's calculate the values of e and tnv at the end of consolidation due to the
first pressure increment of 5 kPa:
t:.H = 12.7 - 12.352 = 0.348 mm
From Equation 8. 1:

t:.e =( 0.348
25.400
)X(l+ 2.854) =0.0528
~ e = 2.854 - 0.0528 = 2.801

0.348 )
(
~ m = 25.4 -= 2.74MPa- J
v (5xIO-J )

For the next pressure increment where (J/v increases from 5 kPa to 10 kPa:
Ho = 25.4 - 0.348 = 25.052 mm
Co = 2.801, t:.o' = 10 - 5 = 5 kPa. and t:.H = 12.352 - 12.294 = 0.058 mm
From Equation 8. 1, t:.e = 0.058/25.052 X (I + 2.801) = 0.0088
Using these values, at the end of consolidation:
H = 24.994 mm, e = 2.79:2, and m. = 0.46 MPa-[
Continues
146 Geotec hnical Engineering

Example 8.2: Continued

This can be repeated for all pressure increments during loading and then fo r unloading as well .
The values computed are summarized in the following table:

0'. (kPa) Dial reading (mm) H. (mm) tlH (mm) .e e m. (MPa -')
a 12.7 25.4 2.654
5 12.352 25.4 0.348 0.0528 2.801 2.74
10 12.294 25.052 0.058 0.0088 2.792 0.46
20 12.131 24.994 0.163 0.0247 2.768 0.65
40 11 .224 24.831 0.907 0.1376 2.630 1.83
so 9.053 23.924 2.171 0.3294 2.301 2.27
160 6 .665 21 .753 2.388 0.3623 1.938 1.37
320 4.272 19.365 2.393 0.3631 1.575 0.77
640 2.548 16.972 1.724 0.2616 1.314 0.32
160 2.951 15.248 - 0.403 - 0.0611 1.375
40 3.533 15.651 - 0.582 - 0.0883 1.463
5 4.35 16.233 - 0.817 - 0.1240 1.587

The plots of void ratio vs. effective stress and m. vs. effective stress are shown on page 147.
The preconsolidation pressure a'p is approximately 35 kPa. Now, let's compute the values of C,
and Co from the plot. The unloading path is relatively straight and we will use the values of e
and a'. at the beginning and end of unloading to calculate C,:

C = 1.587 - 1.314 =, 1.587 - 1.314 =0.13


r
log640 - 1og5 log 640
5
The average value of Cocan be computed from the slope of the VeL as 1.21:
G, = 2.70, eu = 2.854-4 'Ysa, = 14.14 k N/ m 3
.'. o'vo = 3.0 x (14. 14 - 9.81) = 13 kPa
:. OCR = 35/13 = 2.7

Note the stress-dependence of m.,; it is not a constant as are C, and Cr.


Continues
Consolidation 147

Example 8.2: Continued

30 , -r
-':--'-1 ,'I",' -"! -"I -,-;--,-;-
I T!. 'IT" 1 I : :L, ;-r,~ -:-T
i, T- .' 11""
I IT
j
1I
I_-t"-,-:-t'-,'~Ii1iI+-_T'-,-
2.8 +-_+ I::~~ 1'" I I ! i !; I
2.6 I l l i l l li II' ~ ,"!t!1
2.< t-_HI I--ji-;:---,;-
i:1+--+- 1 i I I I" ,I I ! I ! II
~ 2.2 i I II"!! I i i !i TI\' I II :11',
~ 2.0 t--'--,r--++:I' :'+Ii1' --;,- +,1 -!-I+,I "'I,R-IIP~ a+,--'I! -+ j i+
j c-' 1,LH,I
I I if

\.,-+-:r-:i+11m
1.8 +---I I :-++j+
:--t--l 1jft:, t---+-:,-,Tl -C+:IT I:-:t:--1i'ri i! II

1.6 ~=1 ~ljI1It:I~'~~' ~tf' I ~i~~I~~$'f'~'iliI


1.' -t~rr'
1 2 1 -I: 'i' ! TInJil flfl I I I I' II
i
i j

1,2 +_L
1.0 I -Li-lI-L,j.L
i Ii.LIIH-----,-- 1 ~I--,I-lI-,'L''illji
1 .-1I-lI-'.I.LIILLIIH ---,-
10 100 1000
Effective verti.:al stress (kPa)

3
I Ii' i I I I
I I: I ,I I jill j
1
,, '"
25 I
II
~

~
2
I I '" , I II !-~
I I:

/~ I
~ , 1

i! I !,
I Ii' I j 1
i i ; I I!
.'
~ 1.5 ,
I, I 1\ '11' i !I ,III ,I 1'-- , I I II i I
, I I i \; i .-' 1 ' I Ii raJ ~ ! i i
0.5
I l i ! II
, , j' I, I I ' \I I I :.... III
o
10 100 1000
Effective vertiGai Slress (kPa)

8.3.1 Field Corrections to the e Versus Log u', Plot


When a clay sample is taken from the ground, it undergoes mechanical disturbance and stress
relief, some of which are often inevitable. These disturbances can have a significant effect o n the
e - log a'ec urve, making it difficult to arrive at realistic estimates of Cr , C" and (J 'I" which repre-
se nt the field situatio n. What we really want are the values of the ideal undistu rbed in situ clay
element at the site. How does one use the some'what disturbed laborat ory sample to esti mate
th e val ues of the in situ clay?
148 Geotechnical Engineering

a. Casagrallde's procedure to determine (f'p


The break in the slope of the e - log (f'v curve at the preconsolidation pressure is not al-
ways sharp and distinct. Casagrande (19 36) suggested a graphical procedure (see Figure
8.5a) for determin ing the preconsolidation pressure. The steps are as foll ows:

1. Estimate the point of minimum radius 0 (by sight)


2. Draw the tangent at 0 (OA)
3. Draw the horizontal line through (OB) a
4. Bisect the angle AOB (l ine DC)
5. Extend the straight-line portion of the virgin consolidation line backwards; its inter-
sectio n with the bisector OC defines the preconsolidation pressure

h. Schmertmmm's procedure /0 determine the field VCL


Schmertmann (1955) developed a graphical procedure to determine the ideal fi eld VCl
from the laboratory e - log a/v curve. '[he proced ure fo r normally consolidated clays
(see Figure 8.5b) is slightly different from that of the overconsolidated clays. For both,
q' p must be determi ned using Casagrande's procedure and the initial in situ void ratio eo
from th e initial water content. The procedure for normally consolidated clays (see Figure
8.5b) is as follows:

I. Determine a'p using Casagrande's procedure


2. Determine the in itial void ratio eo
3. Mark eo and 0.42 eo on the vertical voi d ratio axis
4. Mark (fIr o n the horizontal at v axis
5. Draw a vertical line thro ugh a~ and a horizontal lin e through Co to meet at A (anchor
pOint A)

e
e
eo __ ' A
~ F ield VCl
e
eo
A
Field VC l

B l ab curve ' '\ c,L.,:r.....-.Jl


0 1!
I
c i
---
C,
A
+-------!
O.42eo ,
i
0.42eo -~--I-'
, , C
8
~

.', a'v(log) . ', a ' (log) a'l'O O'p a'.(log)


(a) (b) (e)

Figure 6.5 Field corrections: (a) determining (1 ~ (b) field veL of a normally consoli-
dated clay sample (el field veL of an overconsolidated clay sample
Consolidation 149

6. Extend the straight -line part of the laboratory virgin consolidation line and draw a
horizontal line through 0.42 Co to intersect at B (anchor pOint B)
7. Join the anchor points A and 8, which is the field virgin consolidation line, the slope
of which is the true Cr
In the case of overconsolidated clays, it is requi red to have an unload-reload cycle after
the preconsolidation pressure to determine Cr. "lbe procedure for overconsolidated clays
(see Figure 8.5c) is as follows:
I. Determine a'" using Casagrande's procedure
2. Determine the initial void ratio eo, and the initi al in situ effective overburden pres-
sure (1' l
3. Mark eo and 0.42 eo on the vertical void ratio axis
4. Mark a' p and a' ,(l on the horizontal a' v axis
5. Determine C, from the unload-reload cycle
6. Draw the horizontal line through eo and the vertical line through a' ,() to meet at
anchor point A
7. Draw a line with a slope of Cr through A to intersect the vertical line through a'" at
anchor point B
8. Extend the straight-line part of the laboratory virgin consolidation line to intersect the
horizontal line through 0.42 eo at anchor point C
9. Join the anchor points A, B, and C to form the field e - log 0' . plot (line BC is the
field virgin consolidation line, th e slope of which gives the field value of C" which
should be used in th e designs)
It can be shown from the first principles of the consolidation theory (discussed later in
Section 8.5) that in normally consolidated clays, C, and myare related by:

M34C,
m = (8.6)
y (I+eo)a~\"erngc
where (I' "'erage is the average effective stress during consolidation. If the loading is entirely in
the overconsolidated range, C( can be replaced by Cr.
The consolidation test in an oedom eter also generates stress-strain data. However,
the vertical strains (AHIH) take place under lateral constrai nts. lllcrcfore, the coefficient
of volume compressibility m" exp ressed as (AHI H) / Ao' , is the reciprocal of constrained
modulus or oedometer modulus D, defined as t1a'/(t1H/H) . Drained Young's modulus E
and constrai ned modulus D are related by:

0 =_'_= (I - v) E = K+.:t.C (8.7)


In , (' + v)(I -- 2v) 3
150 Geotechnical Engineering

where" = Poisson's ratio of the soil under drained conditions, K ::::: bulk modulus of the soil,
and G = shear modulus of the soil. With drained Poisson's ratio in the range of 0.10-0.33, D =
1-1.5 E. K and G arc related to E by:

E
K =- -- (8.8)
3{i - 2v)

and

. E
G= - - - (8.9)
2(1+ v)

8.4 COMPUTATION OF FINAL CONSOLIDATION SETTLEMENT


Final consolidation settlement Sf is the consolidation settlement after significant time (t :::: cc) has
elapsed, when all the excess pore water pressure is fully dissipated and the consolidation process is
complete. The simplest way to compute s" is to use Equation 8.3 as in Example 8. 1, provided In . is
known. m" is a stress-dependent parameter and is .not a soil constant. To obtain a realistic estimate of
s,., it is necessary to know the value of m" that corresponds to the stress level expected.
A more rational method of estimating Sf is to use Equation 8.1 and to express Sf as:

LIe
s, = - - H o (8. 10)
1 + eo
Since the clay is saturated, eDcan be determined from Equation 2.6 as eo = wG,. How do we find
6e? Here, we will look at three scenarios (see Figure 8.6). In each, the applied vertical stress
increment !la' causes the day to consol idate from the init ial void ratio of eo where the initial
effective vertical stress is a'><l. The initial and final states are shown by points A and B respec-
tively.
a. In normally consolidated clays (Figure 8.6a);
In normally consolidated clays, the initial state (point A) lies on the VeL. During con-
solidation, the poi nt moves from A to B -with a reduction in the void ratio of !le, which
can be computed as:
a:. +6a'
d e = C, log ='c:,.:=-
, (M.II)
0 ,0

b.In overconsolidated days where a'VJ + da' S a'p (Figure 8.6 b);
In overconsolidated clays where the applied pressure is not large enough to take the clay
past the p reconsolidation pressu re (Le., a',() + !la' :S a'p )' the expression for de is similar
10 Equation 8. 11 w here C" is replaced by C" and becomes:
Consolidation 151

e e , e " veL
e, ,,
, veL
, e, A '

~,
"P
6 A , ,.
,, 0
~"'P :
,
6e~ '
B
:+---+, ,, 6u' ,
,, 1-
:
, ,
;
i II 60" i
.
~
: ,
,

, ----+
, ,
a~ u'..,+ 6(1 a, a~ o~ a ~+ .1.a '
0'. (log) 0'. (log) U. (log)
(a) (b) (,)

Figure B.6 Three scenarios: (a) normally consolidated (b) Qverconsolidated where 0 ' ..
+ .6.0' :s a'. (e) overconsolidated where (1 '.., + l!.o' ~ a'.

(8.12)

C. In overconsolidated clays where 0 '>(1 + ~ u ' > u ~ (Figure 8.6c):


In overconsolidated clays where the applied pressure is large enough to take the day
beyond the preconsolidation pressure (Le., u' >(I + .6. 'q > o ~), the reduction in the void
ratio (.6.e = .o.e, + .6.c1 ) is:
a' '+ "
.6.e = Cr Iog- ,-P + e"'c log a vO ; u (J (8. 13)
avo ap
Depending on which case the situation fa lls into , the reduction in void ratio can be calculated
using Equations B.ll, 8. 12. or 8.13 and substituted in Equation 8. 10 for determi ning the fi nal
consolidatio n settlement Sc
Preloadillg is a very popular ground improvement technique that is ca rried out generally in
normally consolidated clays where the expected consolidation settlements are 100 large. Here,
a surcharge is appl ied over several months to consol idate the clay. On remova l of the surcharge,
the day becomes overconsolidated. Later, when the lond (e.g., b uilding or em ban kme nt) is ap-
plied and thus the day being overconsolidated , the settlement would be significantly less than
what it would have been if it had been normally consolidated.

Example 8.3: The soil profile at a site consists of a 5 m-lhick normally consolidated day layt:r
sandwiched between two sand layers as shown on page 152. The bulk and saturated unit weights
of the sand are 17.0 kN/lll l and 18.5 kN/ml. An oedometer test carried out on an undisturbed
clay sample obtained from the m iddle of the clay layer showed that the compression index and
recompression index are 0.75 and 0.08 respectively. The natural water content of the clay is
42.5% and the specifi c gravity of the soil grains is 2.74. It is required to bui ld a warehouse that
would impose 30 kPa at the ground level.
Continues
152 Geotechnical Engineering

Example 8.3: Continued

CI.eIY
5m

a. Estimate the final consolidation settlement of the warehouse, neglecting the settlements in
sands.
In an attempt to reduce the post-construction consolidation settlements, a proposal has been
made to carry out preloading at this site. A 40 kPa surcharge was applied over a large area,
and the clay was allowed to consolidate. Once the consolidation was almost complete, the
surcharge was removed.
b. What would be the net reduction in the ground level?
c. What would be the final consolidation settlement if the warehouse was built?
=
Solution: eo == 0.425 X 2.74 1.165 -7 "(... = 17.69 kN/m 3

a. At middle of the day layer:


(1'.0 = ( I X 17) + 0.5 X(lS .5 - 9.SI) + 2.5 X (17.69 - 9.S0 = 41.0 kPa

/:l(1' = 30 kPa due to the proposed warehouse


u' +Au' 41.0+30.0
/:le =C, log vO =0.7510g---- =0.1789
(1:0 41.0
From Equation 8.10:

s = 0.1789 x5000=413mm
, 1+1.165
b. Due to 40 kPa surcharge:

e=0.75 Iog - 41.0


-+- 40.0
= 022
. 18
" 41.0
0.2218
s, - x5000=512mm
1+ 1.165
e = 1.165 - 0.2218 = 0.9432
l-l - 5000 - 512 - 4488 mm

0'. = 81.0 kPa Continues


Consolidation 153

Example 8.3: Continued

For unloading:
81.0
de = 0.08 Iog-- = 0.0237
4 1.0
0.0237
ilH = 'X 4488=55mm
1+0.9432
Now:
e = 0.9432 + 0.0237 = 0.967. H = 4488 + 55 = 4543 mm
Net reduction in ground level = 5000 - 4543 = 457 mm
c. Ifthe warehouse is built now (H = 4543 111m and e = 0.967):
4 1. 0+ 30.0
.6.e= 0.08 Iog =0.019 1
41.0
0.019 1
s<= x4543=44mm
1+0.967
(A significant reduction from the 413 mm originally expected.)

8.5 TIME RATE OF CONSOLIDATION


We now have the tools to compute the final consolidatio n settlement s, that t:lkes place after
a very long time (t = (0). We can use Equation 8.3 (see Example 8. 1) or Equation 8.10 (see
Example 8.3). Using Equation 8.3 is simpler but requires the correct value of m which is a
stress- dependent variable and hence a value appropriate to the stress level must be selected. The
second approach usi ng Equation 8.10 gives a more realistic estimate of s, based on the values of
Cr. C" and up' .
Having computed s. does not tell us anything about how long it takes to reach a 2S mm
settlement or the magnitude of consolidation settlement in two years. In practice, when an
embankment or footing is placed on a clayey soil, it is necessary to know how long it takes the
settlement to reach a certai n magnitude or how much settlement will take place after a certain
time. Let's have a look at Terzaghi's one-di mens ional consolidation theory, which assumes
the following: (a) clay is homogeneous and sat urated. (b) strain s and drainage are both one-
dimensional. (c) Darcy's law is valid, (d) strai ns are small and th erefo re k and m .. remain
constants, and (e) soi l grains and water are incompressible.
l he clay layer shown in Figu re 8.7a is sa ndwiched between two granu lar soil laye rs that
arc free d raining, thus preventing the bu ildup of excess pore water pressures at the top and
154 Geotechnical Engineering

bottom boundaries of the clay layer. When the surcharge Au is applied at the ground level,
the entire load is immed iately (at time = 0 +) carried by the pore water and there is an im-
mediate increase in th c porc watcr pressure at a ll depth s by a value of Auo, which is equal to
Au (see Figure 8.7b). This excess pore water pre ssure di ssipates with time duc to the drainage
from the top and bottom, grad ually transferring the load to th e soil skeleton in the form of an
increase in effective stress Au '. At time = I , the variation of the excess pore water pressure Au
wit h depth Z is shown in Figure 8.7c. At any li me during the consolidation, Au = Aa'(z,t) I
dU (Z, t) at any depth. Over time, d(1' increa ses and du decreases (at any depth) by the same
amount. At the end of co nsolidation (time = 00), the applied surcharge is tran sferred in its
entirety to the soil skel eton; hence, Au = 0 and Au' = du at all depths, as shown in Figure
8.7d. Th is is exac tly what we hypothesized in Figure 8. 1d, only qualitat ively.

. - r ~Ir ,.
.z
+{1'0
Cl ..
C~y H

6u :: \ 0
I~-----+l A u
I ..
\u" '" au
., Au

Au Au'
!,, "
./ Undissipaled ~.
,,
, I
,I

z a o'(z)=-O z
_____ -\1
Dissipated
(0) (e) (d )

Figure 8.7 Dissipation of pore water pressure during consolidation : (a) dou-
bly drained clay layer (b) at time = o ~ (c) at time = t (d) at time = 'JC
Consolidation 155

Terzaghi (1925) showed that the governing differential equation fur the excess pore water
pressu re can be written as:

(8. 14)

where c. is the coefficient of consolidation, defined as Cv = -'- , with a preferred uni t of m 2!


"'er ..
year. tly solving the above differential equation with appropriate boundary condit ions, it can be
shown that the excess pore water pressure at depth z and time t can be expressed as:
'( Z, t )= LlU
LlU , O "~ m"'" ~ e~M'T
",=o MS Itl (MZ) (8.15)

where M = (1r12)(2m + 1), and Z and T are a dimension less depth factor and time factor defined
as Z = zlH,J.r and T = c"tIHd,z. H,J.r is the maximum length of the drainage path within the clay
layer. If the clay is drained from top and bottom as shown in Figure 8.7a, it is known as doubly
drained, and H olr = H!2. When the clay is underlain by an impervious stratum, drainage can
only take place from the top. Therefore, Hdr = H. C can vary from less than I ml/year for low
V

permeability clays to as high as 1000 m 2/year for sandy clays of very high permeability. Figure
8.8 proposed by the U.S. Navy (1986) can be used as a rough guide for checking the Cv values
determined by the laboratory.

100 .:s; T "\


- . - ~Lower bound lor uncltsturbed - ---

I ---

r-~ -"~ ~-~..


- overconsolldatedclays -- -- ----

--------~-----
u' 10 +==""-==..;'f'CC~=6....,,=+--,--=t=~~*===i
,
1::-= =__ ___ -=- -
~ ~ ~
- -
_ - : " ' . N"m,"y ,~_ , ___ _
consolidated -- - - - - - - - -
- ::;: . --- -- clays

""I>--- ~ :~ ::: =-"-.


HUpper bound for
1

~I "mold,d ",,5 ._ ,'-- ='5~~~


'::~
=-*-:-==_=:=_=I=.=-C_:':.~=
~::..~:-...-:- .--~ -- ~ . - -~~ ~
0.1 l--_ _ --l-_ _--.+_ _--I.

20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160


liquid limil

Figure 8.8 Approximate values of c, (after U.S. Navy 1986)


156 Geote chnical Engineering

8.5.1 Degree of Consolidation


The degree of consolidation al a depth z, at a specific time t, denoted by U'(I), is the fraction of
the excess pore water pressure that has diss ipated, expressed as a percentage. Therefore, it can
be written as:

(8.16)

The interrelatio nship among Uz(t}, T, and Z is shown graphically in Figure 8.9a. It can be seen
that the degree of consolidation at any time is th(: minimum at the middle of the doubly drained
clay layer, o r at the impervious boundary of a singly drained clay layer.
At any time, the degree of consolid ation varies with depth. How do we define an average
degree of consolidation at a specific time for the entire thickness that we can also equate to the
frac tion of the consolidation settlement that has taken place at that tim e? The average degree
of consolidation U'f!, for the clay layer at a specific time is defined as the area o f the dissipated
excess pore water pressu re d istribution diagram in Figure 8.7c, divided by the initia l excess pore
water pressure distribution diagram in Figure 8.7c. It is given by:

(8. 17)

Equation 8.1 7 can be approximated as:

(8.18a)

T = 1.78 1-0.933 Iog(100 - Uavg) for U ag ;:::60% (S. ISb)

The relationship between U..-g and T is also show'n graphically in Figure 8.9b.

8 .5.2 Laboratory Determination of Cv


The coefficient of consolidation can be determined from the time- settlement data obtained from
a consolidation test during any pressure increment. A dial gauge is used to continuously measure
the change in th ickness of the clay sam ple during consolidation- usually over a period of 24
hours. As in the case of my, c. is also a stress-dependent parameter. When overconsolidated (i.e.,
0,: < a'p), c, is approximately an order of magnitude larger than when it is normally consolidated.
a:
It is a good practice to plot Cv against (log) and use the value appropriate for the stress level.
In the laboratory consolidation tests, the sa.mple in the oedometer is loaded in pressure
increments, typically allowing 24 hours between two successive increments to ensure fu ll con -
solidation. Two of the traditional emp irical curve fi tting methods used for determining Cv are
Casagrande's log time method and Taylor's square root of time method.
Consolidation 157

02 ~re
O.

0.6
"' ~~ ;,

0.3 02 03 0.5
Deg ree of con50lidat ion, U,
(iI )
06 0] 08 0.8

,
,
!, I I, I I
0.8 I i T U.,
, u.,
~
I I T
, I
,,
I I 0.00 0.000
0.8 ~
0.0 0.0
, I 1/1 0.3 0.008 , 0.05
0 .1 0
0.252
0.357
< 0]
. 1
0.2 0.03 1
,, 0 .1 97 0.500 -
0.6 /
,"
I I 0.3 0.071 0.20 0.504
, I 0.4 0.126 0.30 0.613 '-c,
1/ I ,
--
, - - 0.5 0.197 0.40 0.698

, 0
0
0
05

0'
/ .
0.6
03
0.'
D.2f17
0.403
0.567
0.50
0."
0.764
0.8 16
! 0.70 0.856
~ OJ I I 0.9 0.848 , 0.80 0.88 7
-
"
i 02
! I
. 0.9S
3.0
-,
1.163
, , 0.848
0.90
Loo
0.900
0.912
0.931
--

0,2 1
-
< ,
0.3
, I. , I
1.50
2,00
0.980
0. _ ,-
I , , I
0
o 0' 06 08 32 3' L6 L8 2
TI me faClOr, T
Ibl

Figure B.9 Degree of consolidation chart s: (a) U-Z T variation (b) U_ T variation

a. Casagrande's log time method


Casagrande (1938) proposed this method where the dial gauge readi ng is plotted against
the logarithm of time. The time-settlemen t plot shown in Figure 8. 10a consists of a para-
bolic curve followed by two straight-line segments. The intersection of the two straight-
line segments defines the 100% consolid ation state, wh ich is denoted by a dial gauge
158 Geotechnical Engineering

read ing of d ,oo. A sim ple graphical const ruction using the properties of a parabola is
required to define do, the reading corresponding to a time of 0+ (i.e., just after loading,
which cannot be measured). Mark an arbitrary time t and then 4t on the time axis, and note
the corresponding dial gauge readings, the difference being x (see Figure 8.10a). Mark this
offset distance x above the dial gauge reading corresponding to t, and this defines do. The
dial gauge reading corresponding to U.vg ,= 50% is computed as d so = (do + d joo )/2. The
time tso corresponding to d so is read off the plot. This is the time when U.vg = 50%. From
Figure 8.9b, Tso = 0.197. Therefore:

Tso =0.197= C,.t~ (8. 19)


H d,

where H dr is half the thickness of the sampl e if it is doubly drained and full thickness if sin-
gly drained. The coefficient of consolidation c,. can be determined from Equation 8. 19.
b. Taylor's square root of time method
Taylor's (I948) method requires plotting dial gauge readings against the square root of
time, as shown in Figure 8. 1Ob. The early part of the plot is approximately a straight line,
which is extended in both directions as shown by the dashed line. The intersection of this
line with the dial gauge reading axis defines do. Another straight lin e is drawn through
do such that the abscissa is l.l 5 times larger than the previous line (see Figure 8. lOb).
The intersection of this second lin e (dotted) with the laboratory curve defines the 90%
consolidation point. The value orYt oo can be read off the plot:

(R.20)

!Time

I u
-\-
'/ ".
"':-,.-- go " I
\~
~ >c Y ~\~

""
(a) (b)

Figure 8. 10 laboratory determination of c.: (a) Casagrande's log lime method


(b) Taylor's square root of time method
Consolidation 159

Generally. Taylor's method gives larger values than Casagrande's method. Nevertheless, both
laboratory values are often significantly less than the Cv values that are back-calculated in th e
field. In other words, consolidation in the field takes place at a faster rate, and the laboratory
methods underestimate the coefficient of consolidation. ShukJa ct al. (2008) reviewed the differ-
ent methods reported in the literature for determining the coefficient of consolidation.

8.6 SECONDARY COMPRESSION


According to Terzaghi'sconsolidation theory, the consolidation process goes on forever. Remem-
ber, Uz = 100% and U"'~ = 100% only when T = 00 . In reality, as we see in the consolidation tests
in the laboratory, all clays fully consolidate after some time. This time, often denoted as lp or 1100,
is proportional to the square of the thickness. In the laboratory, this can be a few hours; in the
field, this ca n be months or several years.
When consolidation is completed, the excess pore water pressure has fully dissipated at ev-
ery paint within the clay layer. Beyond this time, the day continues to settle under constant ef-
fective streSS- indefinitely- as seen in the laboratory consolidation test shown in Figure 8.10a.
This process is known as secondary compression or creep, an d occurs due to some changes in
the microstructure of the day fabric. This is more pronounced in organic clays. When the void
ratio, settlement, or dial gauge reading is plotted against the logarithm of time, the variation
is linear during secondary compression (e.g., Figure 8. lOa). Here, the secondary compression
index C", is defmed as the change in void ratio per log cycle of time, and is expressed as:

C =_~e (8. 2 1)
(I ~logt

C", can be determined from the tail end of the dial gauge reading versus the log time plot (Figure
8.11 ), which is used for determining Cv by Casagrande's method. Mesri and Godlewski (1977)

Time (log)
",,
Consolfdation ~
,
:--. Secondary compression

Figure 8.11 Secondary comlPression settlement


160 Geotechnical Engineering

observed that CjCcvaries within the narrow range ofO.02S- 0.lO for all soils with an average value
of 0.05. The upper end of this range applies to organic clays, peat, and muskeg, and the lower end
applies to granular soils. The modified secondary compression index CaE is defined as:

C~.
=~ (8.22)
. 1+e p

where ep is the void ratio at the end of primary consolidation . For normally consolidated clays,
Ca~ lies in the range ofO.00S-0.02. For highly plastic clays or organiC days, C"'~ can be 0.03 or
higher. For overconsolidated clays with OCR :> 2, Ca~ is less than 0.001 (Lambe and Whitman
1979).
Between times tp and t (> tp), the reduction in the void ratio ae and the secondary compres-
sion settlement 5, are related by (see Equation 8.1):

s.
LIe = --'-(I +e ) (8.23)
H P
p

whe re Hp and ep are the layer thickness and void ratio respectively at the end of primary consoli -
dation (see Figure 8.11). From Equations 8.2 1 and 8.23, the secondary compression settlement
5, at time t (> tp ) can be expressed as:

Hp t
ss = Co. --log - (8.24)
1 + ep tp
In practice, it is qu ite difficult to arrive at a realistic estimate of Hp and ep' On the othe r hand,
No and eo, the values at the beginning of consolidation, are readily available, and therefore,
H,J (l + ep) in Equation 8.24 can be replaced by Hi (1 + eQ ) .

Example 8.4: A 20 mm-thick clay sample at a. void ratio of 1.71 is subjected to a consolidation
test in an ocdomcter where the dial gauge reading is initially set to 0.0 mm. The vertical pres-
sure on the sample was increased from 0 to 272.6 kPa in a few increments, each being applied
for 24 hours. During the next increment when 0,' was increased from 272.6 kPa to 543 kPa,
the time-dial gauge readings were:
Continues
Consolidation 161

Example 8.4: Contin ued

Time Dial gauge reading (mm)


0- 3.590 (just before applying the pressure increment)
1.5 s 3.676
15 s 3.690
30 s 3.718
I mi n 3.756
2min 3.806
4 min 3.884
8min 3.983
16 min 4.130
32mi n 4.330
60 min 4.562
141 min 4.853
296 min 5.027
429 min 5.086
459 min 5.095
680 min 5. 14 1
1445 min 5.204
1583 min 5.212

a. Determine the coefficient of consolidation during this pressure increment using Casa-
grande's log time and Taylor's square root of t ime methods
b. Determine the coefficient of volume compressibility during this increment
c. Determine the coefficient of secondary compression during this increment
d. Estimate the permeability during this increment

Solution: a. Casagrande's graphical construction for determining do, dlOO' and tso is shown in the fig-
ure on page 162 where do = 3.63 mm:
d 100 = 5.05 mm ~ d5(l = 4.34\ mm ~ tso = 33 m inutes
The average thickness of the sample during consolidation (i.e., at 15(1):
= 20 - 4.34 = 15.66 mm
Continues
162 Geotechnical Engineering

Example 8.4: Continued


nme (minj

"

I
Bcingdoubly drained, H d , = 15.66/2 = 7.83 mm:

et""
T5(j= O. 1 97=~~
H d,
0.197X7.83 2 2
:. '~ = = 0.37 mm hum
33
Taylor's graphical construction to determine t90 is shown in the figure on page 163, from which
Vt90 = 11.95 mino,s. Hence, t9() = 143 minut es:
do = 3.60 mm, d9fj = 4.86 mm
5
:. dso = 3.60+(4.86 -' 3.60)x - = 4.30 mm
9
.'. Average thickness of the sample during consolidation =
20 - 4.30 ~= 15.70 mm
:. H d , = 15.70{2 = 7.85 mm
cI
7: = 0.848 =~ ~
" H'
2
036 mm ' Imm
0.848 X7.85 '=.
"
c =
" 143

close to Casagrande's 'v'


Continues
Consolidation 163

Example 8.4: Continued

VTIme (minOO)
o 10 20 30 40 50
3.5
!,,
E
g
4.0 \ ,,
,,
,,

.~
u


~
45

5.0
\'\;
'. , ,,
,
,,

5.5

h.
6u' = 543.0 - 272.6 = 270.4 kPa
ilH = d uJO - c4 = 1.42 mm
Ho = 16.41 mm

:.m = - - :=
~o 1.42
~ 6 u' 16Al x 270A
= 0.32 X '10 J kPa- 1 = 0.32 MPa - 1
c. Let's consider the two points A and B on the tail of the Casagrande plot, and find the void
ratios at these points. From the very beginning of the consolidation test to A:
Hi) = 20.0 mm,eo = 1.7 1, 6H = 5.15 mm

:.de" =5.15
- x ( 1+1.71 ) =0.698
20.0
From the very beginning of the consolidation I.est to B:
Ho = 20.0 nun. to = 1.71,6H = 5.33 mm
5.33
6e B =-x(l+1.7 1)=0.722
20.0
:. eA = 1.710 - 0.698 = 1.01 2; e,l = 1.710 - 0.722 = 0.988
:. Change in void ratio between A and B = 0.024. tA = 680 min, 18 = 6000 min:
Continues
164 Geotechnical Engineering

Example 8.4: Continued

0.024
:. C. = =0.025
log 6000 - log 680

d. From the definition of c" as c. = _k_,


m.'Yw
k = (6.2x 10-9 m !s)(0.32 X lO-6pa - I )(9810 N!m 3 ) =J.9Sx 10- 11 mls
2

Notc: The permeability determined from a consolidation test is often unreliable .

.:-During consolidation, water is squeezed from the day over a long


timc. During this time, the applied load is slowly transferred from
the pore water to the soil ske leton (t he excess pore water pressure
decreases and effec tive stress increases) .
) Consolidation is all about the changes (.1.a, Llo ', and .1.u) to the ini-
tial values aw , a:.o , and Uu rcspectively.
:. The virgin consolidation line is unique for a clay; where the current
state lies in e - log (lv ' space with respect to the VeL defi nes the
overconsolidation ratio.
:. 0:.0, .1.u', and .1.e vary with depth even within a homogeneous d ay
layer; compute the tlnal consolidation settlement s. using mid-depth
layer values .
) Drainage and strains have to be one-dimensional in a one-dimen-
sional consolidation .
:. myand c. are stress-dependent variables.
c. is larger when the clay is overconsolidated; the larger the c., the
faster the consolidation process.
Consolidation 165

WORKED EXAMPLES
l. The void ratio and effective vertical stress da ta from a consolidat ion test are summarized:

a: (kPa) e
1.4 2. 14
6 2.08
\3 2.03
26 1.95
38 1.88
58 1.8 1
86 1.70
\30 1.55
194 lAS
11 0 1.47
26 1.53
52 1.52
104 1.49
208 1.43
416 \.22

The sample was taken from a depth of 2.6 III below the grou nd level in a soft day deposit
where the water table coinc ides with the grou nd level. The initial void ratio was 2.20 and
G, ~ 2.70.
a. Draw the laboratory e versus log a/ plot and determi ne the preconsolidation using
Casagrande's procedure. Is the day normally consol idated?
b. Carr y oul Schme rtmann's procedure and determine the in situ virgin consolidation
line.
c. Determ ine the compression index and recompression index.
Solution:

eo = 2.20 and G, = 2.70 ~ 1'$11' = 15.0 kN /m'

At 2.6 m depth , . :, ~ 2.6 x (15.0 - 9.81 ) ~ 13.5 kPa


The e - log a'. plot is shown on page 166, along with Casagrande's construction to deter-
mine (J 'p, which is about 43 kPa.
166 Geotech nical Engineering

:. The day is overconsolidated with an OCR of ~ = 3.2


13.5
Schmertmanns graphical procedure for determ in ing in situ VeL is also shown in the follow-
ing figure. The in situ virgin consolidation line is shown as a thick solid line, where the slope
C~ is 0.87. TIle recompression index is determined from the unload-reload path as 0.1 O.

1-=-t=t+t!l1tl:+,:+ " :. _. . . - i-'


, ~: '

I .
c- III; -r~ '1 .~--
",

16
.~
'i:
- :j+1I-+1t 1 ttl
>

Jh
1.4
I ;....
-
-'--
-+,
__ L \
r rI I-
I

, 1!+ . hi ill
1.2

i
1.

0.42e. - - F ::: -
0 .'
10 0 ;" Op' 100 1000
Vertical eHective stress (kPa)

2. The soil profile at a :i ite consists of a 3 m-th ick sand layer b m= 16.5 kN/m l, 1'..1 = 18.5
kN/mJ) underlai n bya6 m-thick day layer (w = 27%. G. = 2.70, /"ri p - 0.31 MPa - \ c. =
2
2.6 m /year). wh ich is underlain by a gravel laye r as shown in the foll owing figure. A 3 m
compacted fill with a unit weight of20 kN/mJ is requ ired to be placed at the ground level.
a. What would be the fin al consolidation sett lement?
b. How long will it take for 50 mm of consolidation sett le mc n t~
c. \"'hat would be the consolidation settlement in one year?
Consolidation 167

Gl

1 ,~ 1' ~H;' 1 'iF" .'


-~ - -- -- - - '- ,p- - ~--- --- ----

. ,~

6m Clay

d. What would be the values of a,., cr',? and u at a 2 m depth within the clay after one
year?
e. Plot the variation of pore water pressure and effective stress with depth after one
year.
Solution:
a. From Equation 8.3:

s, ~ m, tw' H ~ 0.3 1 X (3 X 20 /1 000) X 6000 ~ 111.6 mm

b. s(t) ~ 50 mm -->

50
U~,"g = - - = 0.4 48, H dr =3.0 m
11 1.6

From Figure 8.9b, T = 0.15:

T
__ c/ _,, 1 __ 0.15xJl years = 6.23 m o n th s
H 2dr 2.6

c. t = 1 year -?

T = lyear -? T = - c,/--= 2.6x 21 0 = 0289


.
H 2dT 30
.
168 Geotechnical Engineering

From Figure 8.9b:

U.V~ = 0.60 --7 s( \ year) := 0.60 X 111.6 = 67 mm

d . At the clay layer:

IV = 27%, G, = 2. 70 --7 eo = 0.729 and )'~l = 19.5 kN/m )


At 2 m depth within the clay layer, before placing the fill:

= \ X 16.5 + 2 X 18.5 + 2 X 19.5 = 92.5 kN/m 3


0"..0
Uo = 4 X 9.8 1 = 39.2 kPa --7 O" ',.Q := 53.3 kPa

At t = \ year, T = 0.289; at depth z = 2 m, Z = zl HdT = 2/3 = 0.67.


From Figu re 8.9a:

Llu o = 60 kPa, which is distributed between Llo-' and Ll u at any time:

:. Ll.!I ~ 60 X ( I - 0.46) ~ 32.4 k Pa; Ll..' ~ 60 X 0.46 ~ 27.6 kPa


. ', ~ 53.3 + 27.6 ~ 80.9 kPa; u ~ 39.2 + 32.4 = 71.6 kPa; and
. , ~ 92.5 + 60 ~ 152.5 kPa

e. The values of a /v and u computed at depths of 0, I, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 m are plotted on


the figure below. Dashed lin es are used for pore water press ures and solid lines for
vertical effective stresses.

~: .a r.d u(kPa)
o 20 60 80 100 '20
'" '50
o
~r~~
, .
, . ,. ." /\
.
,
,
,, \. ...
..
II
t= 1 vea \ .
2
,
,
, \ . \
\ ~\ '\-
1, ,
3
,
~ ,

0 1= 0-, oIJ,
4
, ,
~ \
,
,\ ,
,,
,

. ,\-.0
,
5
,

6
I ~ ~. ~f\ ,
,
Consolidation 169

Note that the pore water pressure variation is the same at t = 0- (before loading) and at 00
(end of consolidation). See how the effective' stress variation plot changes du ring consoli
dation.
3. A clay layer consolidates after 6 years when its thickness is 5.70 m and the void ratio is
1.08. Assuming C" = 0.04, estimate the seco ndary compression settlement in the next 15
years.
Solution: Using Equation 8.24:

5.70 21
5, = 0.04 x x]og- m =59 mm
1+1.08 6
4. A 3 mthick sand layer is underlain by a thic:kclay layer. The water table lies I m below
the ground level. Bulk and saturated unit weights of sand are 16 kN/m 3 and 20 kN/m 3 re-
spectively. Two undisturbed clay samples weTe taken from depths of 5 m and 11 m below
the ground level. The water contents of both samples were 35% and the specific gravity of
the soil grains is 2.75. The virgin consolidation line for the clay as determined from previ-
ous tests is shown. Calculate the in situ values of the void ratio and the effective vertical
stress, and mark the locations of the two samples. Is lhe clay normally consolidated or
overconsolidated at the two depths? Assum ing the recompression index is about 1/ 10 of
the compress ion index, estimate the overconsolidation rat ios.

1.75 ,
1.5
~ I
I
! I
, ,,

,
,
i i ~, ,I
:i
~
I
1.25 f----
I I ,
,
i I, ~ I

i ,i : i
~~
~,
[---- I' _ I
- , I ; I
Ol/h% : , I ;
.0
g 0.75 ,
I I
,
. I! , i ' I,
0.5
, I
,
I
, I
~I
'
, , I !
,
0.25
, ,
, ,
,-
, ~
, I I
, i , ,
I!
0 --
" ."
Effe<:tive vertical stress {kPal
"00
170 Geotechnical Engineering

Solution : Natural water content, wn = 35%, G. = 2.75

.". Assuming S = 100%, eo = 0.963 and 1',.1 = 18.6 kN /m 3

The slope ofVCL is 0.70, which is the compression index C,. Therefore, C, "'" 0.07
At 5 m depth below GL:

0' .0 = I X 16 + 2 X (20 - 9.81) + 2 X (18.6 - 9.81) - 54.0kPa

At 11 m depth below GL:

. " ~ 1 X 16 + 2 X (20 - 9.81) +8 X (18.6 - 9.81) ~ 106.7kPa


The in situ values are shown in the figure below. At an II m depth below the ground, the
point lies on the VCL. The clay, therefore, is normally consolidated (OCR = I). At a 5 m
depth, the point lies below the VCL, showing that the clay is overconsolidated. To deter-
mine the preconsolidation pressure, a line (dashed) is drawn from this point with a slope
of 0.07, and it meets the VeL at th e preconsolidation pressure, which is about 120 kPa.

120
.". OCR at 5 m depth below the ground level = - = 2.2
54

1.75 T~
----'--
I - ',' --;,- -" ~
. '; ' - - - " '1'- -1- "- ,- 'ITTl
I!
1
: ............. " I : I! 1 I
'.5 +--....::"",~---t,"-",."-;oT,-, : i :!' I' " ! I, : !
1.25 I ~CO~/tOr.,' ,J , '
Ii, ~~ ; I ~ i !j ~ J

~ I: I :~ I "7 - , j~ i ! ! I' i !! ,i

:2 I! -+---'+,
I I ' , I"' ~ i Iii j
~ 0.75 +---+ .t'+l---"""~
C+-+-+-';'I+H
I
, ,', I ' I
, ' I ., ,I
i i i I I' I I
05 +-__L.._-"__L_r,'+ ' -,~, ~
1 _ _-'-_'- , , '
I I P I

+---~'----,_c--.~---.--+_~'-',_+_r~
,
0 .25 1 "" sample from 5m depth ' : I !
2 I ;
= sample from 11m depth I i
O +-----------------~----------~~~~
'0 100 1000
EHective vertical stress (kPa)
Consolidation 171

5. A 75 mm diameter clay specimen was consolidated in an oedomcter under 200 kPa.


At the end of consolidation. the void ratio is 0.863 and the speci men thickness is 18.51
mm. When a stress increment of2oo kPa was add ed to the currenl vertical stress of200
kPa, the specimen consol idated to a thickness of 17.56 mm. Assuming that the clay was
norma1ly consolidated under the vertical stress o f 200 kPa, find the coefficient of volume
compressibilit y and the compression index of the clay.
Determine if Equation 8.6 relating m" and Cr holds here.
If the vertical stress is increased from 400 kPa to 800 kPa, what wou ld be the thickness of
the speci men at the end of consolidatio n? Determine this separately, using both myand
C.. Why are they different?
So/utiou:

~ = L>.H -7 L>.e = (18.5 1- 17.56) x (1+0.863) =0.0956


l+co Ho 18.5 1

c. e~. = 0.863 - 0.0956 = 0.767

c = L>.e 0.0956 = 0 3
400 . 2
( .6.log(1~
log -
200

L>.H / H
IU " = _-,0".9 .:.5_ = 0.257 x 10-3 kPa - l = 0.257 M Pa - l
L>.o' 18.5 1 x 200

(8.6)

RHS= 0.434 x 0.32 =0.248x10- 3 kPa - ' = 0.248 MPa - 1


(I +0.863)x 300

Yes, Equation 8.6 is valid.


When a' y is increased from 400 kPa to 800 k.Pa, we will compute the cha nge in thickness
using m,. and Cr.
Using m,~

.6.H = m,Aa'Ho = 0.257 X DADO X 17.56 = 1.805 mm


:. New thickness = 17.56 - 1.805 = 15.75 m m
172 Geotechnical Engineering

O;,+ do' I 100+400 0096


~e = C, Iog =0.32og = .
(T ~I) 400

de 0.096
~H = -- H o = - - - - x 17.56 = 0.954 mm
l +eo 1+0]67
New thickness = 17.56 - 0.954 := 16.61 mm

~H computed by the two methods (1.805 rnm and 0.954 mm) are quite diffcrent.TIlc
problem is from my, which is stress-dependent. The value computed fo r 200- 400 kPa
range will not be the same for 400-800 kPa. range as we have assumed. Therefore, the C,
method is more reliable unless we have the right values fo r m ,.
6. Two und isturbed clay samples were taken from the middle of the overconsolidated and
normally consolidated clay layers in the soil profile shown. The water table is at the top of
the overconsolidated clay layer. Consolidation tests were carried ou t on the two samples
and the results are summarized.

2.0 m OC cl~l y

NCcla,y

Impervious trlf stratum


Consolidation 173

O.C. Clay N.C. Clay


Natural water con tent (%) 20.0 29.0
Preconsolidation pressure (kPaj 50.0 65.0
Compression index 0.55 0.60
Recompression index 0 .06 0.07
Coefficient of consolidation (m 2/yearj 13.0 2.5

Assume that the bulk and saturated unit weights of the san d are 16.0 and 19.0 kN/m 3
respectively. Specific gravity of the clay soil g rains is 2.70. A 2 m -h igh compacted fill with
a unit weight of 20 kN/m 3 is placed at the ground level.
a. What would be the fi nal consolidat ion settlement?
b. What would be the consolidation seu lemenl after one month ?
c. What wou ld be the pore water pressures and effective stresses at the middle of the
layers after one month?
d. Plot th e variation of consoli dation settlement with time and find the time taken for
200 mm of consolidation settl ement.
Solution :
a. For OC clay:
e == 0.20 X 2.70 = 0.540 -? 1' ..1 = 20.6 kN/m 3
For NC clay:
e = 0.29 X 2.70 = 0.783 -? I'S>I = 19.2 kN/mJ

For DC clay:
u'~ ~ I X 16.0 + 1.0(20.6 - 9.81)
= 26.8 kPa at the m id- layer

For NC clay:
u'~ ~ 1 X 16.0 + 2.0(20.6 - 9.81) + 1.5(19.0 - 9.81) + 1.5(1 9.2 - 9.81)
= 65.5 kPa at the mid-layer
The increase in vertical normal stress, .6.a' = 2 X 20 = 40 kPa, is the same at all
depths.
At mid-depth of DC clay:
a'\() = 26.8 kPa, d a' = 40 kPa -? a '\{1 + da' ( = 66.8 kPa) > a 'p (= 50 kPa)
a' a' + .:la' 50 66.8
.". de -= C, log-f- + C, log "0 , 0 . 06 log- + 0.55 log- =0.08 55
a vo Gp 26.8 50
114 Geotechnical Engineering

6.e {;H 0.0855


-- ~ --? flHoc= x2000= III.Omm
I+eo Ho 1+0.540
At mid -depth of NC clay:
0" ,(1 = 65.5 kPa, flO" = 40 kPa -? 0" ,(1 + 110" = 105.5 kPa
(1' + fl.IY' 105.5
:.l1e = C, log vo = 0.60 log--:= 0.1242
a~o 65.5
{;e {;H 0. 1242
-- ~ - ~ fl.H \'c = x 3000 = 209.0 mm
l +eo Ho ' 1 +0.783

:. The final consolidation settlement = 11 1.0 -I- 209.0 = 320 mm


b. After one month, let's fin d the time facto rs in both clays:

OC: T= -'-=
c ,t
H2
~I3x -

12
12
= 1.0 ~-?U",,,,= 94 %-?se ttlement = 0.94
~
X I I I = 104.3mm
d,

2sJ I I
NC: 'J'=.....:L=~=O.023
2
-? V " ,s = 17% ~ settlement = 0.1 7 X 209 = 35.5 mm
H 2d, 3

:. Consolidation settlemen t after one month = 104.3 + 35.5 = 139.8 mm

c. In both clays, flu o = 40 kPa.


At the middle of OC clay layer:
Z ~ z/H" ~
!II ~ I, T ~ 1.08 -'> U,(I) ~ 91%
{;u ~ 40 X 0.09 ~ 3.6 kPa and ","' ~ 40 X 0.91 ~ 36.4 kPa
a',() = 26.8 kPa, Uu = 9.8 kPa
:. a'v = a',(I + l1a' = 26.8 + 36.4 = 63.2 kPa, and
u = Uo + fl.u = 9.8 + 3.6 = 13.4 kPa

At the middle of NC clay layer:


Z ~ ~ 1.5/3.0 ~ OS, T ~ 0.023 -'> U,(t) ~ 5%
zIH"
flu = 40 X 0.95 = 38.0 kPa and fl.a' :=: 40 X 0.05 = 2.0 kPa
<1',(1 = 65.5 kPa, U o = 5 X 9.8 1 = 49. 1 kPa
:. a'v = 0" ,1)+ 110" = 65.5 + 2.0 = 67.5 kPa, and
U = Uo + l1u = 49.1 + 38.0 = 87. 1 kPa
d. The consolidation settlemenls of the two layers after different times are summa-
ri zed in the table on the following page, followed by the plot. It can be seen that a
200 mm settlement occurs after 6 months.
Consolidation 175

Time OC layer NC layer Total sett


(months) T U _ (% ) Satt (mm) T U_ I% ) Satt (mmJ (mmJ
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1.083 94 104.34 0.023 17 35.5 139.9
3 3.25 99.99 110.99 0.069 29 60.6 171.6
100 11 1 8 7.8
6
12
6.5
13 100 11 1
0. 139
0.278 "
59 123.3
198.8
234.3
24 26 100 111 0.556 7. 165. 1 276.1
36 3. 100 111 0.833 8. 186.0 297.0
60 65 100 11 1 1.389 .7 202.7 313.7
120 130 100 111 2.778 99.5 208.0 319.0

350

300

E
~ 250 /'
E
E

200
I
ic
150
~
"
lic
0
100
0

50

0
0 50 100 150
Time (months)

Note that the upper layer co nsolidates Significantly faster fo r two reasons: (a) it is
over consolidated and (b) it is doubly d rained.

REVIEW EXERCISES

1. Compression index Co is often related to th e natura l water content, liquid limit , and
initial void ratio of the clay. List some empirical correlations relating Cc with any of the
above.
176 Geotechnical Engineering

.... 2. List all assumptions in Terzaghi's one-dimensional consolidation theory and show that:
. 'q"T-

au = ca'u
- -
i!t az'
where u is the excess pore water pressure. List the boundary conditions of the above gov-
erning differential equation fo r a doubly drai ned clay layer of th ickness H.

3. Prove Equation 8.6 fro m the first principles.

4. A 3 m saturated clay laye r is covered by 1 m -thick sand and is underlain by sand as well.
The water table is 0.5 m below the grou nd level, and for vertical stress computations, all
layers may be ass umed to have unit weights of 18 kN/m J An oedometer test was performed
on an undisturbed clay sample obtained from a depth 1.9 m below the grou nd level. The
initial water conten t of the clay was 35.7% and the specific gravity of the soil grains was
2.65. The sample thicknesses after 24 hours at each load increment in the consolidation test
are su mmarized:
a: (kPa) 50 100 200 400 so
H(mm) 19.05 18.44 18.03 17.63 17.21 17.33
a. Pl ot e and moagainst av ' (log).
b. Calculate both the compressio n in dex and the recompression index of the clay.
e. Is the clay normall y consolidated or overconsolidated at th e depth where the
sample was taken from? Why?
Answer: 0.14, 0.06; Normally consolidated.

5. The soil profil e at a site consists of 3 m oJ sand (-y", = 17.5 kN/ ml, 'Y, = 18.9 kN/m l )
underlain by 6 m of clay (w = 27%, G, = 2.70, tn v = 0.32 MPa - J, Cv = 4.9 mm 2/ min),
which is undertai n by bed rock. The water table lies 1 m below the ground level. A 3 Ill -high
compacted fi ll (-y", = 20 kN/ m3 ) is placed o n the ground in an attempt to raise the ground
level.
a. What would be the final consolidat ion settlement of the day layer?
b. How long will it take for a 50 mm co nsolid ation settlement to occur?
c. What would be the consolidation settlement in one year?
AI/swer: J J 5 mm, 2.23 y ears, 35 mm
Consolidation 1 77

6. A saturated clay sample in an oedometer is under vertica l pressure of 120 kPa and is at a
normally consolidated state. The void ratio and the sample height at this stage are 1.21 and
18.40 mm respectively. When the vertical stress was increased to 240 kPa at the end of the
consolidation, the thickness of the sample was reduced to 16.80 mm. When the vertical
pressure was reduced to the original value of 120 kPa, the sample heaved to a thickness of
16.95 mm. Estimate both the compression index and recompression index of the clay.
What would be the reduction in thickness from now if the vertical pressure was increased
by 200 kPa? What is the average coefficient volume compressibility during this pressure
increment?
Answer: 0.64, 0.06, 0.82 mm, 0.24 MPa J

7. The top 10 m at a site consists of sandy silt (')'... = 17 kN/mJ and 'Y"" = 19 kN/m 3) . The water
table lies at I m below the ground level. The sandy silt layer is underlain by a 2 m-thick clay
layer ('1 .., = 19.5 kN/m 3, m~ = 1.2 MPa- I ), which is underlain by sand. Ifthe water table is
lowered by 3 tn, what would be the consolidation settlement?
Answer: 56 mm

8. The soil profile at a site consists of a top 4 m layer of dense sand followed by 2 m of clay, which
is underlain by a stiff stratum. The water tab le is at 2 m below the ground level. The follow-
ing data was obtained from a consolidation test on an undisturbed sample obtained from
the middle of the clay layer: water content = 36%, specific gravity of the clay grains = 2.72,
compression index = 0.72, recompression index = 0.07, preconsolidation pressure = 85 kPa.
The bulk and saturated unit weights of the s.and are 17 kN/m 3 and 18.5 kN /m 1 respectively.
The ground level was raised by placing 2 m of compacted fill with a unit weight 0(20 kN/mJ.
Estimate the final consolidation settlement.
It is proposed to construct a warehouse covering a large area on top of the raised ground,
which is expected to impose a pressure of25 kPa. What would be the additional consolida
tioH settlement?
Answer: 62 mrn, 71 mm

9. A large area of soft clay along the coast is to be reclaimed for a new tourist development.
The site investigation shows that the soil profile consists of:
a. 0-1 m depth: Loose silly sand ('1..,1 = 18 kN/rn 3)
b. 1- 6 m depth: Soft clay
c. 6- 10 m depth: Very stiff low permeability clay
178 Geotechnical Engineering

The current average water level is I m above the silty sand (i.e., the area is tidal and hence
submerged, except whe n at low tide). An oedometer test was carried out on an undisturbed
clay sample obtained from the middle of the clay layer, and the results are:
Initial (in situ) water content 56%
Specific gravity of the soil grains 2.71
Compression index 0.50
Recompression index 0.06
Preconsolidation pressure SO kPa
a. Is the clay normally consolidated or overconsolidated?
b. Tf the site is fi lled to a 3 m depth with a sandy soil (Ym = 18.0 kN/m 3 and ')'sat = 20.0
kN/m 3 ), estimate the fina l consolidation settlement of the day.
c. Once the consolidation due to the above fi ll is completed, a warehouse will be con-
structed on lOp of the fi ll, imposing a u.niform surcharge of 30 kPa over a large area
(i.e., one-dimensional consolidation). What would be the addit ional consolidation
settlement due to this wareho use?
Answer: Overconsolidatetl, 188 111m, 152 111m

10. The soil profile at a site consists of 2 m of sand underlain by 6 m of clay, which is underlain
by very stiff clay that can be assumed to be impervious and incompressible. The wate r table
lies 1.5 m below the ground level. The soil properties are as follows:
Sand: I'..t = 18.5 kN/m J , I'm = 17.0 kN/m 3
Clay: eo = 0.8 10, I'",t = 19.0 kN/m 3, c. = 4.5 m 2/year
When the groun d is surcharged with 3 m-high compacted fill with a bulk unit weight of 19
k N/m 3, the seuiement was 160 mm in the first year.
a. W hat would be the settlement in two years?
b. After one year since th e fill was placed, what would be the pore water pressure and
the effective stress at the middle of the day layer?
c. If the clay is normall y consolidated, estimate the compression index and the coef-
ficien t of volu me compressibility.
1
Answer: 230 mm; 73 kPa and 76 kPa; 0.42 and 1.20 MPa -

11. Two clay layers are separated by a J m-thick sand layer as shown. The water table lies
1 m above the ground in this low-lying area. The soil characteristics are summarized in the
table on next page.
Consolidation 179

____________ __ .. ______ Sl __ ____ _____

1m

4m Over consolidated clay

"
1m

3m Normally consolidated clay

Stiff c1 y (1mpervlous)

Soil par ameter D.C. Clay N.C. Clay Gravelly sand


Saturated unit weight (kN/m~ 20.5 20.0 19.7
Water content (%) 30.0 33.0 29.0
Compression index OA 0.35 NA
Recompression index 0 .04 0.04 NA
Coaff. of consolidation (mm'/mln) 4.5 2.3 NA
Overconsolidation ratio 2 NA

A 2.5 III fil l (I'm = 18 kN/m 3, I'm = 20 k N/m l ) was placed on the ground to raise the ground
level.
a. Taking into consideration the settlements in both layers, find the final consolida -
tion settlement.
b. How long will it take for 160 mm ?
c. Using a spreadshee L, plot the vari ation of a v ' and u with depth for the top 8 m of the
soil at:
t ~ 0- (just before th e fill was placed)
t = 0 '" (just after the fill was placed)
. t=lyear
t = oc
Answer: 250 mm, 1 year
180 Geotechnical Engineering

Quiz 4 . Consolidation

Duratio n; 20 minutes

I. A 20 mill -thick sample in a singly dra in(~ d laboratory consolidat ion test reaches 75%
consoli dat ion in 5 hours. How long will it take to reach 75% consolidation for a 5
m-thick clay sandwiched between two sand layers in the field?
(4 points)

2. A clay layer has consol idated in 5 years. The secondary compression in the next 7
years is 40 mm. How much additional secon dary compression settlement would you
expect within the next IO years?
(4 poi nts)

3. Th e la rger the c the faster is the consolidation. Why?


(2 poin ts)

WV ~
This book hn rr&e material available 101' download lrom the
Web Added Value TN resoorce center at www.jrosspub.com
Shear Strength 9
9.1 INTRODUCTION
In engineering applications, when working with steel, conc rete, or timber, it is necessary to
ensure that th ey do not fail in tension, compress ion, or shear. Here, we design them such that
their tensile strength is greater than the tensile stresses within the material, that the compressive
strength is greater than the compressive st resses within the material, and that the shear strength
is greater than the shear stresses within the material. In soils, failure almost always occurs in
shear.
Soil consists of an assemb lage of grains. Failure takes place when the shear stresses exceed
the shear strength along the failure surface within the soil mass. Along the fa ilure surface
when the shear strength is exceeded, the soil grains slide over each other and fai lure takes
place. There will rarely be a failure of individu al soil grains. Shear failure occurs well before
the crushing or breaking of individual grains. Figure 9.1 shows the failure of an embankm ent.
Shear stress is denoted by 7, an d shear strength (or shear stress at failure) is de not ed by 'Tf The
soil wedge shown by the darke r zone will be sta ble and will remain in equi lib rium on ly if 7 <
7/. When T becomes equal to Tf>fail ure takes place where the so il wedge slides down along the
failure surface. Such shear fai lure can occur within the backfill s behind retaining walls or in
the so il mass underlying a foundation .

9.2 MOHR CIRCLES


At this stage, let's have a brief overview of Mohr circles, which are generally covered in subjects
such as Engineering Mechanics or Strength of Materials. A Mohr circle is used for graphically
presenting the state of stress at a point in a two -dimensiona l problem. Figure 9.2a shows the
state of stress at poi nt A with respect to a Cartesian coord inate system where a" and a,. are the
nor mal stresses acting along the x and y direction on y and x planes respectively and the shear
stresses are 7 .<y' Our sign convention is:

compressive stresses arc positive (hence tensile stresses are negative)


sh ear stresses p rodUCing counterclockwise couples are pos itive

181
182 Geotechnical Engineering

Failure surface

Figure 9.1 Shear failure of an embankment

The million-dollar question is, what would be the normal 0 ", and shear T ,'Y stresses on a plane
at A inclined at 0 to vertical (see Figure 9.2aH In other words, if the coord inate axes are rotated
counterclockwise by an angle 0, what would be the new normal and shear stresses with respect to
x' and y' directions? These values would also rep:resent the normal and shear stresses on two dif-
ferent orthogonal planes at A. Remember, we arc stit! referring to the same point A.

"" '-1'_.
'. " '
y
v ~t-" x'
o~1---...
.. )(

la) (0)

Figure 9.2 Stress transformation and Mohr circle lor state of stress at point A:
(a) stresses at the point and (b) Mohr circle
Shear Streng th 183

It can be shown by eq uilibrium considerations that they are given by:

(1,,'
(a+a )+(a --a)
= 11 2 1 ;x; 2 y cos 20 - T xy sin 20 (9. I)

(a.-a,).
Tx'1' = 2 sm 20 +T xy cos 20 (9. 2)

From Equations 9.1 and 9.2, it can be shown that the major and minor principal stresses at A are:

a. +a, )
a 1.3 =( - 2-- R (9.3)

where

~
R=
a. -a, ), +T 1
--- (9.4)
2 .,

Here, U l and OJ are the major (larger) and minor (smaller) principal stresses, respectively. They
are the maxim um and m inimum possible values for the normal stress at point A. Remember
that pri ncipal stress occurs on a plane having no shear stress. The planes on which the principal
stresses occur are known as principal planes. The two pri ncipal planes are perpendic ular to each
other. Us ing Equations 9.1 a nd 9.2. the normal u" and shear Txt stresses with respect to the new
coordinate axes Ox' and Oy' can be determined fo r any value 0 (0. These arc simply the stresses
acting on a plane through point A, inclined at ao angle 0[0 to vertical.
From Equations 9.1 and 9.2:

[((1" , -
u+o
Xl"
2 )]' ( )'
U-(/
2 '
2 22
cos 20+T xy sin 20-2T JI)' (
a-a
"
2 ' )sin 20 cos 20 (9.5)

(9.6)

(9.7)

The above is an equation of a c ircle in a/ = T~ space where R, a;r' ur> and Txy are known con -
stants. The ci rcle has a rad ius of R and the coordi.nates of the center are (ax + oy)/2 and O. Such
a circle drawn on (J- T spacc (see Figure 9.2b), is called a Mohr circle. It is a conven ien t, graph ical
way of determining the no rmal and shear stresses at any plane passing through point A.
184 Geotechnical Engineering

'. ~
, ....-\\

YL
20
,,
,,

,
o
~J
x

~( '

(.) (b)

Figure 9.3 Rotation of a plane at a point: (a) point (b) Mohr circle

It can be seen from the Mohr circle in Figure 9.2h that the maxim um shear stress at A is the
same as the radius of the Mohr ci rcle R. Equation 9.3, wh ich gives the principa l stress values, is
even clearer from looking at the figure.
lbe state of stress at eve ry point (e.g. poin t A in Figure 9.2a) within the soil mass can be
represented by a unique Mohr circle. Figure 9.3a shows a point for which the state of stress is rep-
resented by a Mohr circle shown in Figure 9.3b. The normal (J" and shea r T a stress on plane-a are
shown by point-a on the Mohr circle. What wou ld be the values of (Jb and Tb on pJane-b inclined
at an angle of 8 counterclockwise to plane-a? Th<:y can be obtained by going counterclockwise by
28 from point-a on the Mohr circle, as shown in Figure 9.3b. Th is is a key feature of a Mohr circle.

Example 9.1 : Draw a Mohr circle for the state of stress at a point shown in the illustration and
fi nd the principal Slresses and the maximum shear stress at the point. What would be the in -
clinations of these planes?
35kPa
_ 1 40 kPa

95kPa
+-

'L -{1
o x
Continues
Shear Strength 185

Example 9 . 1: Continued
What would be the normal and shear stresses on a plane incli ned at 30 to vertical, counter
0

clockwise?
Solu tion:

Center = (u... + 0, )12,0 = 65, 0


A Mohr circle is drawn from the above. The coordinates of the vertical and horizontal planes
in q'T space are (95, 40) and (35, - 40) respectively. They can be marked on the Mohr cirde as
points P and Q.
35 kPa

,.="",....,40 kPa
-+ .....- 95kPa

60

r(kPa)
YL
o K E
p~

-60

Continues
186 Geotechnical Engineering

Example 9.1: Continued


From the Mohr circle. a = tan - I (40/3 0) = 53. 13 --+ 01/2 = 26.57.
Major and minor principal stresses are: 0 1 = 115 kPa. 0 3 = 15 kPa.
They arc shown as points A and B on thc Mohr circle. The major principal plane is inclined at
26.570 to vertical (clockwise) and the minor principal plane is inclined at 26.57 to horizontal
(clockwise). These planes arc shown in the figure on page 185.
Maximum shear stress (7..... = 50 kPa) is represented by the two points C and D at the ends
of the dashed vertical line. It occurs on two planes: one inclined at 18.43 to vertical (counter-
clockwise) and the other inclined at 18.43 to horizontal (counterclockwise). These planes are
shown in the figure.
TIle plane inclined at 30 to vertical (counterClockwise) is represented by point E on the Mohr
circle. This point is obtained by going 60 cou.nterdockwise from P on the Mohr ci rcle. Here:
of! = 45.4 klla and Tf = 46.0 kPa

9.3 MOHR-COULOMB FAILURE CRITERION


Mohr ( 1900) proposed a shear failure criterion for materials such as soils. He suggested that
shear failu re takes place when shear stresses exceed shear strength along the failure surface.
such as the one in Figure 9.1. Noting that shear strength 7f is a function of the norma l stress (If
on the fa ilure plane, they are related by:

(9.8)

A plot of Equation 9.8 on T - (J plane gives the fa ilure envelope shown in Figure 9.4a. TIle failure
envelo pe suggested by Mohr is not necessarily a straight line. We have seen that for eve ry point

She"
strength at

c
.;
" " 10)
Figure 9.4 Failure criterion: (a) Mohr's (b) Coulomb's
Sheor Strength 187

with in the soil mass, the state of st ress is represented by a unique Mohr circle. Therefore, the soil
mass remains stable if all the Mo hr ci rcles are contai ned wit hin the envelope. TIl e two circles in
Figure 9.4a represent the stat es of stress at two different points withi n the soil: A and B. Circle
A touches the failure envelope where T = '1f : hence shear fa ilure takes place at poi nt A. Circle B
is well within the envelope ('1 < Tf ); therefore , point B is stable. You may note that we arc only
showing the upper half of the Mohr circle due to symmetry abou t the horizontal ax is. This will
be the case in fu ture discussions as welL
Coulomb (1776) suggested that Tj is proportional to af ' and related them by:
Tf =c+ o tan (99)

where c and q, are the shear-strength paramete rs, known as the cohesion and friction angle
respectively. Large paramet ers equate to more strength. Tan is si m ilar to the friction coef-
fic ient p. that you Ill ay have encoun tered in physics. The fri ct ion angle is also known as the
angle of inten/al friction or the angle of shearing resistance. For now, cohesion can be seen as the
stickiness of the soil
TIH.> Mohr-Coulomb fai lure criterion is the same as Equation 9.9; we replace the slightly
cu rved Mohr's fa ilure envelope (Figure 9.4a) wit h Coulomb's stra ight line (Figure 9.4b), which
is a reasonable approxi mat ion, particularly whe n the normal stresses are not very high .
It can be seen in Figure 9.4b and Equation 9.9 that the soil derives its shear strength from two
separate components: cohesion and frict ion. The contribution from cohesion is c, which remains
the same at all stress levels. The frictional contribution OJ tanq" however. increases with the in-
creasing value of Of In granular soils, is slightly larger for angular grains than it is for rounded
grains due to better interlocking between grains. In granular soils, it can vary in the range of
28_45; the lower end or the range for loose soils an d the upper end for dense soils. Relative den-
sity Dr is directly related to the friclion angle with a higher Dr' implying a higher cf>. Understand -
ably, gran ular soils have no cohesion (i.e., c = 0) and consequently, the failure envelope will pass
through the origin in T - O plane. You can feel the grittiness in a granular soil, but it is never sticky.
The sticki ness comes only when the soil is cohesive, as is the case with days. Typical values of co-
hesion can range from 0 to more than 100 kPa, depending on whether we are talking in terms of
total st resses or effective stresses. which we will discuss Inter.

9.4 A COMMON LOADING SITUATION


Let's co nsider a soil clement (or point) as shown in Figure 9.5a where the point is initially under
an isot ropic state of st ress llllder a confin ing pressure of f1c. ln other words, the stresses are equal
all around , and the Mohr circle is sim ply a point at R in fi gure 9.Sb (Think!). Keep ing the con-
fin ing press ure a(, let's apply an additional vertica l normal stress D.a and increase it from zero.
At any stage of loading, the principal stresses are: a J = a( and 0 1 = 0 , + D.a, ac ting on vertical
and horizontal planes respectively. A Mohr circle can be drawn at an}' stage of loading using the
lee Geotechnicol Engineering

.
0.-..0 . . 0.
t '.
'.

t,
., .,
Failure plane
~
or-,-
. ~~~~~~~~-----.
S T '=
III .1. . 4,
---"'----O
4"

(a) (b) (e)

Figure 9.5 A common loading situation: (a) state of stress (b) Mohr circle representation
(el failure plane

above values, where the diameter of the Mohr ci rcle is .10 (also the principal stress difference at
that instant). When.1o increases, the Mohr circle becomes larger, and this conti nues until the
Moh r ci rcle touches the fail ure envelope (at P) and failure takes pl ace. Let's ignore the smaUer
Mohr circles and take a closer look at the failure circle.
The minor principal stress 0 , remai ns constant throughout the load ing and is represented
by a fixed point R. Th e radius of the Mohr circle al failure is D.u/ 2. T is th e center of this circle,
which touches th e envelo pe at P. Therefore, TP is perpendicular to the fai lu re envelope. PS is
perpendicular to the u-3xis. Therefore, L TPS == 4>. Noting that the major and minor principal
plan es are horizontal and vertical respectively (see Figure 9.5b), it can be deduced that the fail -
lire plane, represented by pOint P on the Mohr circle, is inclined at 45 + 4>/2 to horizontal or
45 - 4>/2 to vertical (Figure 9.5c). OS and SP give the values of normal of and shear Tf stresses
on the failure plane. They are:

(9.10)

(9. 11 )

The maximum shear stress at th e paint is given by:

(9. 12)
Shear Strength 189

Example 9 .2 : A granular soil specimen is initially under an isotropic stress state where the all-
around confining pressure is 50 kPa. The specimen is subjected to additional vertical stress that
is gradually increased from zero. The specimen failed when the additional vertical stress was
96 kPa. What is the friction angle of the soil?

Another specimen of the same granular soil at an isotropic confining pressure of 80 kPa is
subjected to similar load ing. Find the following:
a. The additional vertical stress required to fa il the sample
b. Major and minor principal stresses at failure
c. Orientation of the failure plane
d. Normal and shear stresses on the fail ure plane
e. Maximum shear stress within the sample and orientation of this

Solution: At failure,U l = 50 kPa and U l = 50 + 96 = 146 kPa. The Mohr circle (dashed) is shown
with center at rand radius (6u/2) of 48 kPa. In granular soils, c = O. Therefore, the failure enve-
lope passes through the origin. The envelope is tangent to the Mohr circle at P.
.. L OPT ""' 90<'

sin' == PT == 48 == 0.490 -+ tP == 29.30


OT 98

"T(kPa)

o
..
.,
50
,:'
"

,. 1 ..
48 T
.. 1 I fI (kPa)

I .'I-_~ao",-_~.~l+- /lfl,12 ..

(" fb1

For the second specimen, we can use the friction angle calculated here.
Now, (J3f == 80 kPa and olf == 80 + flup where 60J is unknown. The subscript f denotes failure.

60, n
a. sin =0.490 = -;:::-~--;:c~ lJ.(1J = 153.8 kPa
80+ 6 0, 12
Continues
190 Geotechnical Eng ineering

Example 9.2: Continued


b. (1'j = 80 kPa and (11j = 80 + 153.8 = 233.8 kPa
c. Failure plane is oriented at 45 + 29.3/2 =, 59. 7" to horizontal
d. OJ = 80 + 76.9 - 76.9 sin 29.3 = 11 9.2 kPa; Tj = 76.9 cos 29. 3 = 67.0 kPa
c. Tmax = iJ.(1j l2 = 76.9 kPa is represented by the top of the Mohr circle
Therefore, the inclination of this plane would be 45" to horizontal.

9.5 MOHR CIRCLES AND FAILURE ENVELOPES IN TERMS OF u AND u'


Let's consider the state of st ress at point X within a saturated soil mass. The normal stresses
in saturated soils are carried by the soil grains and pore water, and we could separate the total
stress into effective stress and pore water pressure as (see Section 5.2 in Chapter 5):

(9.13)

and

(9.14)

The pore water pressure is hydrostatic and is equal in all directions. The total stresses, effec -
tive stresses, and the pore water pressure at X are shown in Figure 9.6a. The Mohr circles in
terms of total and effective stresses are shown in Figure 9.6b. From Equations 9.13 and 9.1 4,
0" ] - er} =(1; - (1; , hence bo th Mohr circles have the same diameter. They are separated by a

horizontal distance of u. When the pore water pressure is negative, the effective stresses are
larger than the total stresses, and the Mohr cirde in terms of effective stress will be the furthest
to the right.
In Section 9.4 and Example 9.2, we saw how the Mohr circle expands from a point until it
touches th e failure envelope when the fa ilure occurs. Larger initial confin ing pressures corre
spond to larger values of Aerj al fa ilure. Let's see how we can determine th e fa ilure envelope and
find the cohesion and fricti on angle in terms of total and effective stresses.
Let's take three representative soi l samples A, B, and C, and subject them to d ifferent CO Il -
fin ing pressures. Maintaining the confi ning pressure, we will apply additional vertical stress Aa
and increase this from zero until the sample fails at !:la" when we will measure th e pore water
pressure Uf OThe principal st resses at fa ilure in term s of total and effe ctive stresses call be com-
puted for each sample as follows:

CJ 3j =(1, (9.15)

a;/ = (1 , -u j (9. 16)


Shear Strength 191

". u

~ ~
' 0 ' + (1 -+0+-
",-+ X
",
.- u

t'. t t
u
",
Tota! Effecti .... e Pore water
stresses stresses pressure s

(n)

Etfective stresses Total stresses

, ,' , ,'
" "
.. '

u
I' ', I
u
I+- -I
(bl

Figure 9.6 Total and effective stresses; (a) state of stress (h) Mohr
circle representation

Ulj =Uc + ArJf (9.17)

U;j =ur +AUf - Uf (9. 18)

From the above values, separate Mohr circles and fai lure envelopes can be d rawn in terms of
lotal and effective slresses, as shown in Figure 9.7. The shear strength parameters can be deter-
mined in le rm ~ uflolal (c, ) and effective (c', </>') stresses.

9 ,6 DRAINED AND UNDRAINED LOADING SITUATIONS


Figure 9.8 shows an embankment being built 0 11 the ground, wh ich will impose stresses (Au l ,
.6.0)and pore water pressures ALI at every point, in addition to th e stresses and pore water
192 Geotechnical Engineering

,
Effective stresses
~'
Totat stresses
--
- :;.:-c'...-'-<------- --'-
c -"" '" C
//
-.".
--'
. . ... "":_-...- " , ' '\
B '/ B \\,
T_,"'T .: \
ec+L_L-'--_LL1_-'---'-___--"i_~i___ _'_______~\~
"
Figure 9.7 Mohr circles and failure envelopes in terms of u and u'

Figure 9.8 Drained and undrained loadings

pressures existing initially. Let's look al two extreme situations: (a) immed iately after const ruc-
tion, known as short-term, (b) very long time after construction, known as long-term. It is nec -
essary to ensure that the soil mass remains stable at all times: short-term, long-term and at any
time in between.
If the em bankment was built slowly such that there was no buildup of excess pore water
pressure and there was adequate time available for drainage, the loadi ng is known as drained
loading. This situation is far from reality-engineers cannot wait that long. On the other hand,
if the entire embankment is placed instantaneollsly, there will be bui ld up of pore water pres-
su re with hardly any time allowed for drainage in the short-term. Such loading is known as
undrained loading. In reality, th e load ing rate fa ll s somewhere between the two situations, and is
neither fully drain ed nor fully undrained. Most of the time, the short-term loading is assumed
to be instantaneous, hence undrained, especially in days. In granular soils, wh ich have high
permeability, even short ~ t erm loading is drained .
Irrespective of the loading rate, all the excess pore water pressure would have eventu<llly dis-
sipated over time (I.e., long-term ) after the embankment had been placed. This situation can be
analyzed as drained loading. For all soils, drai ned loading can be assumed for long-term analysis.
Shear Strength 193

The total stress or short-term analysis is generally carried out in terms of total stresses using
undrained shear strength parameters c~ and .,. Here, soil is treated as a continuum \vithout sep-
arating it into soil skeleton and pore water. It is not necessary to know the pore water pressures.
The effective stress or long-term analysis is carried out in terms of effective stresses using the
drained shear strength parameters c' and q,'. 'Ole laboratory test procedu res for determining
the undrained and drained shear strength parameters are di scussed in the following sections .

9.7 TRIAXIAL TEST


A triaxial test apparatus is used to carry out wha.t we have been disc ussing in Sections 9.4, 9.5,
and 9.6. It is used to apply a confin ing pressure to a cylindrical soil specimen and apply a verti -
cal stress, which is increased until the speci men fail s. lhere are provis ions to measure the pore
water pressures. A schemati c diagram of a triaxial test setup is shown in Figure 9.9.
Triaxial tests are carried out general ly on 38-50 mm diameter soil specimens with length -
diameter ratios of 2; I. On special occas ions, larger diameter samples are used. The specimen is
wrapped in an impermeable rubber membrane, and the O-rings at the top and bottom provide
a watertight seal, thus allowing drainage from only the top and/or bottom of the sample. The
sample is placed on a pedestal (with provisions for drainage and pore water pressure measure-
ment) and enclosed in a cylindrical Perspex cell filled with water. Cell pressure applied to th e
water with in the Perspex cell applies the isotropic all-around confining pressure (J, to the speci -
men. The additional vertical stress A(J or the principal stress difference (0"] - (J3)' someti mes
called deviator stress, is applied in the form of a load usi ng a piston.

Piston (lor axial load)

Cring
Water under
cell pressure

Impervious
-+
-+
-+
;;:; t:,.,=
+-
+-
+-
J 0,

rubber
Cylindric._,.I . _+ I
Perspex II
Soil
membrane =:
--+ Soit
spocimen
+-
.:=
-+ +-
-+- Porous stone
-+
-+
+-
+-
ttttt
Cell pressure pressure
or drainage tiitt
Fig ure 9.9 Triaxial l est setup
194 Geotechnical Engineering

Th e test consists of two stages: (a) application of isotropic confining pressure fIr and (b) ap-
plication of the deviator stress fj.fI . Depending on whether the drainage is allowed or not duri ng
these two stages, we sim ulate different loading scenarios. While applying the confi ning pres-
sure, if drainage is allowed, the soil specimen consolidates. When the d rainage valve is closed,
thus not allowing any drainage, the specimen cannot consolidate irrespective of the magnitude
of the confining pressure. Here, the confining pressure is carried solely by the pore water. Wh ile
applyi ng the deviator stress, allowing drainage simulates drained loading, and not all owing any
drainage simulates undrained loading. Th is gives three possible combinations that are com -
monly used. They are:
a. Co nsolidated drained (CD) triaxial test (ASTM D4767)
b. Consolidated undrained (CU) triaxial t est (ASTM D4767; AS 1289.6.4.2)
c. Unconsol idated undrained (U U) triaxial test (ASTM 02850; AS1289.6.4. 1)

You may ask, Why not include the unconsolidated drained triaxial test too? It just has no practical
relevance.

9.7.1 Consolidated Drained (CD) Triaxial Test


In a consolidated drai ned triaxial test, the drainage is allowed throughout the entire test dur-
ing the application of both (J, and fj.(J. The speci men is consolidated under all-around co nfining
pressure of (J( and then loaded under drained cond itions. The loading rate is generally slow
enough (e.g., axial strain orO.l % per hour) to ensure there is no buil dup of excess pore water
pressu re at any stage. If there is no initial pore water pressure such as backpressllre, total stresses
are the same as the effective stresses at all times. Therefore, the envelopes are the same in terms
of total and effective stresses, hence rP = rP' .
Even when sampli ng below the water table, the saturation level can fall below 100% due to
the stress relief of the sample. Compacted clay samples are difficult to saturate by sim ply soak-
ing in a tank for a few days. To ensure the fu II saturation of the samples, espec ially in clays,
sometimes we apply a constant pressure through the drainage line into the sample and maintain
it throughout the test. This pressure is generally high enough to dissolve any remaining pore
air. This is known as backpressure uo, wh ich is simply an initial constant pore water pressure
that remains within the soil. Any excess porc water pressure that is developed during undrained
loading will be in addition to this backpressu re, which is like a datum. Increasing the cell pres-
sure and backpressure equally has no effect on the effective stress.
It is in teresti ng to note that for normally consolidated clays, c' = O. Average values of rP'
for normally consolidated clays can range from 20 0 for highly plastic clays Lo more than 30 0
for silty or sandy cl ays. If overconsolidated, ' will be lower and c' will be h igher. For com-
pacted clays, rP' is typically 25-30 0 and can be as high as 35. Laboratory test data suggest
that rP' decreases with an increasing plast iCity index (Kenny 1959; Bjerrum and Simons 1960;
Ladd et al. 1977).
Shear Strength 195

9.7.2 Consolidated Undrained (CU) Triaxial Test


In a consolidated u nd rai ned triaxial test, drai nage is allowed only during the isot ropic confine-
ment, thus allowing the sample to cOllsolidate. As in the CD triaxial test, backpressu re can be
applied during the consolid ation process and turned off during shea r. At the en d of consol ida-
tion, there will be no excess pore water pressure, and the sample is ready for loading. When the
additional vertical stress .au is being applied, drai nage is not allowed , and thu s the sample is
being loaded under Ulldra i ll ed condition s at relatively high strain rales (e.g., axial strain of 1%
per minute). During the undrained loading, which typically takes about 10- 20 minutes, there
will be development of excess pore watcr pressure. which is measured co ntinuously th roughout
the loadi ng. The total and effective stresses are different at fa il ure, and separate Mohr circles can
be drawn, giving failure envelopes in term s of total and effective stresses. The test gives c, q" c'.
and '. The values of c' and ' derived from a CU triax ial test are the sa me as Ihose obtained
from a CD triaxiallesl. The lotal stress parameters c and are ofl ittle value.

9.7.3 Unconsolidated Undrained (UU) Triaxial Test


An unconsolidated , undrai ned triaxial test is carr ied out almost exclusively on cohesive soils.
Here, no drainage is allowed at any stage of the h!st. The isotropic confini ng pressure is applied
with the d rainage valve closed, so (provided the sa mple is saturated) flO consolidation can take
place. however large the co nfming pressure is. l he entire cell pressure is ca rried by the pore
water. The sample is th en loaded under undrained conditions. Du ring the lest, there will be pore
water pressure developments, which are not mea su red. Therefore, the effective stresses remai n
unknown. Mohr circles are only drawn in terms of total stresses, wh ich enable the fa ilure enve-
lope to be drawn in terms of total stresses, giving. '. and ~. The subscript 1/ denotes undrained
loading. The undrain ed loading to failu re lakes about 10-20 minutes. It ca n be deduced (see
Figure 9.10) that the deviator stress at failure t:J.(Jj would be the sam e at any confining pressure.
For the three total-stress Mohr circles in Figure 9. 10, the effective-stress Mohr circle is the
same. Increasi ng the confi ning pressure simply increases the pore water pressure by the same
value, leaving the effective stresses unchanged. The fa ilure envelope. in terms of total stresses,

---
------ Total stresses
1 (kPa) - - Effective stresses

~u = o
-',P'---
" ,- :: ~.,----=:~: - : ;::,---~...-:..~.:.,.---..-:::"~ ::-... - -

1
~ ~ ~...


.~ Y.'
,\ I
'... ... ,
...,
c , .. , .\ . . . . .
,, ,' "\ , ,,
I I \ , ...
U
'
,
C' L~C-______-"'______"-__-"'____'C-~'
, ________~'C-~~~'
"
O,u ' (kPa)

Figure 9.10 Mohr circles for a UU triaxial test


196 Geotechnical Engineering

is horizontal for a saturated soil, implying that " = o. Cu is known as undrained shear strength
of the clay.
During undrained loading, the volume of the soi l sample remai ns constant. Therefore.
when the sample is compressed, the length decreases and the cross-sectional area increases.
In computing the additional vertical stresses. the corrected area should be used. If An = initial
cross-sectional area of the sample, and e = axial strain at present. the corrected area can be
computed as Au/O - 1-:).
Being relatively quick and inexpensive, UU triaxial tests are quite popular in geotechnical
engineering practice for deriving the undrained shear strength of the clay. However, the test
does not provide the shear strength parameters in terms of effective stresses c' and ', which
are required for carrying out an effective stress analysis.
Now that we have means of deriving c' , ', cu' and ", determining when to use which one
may be a bit confusing. Recall our discussion on drained and undrained loading in Section 9.6.
In cohesionless soils, always use ' and c' = 0, and carry out the analysis in terms of effective
stresses. For long-term analysis in days, assuming drained cond itions, use c' and ' to carry
out an effective stress analysiS. For short-term analysis in saturated clays, assuming undrained
condit ions, use Cu and I< = 0 to carry out total stress analysis.

Example 9.3: The shear strength parameters in tcrms of effective stresses are: c' = 15 kPa and
' = 30. In an unconsolidated, undrained UU triaxial test on a sample of this day, the cell
pressure was 250 kPa and the deviator stress at failure was 136 kPa. What would have been the
pore water pressure at fa ilure?
Another specimen of the same day consolidatt:~d under a cell pressure of 120 kPa and backpressure
of 50 kPa was slowly loaded to failure under drained conditions. The backpressure was maintained
during the shearing as well. What would have bcen the additional vertical stress at failure?
Solution: Let's draw the envelope first with c' = 15 kPa and 1>' = 30

For the first sample, at failure:


oJf = 250 kPa, flof = 136 kPa
.', o;f= 250 - uf where uf is the pore water pressure at failure.
The Mohr circle at failure is shown in part (a) of the illustration on page 197.
For tlAPT:

sin30= 68 --7Uf=208kPa
26+(250-u/ )+68

Continues
Shear Strength 197

Example 9 ,3: Continued

1 (kPa)
120

80

,,'(kPa)
26 250 - u,
(a)

1 (kPa)
120

A ~~7-J-~~~~~~~~-L~7T~~=-J-~~ll-~
o 40 80 120 160 200 240 280
-2-'--"----70--- o'(kPa)

(b)

The second is a CD test with a constant back pressure of so kPa throughout:


Uo = 50 kPa. u.J! = 120 kPa
O;j = 70 kPa; .1oj '= x (unknown)

The Mohr circle is shown in pari (b) of the illustration .


For dAPT:

sin 30 = x -+x=96kPa-+ .1q- =192kPa


26+70+x
198 Geotechnical Engineering

9.7.4 Unconfined Compression Test


An unconfined compression test (ASTM 02166), also known as a uniaxial compression test, is a
special case of a triaxial test. Here. it does not require the sophisticated triaxial setup. TIle test
is mainly for cohesive soils where the samples can stand unsupported . The test setup is quite
simple, as there is no confining pressure required. The vertical stress is increased relatively fast
until failure takes place under the applied vertical stress of q,,, which is known as the unconfined
compressive strength (see Figure 9. 11a). At failu:re, 0 3 = 0 and 0 ] = q ~. TIle pore water pressure
and effective stresses are unknown. Therefore, a Mohr circle can be drawn only in terms of total
stresses (see Figure 9.1 1b).lt can be seen from the Mohr circle that:

(9. 19)

Unconfined compression tests are sim pler and quicker to perform than are UU triaxial tests.
The only drawback is that they are less reliabk than the Cu derived from a UU test. A rough
estimate of the unconfined compressive strength can be obtained from a pocket penetrometer; a
simple handheld device thai is pushed into the day sample or walls of an excavation and read
off directly. The estimate costs literally nothing" but the values are very approximate. A hand -
held lorvane is a similar device that is pushed into the clay and twisted, thus applying a torque,
until the clay is sheared and the reading gives an estimate of q". Undrained shear st rength can
be obtained as 1/2 quo
Skempton (1957) suggested lhat for normally consolidated clays, the undrained shear
strength and the effective vertical overburden stress 0:.0 are related by:

c: = O.0037 PI +O.ll (9.20)


a "~

,
iii i
(.) (b)

Figure 9.11 Unconfined compression test: (a) loading


(b) Mohr circle
She ar Stre ngth 199

For overconsolidated clays (Ladd et al . 1977):

( ~ )oc = (~.)
(f vo (J v o NC
(OCR)" (9.21)

Jamiolokowski et a1. (198 5) suggested that:

' : ) = (O.2HO.04 )(OCR)'s (9.22)


( (J vO DC

Mesri (1989) suggested thai fo r all days, cJ(J~ = 0.22 where (J~ is the preconsolidation pressure
(see Section 8.3 in Chapter 8). These empirical correlations are useful in estimating the undrained
shear strength of clays. On the basis of Cu o r qu' clays can be classified as shown in Figure 9.12.

V," Soft
Medium
Stiff Ve ry sHfI Hard
sol! or firm

o 25 50 100 200 400



Unconfined cornpre:;:;ive streflg th, q" (kP<t)

Figure 9.12 Classification of clays based on q,

Example 9.4: Two 50 mm diameter undisturbed samples A and B are taken from the clay at
the depths shown. It is expected that sample A is slightly overconsolidated and B is normally
consolidated. For the clay LL = 65 and PL = 1.7:
GL

Sand (r.. : 17 kN/m')

2m
@

Tm Clayb... =19kN/m')

a. Estimate the undrained shear strength of sample B


b. Assuming OCR = 2 for sample A, estimate its undrained shear strength
c. If an unconfined co m pres..~io n test is carried out on sam ple 8 , what would be the fu ilure load?
Continues
200 Geotechnical Engineering

Example 9.4: Continued


Solution:
a. For sample B. using Equation 9.20:
,
7:::: 0.0037 x .38+0.11 :::: 0.25 1
u,'
At this depth:
0:0 = 3 x 17 + 9 x (19 - 9.8 1) = 133.7 kPa
:.c~= 0.251 X 133.7 = 34kPa
b.

From Equation 9.2 1:


(cJo'oilbc = 0.2SI x 2!1.M = 0.437
At the depth of sample A:
0 :0 = 3 X 17 + 2 X (19 - 9.81) = 69.4 kPa
Undrained shear strength of sample A, C W
" ," 0.437 X 69.4 = 30 kPa
c. Unconfined compressive strength of sample A. q~ = 2 Cw = 60 kPa
.'. Failure load = 60 X (1f X 0.025 2) kN = 118 N

9.8 DIRECT SHEAR TEST


A d irect shear test (ASTM 03080; ASI289.6.2.2) is fairly simple in principle. It is carried out
mostly on granular soils, but sometimes on coh esive soils too. The problem with cohesive soils
is in controlling the strain rates to achieve drained or undrained loading. In the case of granular
soils, loading is always assumed drained. A sc:hematic diagram of the shear box is shown in
Figure 9. 13a. The soil sample is placed in a square box approximately 60 nun X 60 mm in plan,
which is split into upper an d lower halves as sh own. One of the halves (lower in the figure) is
fixed and the other is pushed or pulled horizontally relative to the other half, th us forcing the
soil sample to shear (fail ) along the horizontal plane separating the two halves. Under a speci fic
normal load N, the shear load S is inc reased from zero until the sample is fully sheared. During
the test, the horizontal OhQr and vertical 0"" deformations of the sample are recorded continu -
ously along with the shear load. Normal stress and shear stress on the horizontal fai lure plane
are calculated as (J = NI A and T = SIA, where A is the plan area of the sample, which decreases
slightly with th e horizontal deformation.
Generally, the shear stress is plotted against the horizontal displacement and the vertical
displacement is plotted directly under it against the horizontal displacement (Figure 9.13b). For
Shear Strength 201

Dense sands
& DC clays

Normal load (N) Tf,res

Loose sands
Upper box & NC clays

Soil
Shear load (5) Over
Dense sands
Lower Expansion & DC clays
box (fixed)

Failure plane Contraction


Loose sands
& NC clays

(a) (b)

Figure 9.13 Direct shear test: (a) schematic diagram (b) r-o..,. -Il,~, variations

loose sands and normally consolidated clays, the shear stress in c rea~es to a maximum value TJ at
large strain. While shearing, the sample contracts; hence the vertical displacement is downward.
In dense sands and overconsolidated clays, shea l~ stress increases to a maximum value Tf,p"ak and
decreases to a lower value Tj.rc<;Ju.l at larger strains. The maximum value of shear stress is known as
the peak shear strength, and the value at large strain is known as the residual shear strength. Here,
we can define the fail ure in terms of peak or residual values of shear stress. In loose sands and nor-
mally consolidated clays, they are the same. The test can be repeated for three or more different
values of normal load N, and shear stresses at failure and the corresponding normal stresses can be
plotted on 7-(J space where they lie on a straight line, which is the failure envelope. The cohesion
and friction angle can be determined from this eltlvelope.
As the loading prugresses ill dellse sallds or overcOllsolid ated days, the sample compresses
initially, but only up to the point where it cannot compress any further. Then the grains start
sliding over each other, enabling the sample to expand as seen in Figure 9. 13b. This is known as
dilation. Irrespective of the initial relative density, at very large strains, all samples would reach
the same void ratio, known as the critical void ratio, and the soil would be said to have reached
critical state. For all practical purposes, residual values can be taken as the cri tical state values.
In dense sands or overconsolidated days, '~.k i s greater than 4tt""'idu~l; the denser the sand, th e
larger the difference. At large strains, the cohesive bonds are destroyed and th e residual strength
is purely frictionaL Therefore, C',..,.iJual ,.,.. 0 in cohesive soils. Typical values of peak and residual
friction angle for granular soils are given in Table 9.1. ''''hich friction angles do we use in prac-
tice- peak or residual? It depends on the situation. In most geotechnical engineering problem s,
202 Geotechnical Engineering

Table 9.1 Friction angles of granular soils (after Lambe and Whitman 1979)
Friction angle, .:, (degrees)
Soil type Residual Peak
Medium-dense sill 2B-30 28-32
Dense silt 2B-30 30-34
Medium-dense. uniform fine-Io-medium sand 26-30 30-34
Dense. uniform fine-lo-medium sand 26-30 32-36
Medium-dense. well-graded sand 30-34 34-40
Dense. well-graded sand 30-3' 36-46
Medium-dense sand and gravel 32-36 36-42
Dense sand and gravel 32-36 '0-48

strains are small and peak values are appropriate. In problems involvi ng large strains (e.g., land-
slides). residual values may be more appropriate.
Clays have a fabric that comes from the particle orien tat ions and the bonds between them.
Two extreme situations are floccula ted and dispersed fabrics (see Section 3.3). Most of the time,
it is in between these two. When a cl ay is remolded (i.e., highly distu rbed), so me of the bonds
are broken and the fabri c is partly destroyed. Th is lead s to a reduct ion in strength and stiffness.
Sensitivity S, is defined as the ratio of the undisturbed to the remolded shear strength. At very
large strains, clay becomes remolded; therefore. the ratio of peak 10 residual shear strength is
apprOXimately equal to the sensitivity. Highly sensitive clays have flocculated fab ric. In highly
sensitive clays, se nsitiVity can be as high as 10 or even more, where the clay will lose it s st rength
al most co mpletely when remolded. Some clays w ill regain their strength afte r some lime since
remoldi ng.1lleY are known 10 be thixotropic. This is common in bentonite, which is commonly
used as dri ll ing fluid to support the boreholes.

9.9 SKEMPTON' S PORE PRESSURE PARAMETERS


Sir Alec Skempton (1954), a professor at Im peri al College- United Kingdom, introduced a sim-
ple concept to estimate the change in pore waler pressure 6.u in a soil element due to the changes
in major and minor total pri ncipal stresses (d u 1 and du ) in undrained load ing. This is widely
used in engi neeri ng practice due to its simplicity and for its practical value.
Figure 9. 14 shows the major d O"l an d min or liu) total principa l stress increments applied
on point X. which result s in a pore water press ure change of duoThis can be separated into
two scenarios shown on the right: (a) an isotro pic loading where 6.uJ is appli ed in all di rec-
tions, lead ing to a pore water pressure change of dL/ I ' and (b) a deviato r st ress of 80"1 - 80")
applied o nly in the vertical direction, wh ich changes the pore wat.er pressure by 8u 2 There-
Shear Strength 203

t,
a<lJ~ I~ . -<1<1J +
t !lU,

; ',
(a) Isotropic (a) Devialoric

Figure 9.14 Pore water pressure buildu p due to principal stress increments

fore, il ll = ilu l + il U2' Skempto n (1954) ex pressed the change in pore water pressu re due to
aV I and ao) as:
lI u = B(lIu, +A(lIu , - Il.u, )] (9. 23)

where aU I = Bdll) and dU 2 = BA(dll l - do)) where BA is som eti mes denoted by A. Th e con-
stants A and B arc known as Skempton's pore pressure parameters.
B is the ratio of the pore water pressure in crease to the increase in confining pressure in
u ndrained loading. In a fu lly saturated clay, B ~"" 1. Even with a slightly lower degree of satura-
tion, B can be significantly less than I. A typical variation of B with the degree of saturation is
shown in Figu re 9.1 5a. Thi s B-parameter is often used in triaxial tests to determine if the sample
is fu lly satu rated. A value fo r B greater than 0.95 is often a good indication that the sample is
fu ll y saturated. If the soil skeleton is very stiff (e.g., very dense sand s or very stiff clays), B can
be significantly less than 1 even whe n fu lly sat urated.
In clays, A is a fu nction of the overconsolidation ratio OCR, stress path , anisotropy, strain
rate, etc. It varies during the loading. The value of A at failure is denoted by AI' the variation
of which with OCR is shown in Figure 9.ISb. For normally consolidated d ays, Af is generally
close to I, but can be as low as 0.5. For lightly overconsolidated clays, Af is in the range of 0-0.5.
Highl y overconsolidated cl ays dil ate under deviator loadin g where Af can be negative, implying
that negative pore water pressures develop. For vcry sensitive clays, Af can be greater than 1.
It should be noted that dO l and .6.0') are not necessarily the changes to 0'1 and 0'3- They are
the algebraically larger and smaller values, respectively, of th e two principal stress increments.
Compressive stress increments are positive.
204 Geotechnical Engineering

0.8

06
B
0.4

0.2

0
60 70 80 90 100
Degree of saturation (%)
(.)

08 -=-1-
~+--- --+-- -- -\_____J
0.6 +- -
0.4 I
~
A,
0.2 -
1 I" ............ ,
0

-0.2

-0.4
t-
i
2
'=---~-j
4 8 16 32
OCR
Ib)

Figure 9. 15 Typical values of pore pressure parameters: (a) B (b) A,


(adapted from Bishop and Henkel 19132. Craig 2004)

Example 9 .5 : A saturated, normally consolidated clay sample is subjected to a consolidated,


undrained triaxial compression test under a backpressure of 50 kPa. 'Ihe cell pressure during
consolidation is 200 kPa.
When the sample is fully consolidated, the drainage valve is dosed and the additional vertical
stress is increased from zero to 11 0 kPa when the sample fai led. During this period of shearing,
the pore water pressure increased by 90 kPa. Find the effective fric tion angle and Skempton's
A-parameter at failure.
Continues
Shear Strength 205

Example 9.5: Continued


Solution : At the end of consolidation, the 50 kPa backpressure is locked in when the drainage valve
is dosed. Let's summarize the values at the (a) start of sheari ng and (b) end of shearing:
(a) Start of shearing (b) End of shearing (failure)
(11 ;0:;: fT3 = 200 kPa fTJ = 200 kPa. (11 = 310 kPa

u = 50 kPa u = 140 kPa


:. During shea r [i.e., between (a) and (b) ]
a fT) = 200 - 200 = 0

.!lfTI = 310 - 200 = 110 kPa


au = 140 - 50 = 90 kPa
Assuming B = 1 (Saturated) and substituting these in Equation 9.23:
90 = 0 + AJ ( 1I0 - 0) -7 AJ = 0.82
At failure:
(1 ~J = 200 - 110 = 60 kPaj fT'IJ = 310 - 110 = 170 kPa
Clay is normally consolidated -7 c' = 0
Drawing the Mohr circle in terms of effective stresses with the envelope passing th rough the
origin,,p' can be calculated as 28.6.

9.10 ., =., RELATIONSHIP AT FAILURE


Let's see hmv th e major and minor principal stresses at failure are related. The Mohr circle at
failu re is shown in Figure 9.16 along with the fa.i lure envelope.
Radial line OP is perpendicular to the failure envelope at P:

sinq,= OP = (all -a31 )12


OA ccotl{>+(a I1 +a 31 )/2

" If +
( -- 2- "J! ) sinq,+ccosq,

1+ 5in <l 1+ 5in <l


a V = (1)1 ( . +2c ( (9. 24)
1- smq, 1- sinq,
and
I -Sin <l ( I - Si n<l
a 3 =a l - 2c (9.25)
if (
1 1+ sinq, 1 + sinq,
206 Geotechnical Engineering

p
,,
,
,,
,,
,
,,
, (a,, - <1l/ 1f2
,,
, ,,
,
A
ceo! <> 0" 0 a" <1

(a ,, + a3, )12
I -I
Figure 9.16 Mohr circle at failure

It is useful to note that:

I -Sin4 ,( 4
. = tan 45 - -
( l+smcp 2
and

I +Sin4 =tan 2( 45+-"')


( I - sincp 2

The above derivations, including Equations 9.24 and 9.25, are applicable in te rms of effective
stresses and total stresses.

9.11 STRESS PATHS


Stress paths are very useful for tracking the progress in loading. For example, when a sample is
loaded in a triaxial apparatus or in a situation where we want to monitor the state of stress at a
point under an embankment, we can always draw a series of Mohr circles representing every
change. This can become messy with a cluster of Mohr circles. A stress path is a neat way around
it- we only mark the top of the Mohr circle. The entire Mohr circle is represented by a point,
known as a stress point, as shown in Figure 9.17a.
In most geotechnical engineering applications, the vertical CT v and horizontal CTh normal
stresses are the principal stresses. For now we will assume a,. = (Tj and ai, = 0'3' The lOp of the
Shear Strength 207

Failure envel~

tan fX ",sin ", /'

l'
.---'::> Stress path
CCOS o
,
(c)

Figure 9.17 Stress path concept: (a) stress point (b) Mohr circles and stress path
(c) stress path and failure envelope in 5- t plane

Mohr ci rcle has coo rdinates of I";(lh) and (I";"hJ in 7-0 plane. We will call th em sand t re-
spectively. defining s = {(Iv;"") and I = {(Iv;"") . We will reserve the notations p and q for three-
d imensional representations. which are used in cri tical-state soil mechanics but not discussed
here.
A stress path is the locus of the stress point as shown in Figures 9.17b and 9. 17c. Here, we
will just show the top of every Mohr circle and connect them as the loading progresses. Instead
of drawing the Mohrcircles o n 0-7 plane. we will draw stress paths on s-t plane. In 0-7 plane, the
fa ilure envelope is 7f = C + of tanrp. What would be the failure envelope in s-t plane?
Fro m the Mohr circle at fai lure, shown in Figure 9.16:

"'f-+a'f
(- 2--- )sin + C cos4>

i.e., {f = sf sin + C cosrp


208 Geotechnical Engineering

Therefore, the slope of the failure envelope in s-t plane is sin and the intercept on (-axis is c
cosq,. When the st ress path meets the failure envelope on s-t plane, failure takes place.
As in the case of Mohr circles, stress paths can also be d rawn in terms of effective stresses
where s can be replaced wilh s' , where 5' = (0;;0;,) . There is no t', since t is the same as t' . Re-
member, there is nothing called T'- water cannot carry shear stress. Generally, total and effec-
tive stress paths are plotted on the same graph \",here both 5 and 5' are shown on the horizontal
axis, preferably using the same scale for all 5, 5', and t.

Example 9.6: A consolidated, undrained triaxial test on a specimen of normally consolidated


saturated day (c' = 0) was carried out under an all-around confining pressure of 500 kPa.
Consolidation took place against a backpr'essure of 100 kPa. During und rained loading,
the additional vertical stress tJ.uf was increased to failure and the test data are summarized.

,,"/ (kPa) o 68 134 182 237 272~

u (kPa) 100 129 177 218 288 333"


"Failure

a. Draw total and effective stress paths.


b. Find the effective friction angle.
c. What is Skempton's A-parameter at failur{~?
Another specimen of the same day, consolidated under 500 kPa and backpressure of 100 kPa,
is subjected to a drained loading to failure.
d. Dcaw the effective stress path in the above plot.
e. Find the principal stress difference at failure.

Solution: a. The computed values during the undrained loading are summarized in the table.

Oh (kPa) do (kPa) 0, (kPa) u(k,Pa) s (kPa) s ' (kPa) t (kPa)


500 0 500 100 500 400 0
500 6. 56. 1~~9 534 405 34
500 134 634 177 567 3.0 67
,.2 21. 591 373
500
500 237
6.2
737 2E~8 618.5 330.5 "
118 .5
500 272 772 3a3 636 303 136

The stress paths are shown on page 209.


Continues
Shear Strength 209

Example 9.6: Continued


4oo r---~----~--~----~---.----'----.----,

TSP lor CU lesl


300
ESP for CU lesl

100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800


s. s' (kPa )

b.
.,
slOlb = tana = -136- = 0.45 ~ Ib = 26. 11 ..,.0

303
c.

Af = t!.uf =~m = 0.86


t!.af 272
d. For the drained loading, the stress path (with 450 to s' -axis) intersects the failure envelope at:
s' = 726 kPa and t = 326 kPa

S,= l1: + l1 h 726k Pa


2
and
, ,
a -a
t= " h=326kPa
2
Solving these two equations, at failure:
O'hf = 400 kPa and O '.f = 1052 kPa
uJ = 100 kPa, Uhf = 500 kPa
Ov{ = 1152 kPa and tl.o, = 652 kPa
210 Geotechnical Engineering

~
Rtinindet' .:. A circle represents the state of stress at a point. Due to sym-
metry, we only show the up per half in geotech nical engineering .
:. Shear strength is derived from two separate components:jriction
and cohesion . The frictional contribution is proportional to the nor-
mal stress, and cohesive contribution is a constant at all stress levels.
:. Clays are undrained short-term and drained long-term. Granular
soils are drained both in th<~ short-term and in the long-term. Use c'
and $ ' for drained analysis (in terms of effective stresses) and Cu and
$" for undrained analysis (in terms of total stresses) .
:. For normally consolidated days and granular soils, c' = o.
:. For clays, during undrained loading, " = O. The undrained shear
strength c" (= 112 q.,) can be obtained from a UU triaxial , uncon -
fined compression lest, or estimated by using a pocket penetrometer
or empirical correlations .
:. Failure can be defined in terms of peak or residual values. (P'p<.k >
'.."dUllI and e'.... ". O.
.... Skempton's pore pressure equation relates the changes in ai' a" and II,
under undrained conditions . irrespective of the initial state of stress.
:. c and in 7-0 plane are similar to e coS and tan- i(sillrp) in s-t plane;
in 7 -0 plane we draw Mohr circles, and in s-t plane we draw stress paths.
:. When plotting Mohr circles, use the same scales for both (0 and
7) axes; otherwise a circle would look like an ellipse. In st ress path
plots, the same scale for both axes is recommended.
:. Empirical correlations are useful for preli minary estimates. They are
very approximate .
:. Clays are classified as soft, medium, elc. based on q" (see Figure 9.12).

WORKED EXAMPLES
1. A sa turated d ay sam ple was consolidated in the triaxial cell under a cell pressure of 150
kPa without any backpressure. The drainage valve was then closed and the deviator stress
was gradually increased from zero to 200 kPa when failure occurred. If e' = 15 kPa and
(jJ' ::: 20, fin d the pore water pressure and Skempton's A -parameter at fa ilu re.

Solution: This is a CU triax ial test. At failure, a'3j = a', ::: 150 - IlJ and l1aj = 200 kPa
where uf is the pore water p ressure at failu re.
Shear Strength 211

/1(1, 200 kPa

~ ~ ~ 1 (kPa)

-+ = 150 - u,kPa
+t t .-
(I ~

20
+ .- ' 'O

+ .- ,,
,,
+ .- \ , 100
,,
,
++ + +.- C

,, '(kPa)
c'co! ';" 17' ;150 - u
I- -1- ' , -I
t t t
From the Moh r circle:
100
~W= ~~ = ~2~
15cot 20+150 - uj + 100
During the entire shear:
.1(13 = 0,.1(11 = 200 kPa, .111 = - 1.2 kPa
Substituting these in Equation 9.23, with B :: I:
-1.2
Af = 200 ,, -0.006

2. A conventional, consolidated drained triaxial test was carried out on a normally consoli-
dated day sample. The consolidation pressure' was 150 kPa and the deviator stress at failure
was 320 kPa. Find the effective fric tion angle.
An identical specimen of the same clay was (:onsolidated to 1SO kPa and was subjected
to a conventional, undrained triaxial test where the deviator stress at fai lu re was 100 kPa.
Find the pore water pressure and Skempton's A-parameter at failure.
SoLution: The day is normally consolidated.
: . c' =; 0

In the CD test, at fai lure, a' J/ = I SO kPa, .1u/ = 320 kPa:


, 160 ,
sin = . -7 = 31.1
0

150 + 160
212 Geotechnical Engineering

7 (kPa)

CDtes!

Q'(kPa)
150 160

T (kPa)

cu test

~<-_~,Eftlect jve ;;---- Total


" " ' --,
,/
, ,,
,,, ,,
,,
.' ,, ,
Q'(kPa)
..

The friction angle ' must be the sam e in the CU triaxial lesl, where at failure, fj,af = 100
kPa, and (JJI = 150 kPa. The pore water pressure at failure uf is unknown.

sin 3 1.l = ,50 -) a;j = 46.9 kPa -) uf = (JJf - a ;f =103.1 kPa


+50
a Jf

During the entire shear in the CU test:


fj,a 3 = 0, fj,a 1 = 100 kPa, .6.u = 103.1 kPa
.'. Substituting these in Equation 9.23, Af = 1.03
3. A series of consolidated, undrained triaxial tests were carried out on three identical satu-
rated clay specimens. The results are:
Shear Stremgth""213

At failure (kPa) ~

Specimen No. Cell pressure (kPa) Deviator stress Pore water pr


100 170 40
2 200 260 95
3 300 360 135

Determin e c, , c', and ' using (a) Mohr circles, and (b) stress points at failu re.
Solution : The values of <T), (11' U, <T 'l, <T'l, S, s', and t at failure are summarized:

No. 03 (kPa) !lOt (kPa) ut (kPa) "I (kPa) q'3 (kPa) q 't (kPaJ s (kPa) s ' (kPaJ t (kPCI)

100 170 40 270 60 230 185 145 85


2 200 260 95 460 105 365 330 235 130
3 300 360 135 660 165 525 480 345 180

250
. -- ---
- ~E
"];
'eclive
" l.--
200 t;;:;7 ...
"'"
~~.-- -.
~
V ~--"
'<.- ...
150
~-~-~:---.
_-x: ...
~ -- .. ...
~

"'
100

50 ~
A 'l r ",><..,
( If ( 1\
'/
_.
i\
....
"" 1\
I
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
Normat stress (kPa)

200

150

'i. 100

'"

a 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500


s, s'(kPa)
214 Geotechnical Engineering

a. Mohr circles: From the tange nts to the Mohr circles, c = 34 kPa, cb = 18; and c' =
25 kPa and 4>' = 28
b. Stress pOints: From the st ress points envelope shown below, c = 26 kPa, q, = 19;
and c' = 19 kPa, 4>' = 28
4. The current state of stress at a saturated clay clcment in the ground is:

Total vertical stress, a~ = 120 kPa


Total horizontal st ress, aM = 70 kPa
Pore water prcssure, Uo = 30 kPa
The frict ion angle and cohesion in terms of effective stresses are 30 and 10 kPa respec-
tively. Skempton's A a nd B parameters are both 1. Due to some loading at the grou nd
level, the total vertical st ress is rapidly incrc'ased un der undrained conditions, while the
total hori zo ntal st ress remains the same. Usillg Mohr circles, find the maximum additional
vertical stress that the soil element can take before failure is reached and the pore water
pressure at fail ure is reached.
Solution: Initially. u-.(J = 120 kPa, aoo = 70 kIla, Uo = 30 kPa.
Let the additional vertical stress applied at failure be x kPa.
Therefore. during the undrained loading to failure. 60l = O .6.a l = x.
Substituting in Equation 9.23 with A = 1 and B = 1, 6u can be estimated as x.
Therefore, at failu re: f1Jf = 70 kPa, a i' = 120 + x kPa. u, = 30 + x kPa
(1;, = 40 - x kPa, a'I' = 90 kPa
25+0.5x
sin 30 = C::-=--:-:7-::":'~:;:':--::-::-
17.3+ (40 - x)+ (25 + O.5x)
x = 21.5 kPa and u,= 30 + x = 51.5 kPa

II xkP, T (kPa)
11120 kPo
j l : 10 kPa
-t1- u 31 30 +)1' kPa

!! 300 10
At railure
(J (kPa)
17.3 40 - x 50+)1'
1""'-""10( ., 1...,,..- - - - - - - -- +- I
Shear Strength 215

5. Repeal Problem 4 lIsing stress paths.


Solution:
Initially, 0 ,(1 = 120 kPa, ohfJ = 70 kPa and 110 = 30 kPa.

a +a a - a a' +a'
:.5 = ..0 ho =95kPa;1 = 1'0 hO =25 kPa ;5~ = .. 0 hO =65kPa
0
2 2 2
Let's apply a small vertical stress increment y and calculate the changes in 5, t, u, and 5'.
We can draw the total and effective stress paths from these:
.6.(1,. = y, L~(1J. = 0

Substituti ng these in Equation 9.23, .6.u = y:


.6.(1 + .6.a
.6.5 = v h := O.5y
2

.6.t = .6.17 " - .6.a/i := O.5y


2
LIs' = LIs - Llu = O.Sy - Y = -{).5y
i.e., when the vertical stress is increased by y, sand t both increase by O.5y while 5' de-
creases by O.5y. The changes will be in the same proportion when the loading co ntin ues.
Now that we have the init ial values and the changes, we can show them in s-t and s' -t
planes:
c' cosq,' = 10 cos 30 = 8.7 kPa.; a = tan - ! (sin 30) = 26.6
The initial state, in terms of effective and total stresses, is represented by the points E (65,
25) and T(95, 25) respectively.
The effective and total stress paths, starting from E and T, are drawn as straight lines,
inclined at 45 to horizontal, as show n in thc;~ figure on page 2 16. When the effective stress
path meets the effective failure envelope at F, failure takes place.
At fa ilure (see figure on page 216):
25+ z
tan 26.6 =O.S = ~ z = 10.8 kPa
17.3+ 65 -z
i.e., t has increased by 10.8 kPa to failure. Therefore, the additional vertical stress that was
placed was 2 X 10.8 = 21.6 kPa. The pore water pressure at failure is 30 + 2z = 51.6 kPa.
216 Geotechnical Engineering

j j yk'" t(kPa)

~ 1120kPa
-t t-
- O -7okPa

u .. 30+xkPa
F
I
i
' I, ,~
ESP
u,= 30+2z

,~
,
,," TSP

t! r~---
i, "
fZ " 26.6"
8.7
E
T
t 25

17.3
1+--1
65
10 10( '" - I
s. s' (kPa)
-
6. Skempton's A and B parameters of a saturated clay deposit are 0.8 and 0.97 respectively.
Due to the construction of an embankment on this clay, the total horizontal and vertica l
stresses at a poin t increased by 40 kPa and 60 kPa respect ively. W hat wou ld be the in -
crease in pore water pressure? TIle above Clay has c' = 0 and </1' = 27. A triaxial sample
is consolidated under a cell pressure of 300 kPa and backpressure of 100 kPa. Once the
consolidation was completed, the sample was sheared und rain ed by applying a vertical
load. What would be the principal stress d iffe rence and pore water pressure at fai lure?
Solution:
~Oll = 40 kPa; ~ov = 60 kPa --:lo d03 = 40 kPa and d0"1 = 60 kPa
Substituting in Equation 9.23:
Il.u ~ 0,97 [40 + 0.8(60 - 40) ) ~ 54.3 kPa
At fa ilure, let AOj = x.
\-Vith d0"3 = 0 and d0 1 = x, from Equation 9.23:
~Uj = 0.97(0 + 0.8x) = 0.776 x
.. . Uj = IUU + U. 776x,03j= 300kPa; andolj= 300 +x
The Mohr circle at failure is shown in the figu re o n page 2 17:
O.5x
sin27= --:lox=145.3kPa
lUU - U.776x + U.5x

Deviator stress at failure = 145.3 kPa


Pore water pressure at failure = 100 + 0.7i'6 x = 212.8 kPa
Shear Strength 217

Ao, =X
1 (kPa)

--t t t ~
U, = 100 + O.776x
U, = 200-0.776x O.5x
o'(kPa)

I~ ~I~ -I
ttt
REVIEW EXERCISES
I. A consolidated, drained triaxial test was cond ucted on a normally consolidated clay under
a confining pressure of 276 kPa. The deviator stress at fa ilure was 276 kPa.
a. Find the friction angle.
b. What is the inclination of the failure plane to horizontal?
c. Determin e the normal and shear slresst!s acting on the failure plane.
d. Determine the normal stress on the plane of maximum shear stress.
e. Explain why the failure took place along a plane as determined in (b) and not
along th e plane where the shear stress is the maximum .
Answer: 19.5; 54.1"; 368 kPa, 130 kPa; 414 kPa

2. A series of consolidated, undrained triaxial tests were carried out on specimens of a satu-
rated clay under no backpressure. The lest data at failure are Sllmm arized:

Confining Devia.tor Pore water


pressure (kPa) stress (kPa) pressure (kPa)
150 19:;! 80
300 341 154
450 504 222

a. Draw the Mohr circles and find the cohesion and fric t ion angles in terms of effec-
tive stresses.
b. Compute Skempton's A- parameter at fa:ilure for all three specimens.
218 Geotechnical Engineering

c. Is the soil normally consolidated o r overconsolidated ? vVhy?


d. Another specimen of the same day that was consolidated under a cell pressu re of
250 kPa was subj ected to a consoli dated , drained tri ax ial test. What would be the
deviator stress at failure?
Answer: 32 kPa, 27.9; 0.42, 0.45, 0.44; e' "* 0 alld AJ = 0.45 -) overeonsolidated; 546 kPa
3. A consolidated, drained triaxial test was carried out on a normally consolidated day. The
specimen was consolidated under a cell pressure of 100 kPa and backpressure of 30 kPa.
The axial deviator stress was slowly increased to fai lure so that there was no excess pore
water pressure devel opment while shearing. The speci men failed under a deviator stress of
130 kPa. The backpressure of 30 kPa was maintained throughout the test. Find the effective
fric tion angle and the normal and shear stresses on the failure plane.
Answer: 28.8; 104 kPa, 57 kPa

4. Consolidated, undrained triaxial tests were carried out on three samples with no backpres-
sure. The test results at fai lure are summarized:
Cell pressure (kPa) 300 400 600
Principal stress difference at failure (kPa) 186 240 360
Pore water pressure at fa ilure (kPa) 159 222 338
Using (a) Mohr circles and (b) stress points, determine the shear strength parameters in
terms of total and effec tive stresses.
Answer: 5 kPa, 13; 7 kPa, 23

5. A series of unconsolidated, undrained triaxial tests were carried out on three sam ples of
d ay. The confining pressures and the add ition al vertical stresses that are required to fa il
the samples are summarized below. Draw the Mohr circles in terms of total stresses, and
determine Cu and rP".
Confining pressure (kPa) 100 300 600
Additional vertical stress at failure (kPa) 252 271 290
Answer: 120 kPa, 2.4

6. The failu re envelope obtained in an unconsolidated, undrained triaxial test is shown on


page 219, along with the Mohr circle from an unconfined compression test. Show that

cos<p" ) c
q" = 2( -1. _ Sln
'.A.
'Pj,
U

From th e above, deduce that when 11" = 0, q" = 2 c.,.


Shear Strength 219

,
-

7. A consolidated, undrained triaxi al test is being carried out on a normally consolidated clay
where c' = 0 and fjl' = 26. The triaxial specimen was consolidated under a cell pressure
of 300 kPa and backpressure of 80 kPa. Skempton's A parameter al failure is estimated to
be 0.80. The drainage valve has since been dosed and the vertical deviator stress increased
to failure. What would be the deviator stress and pore water pressure at failure?
Answer: 153 klla, 202 klla

8. A normally consolidated soft day specimen is consolidat ed in the triaxial cell under an
all around pressu re of 200 kPa with no backpressure. Th e drainage valve is then dosed
and the cell pressure increased by 300 kPa, and the pore water pressure increased to 300
kPa. Then, the vertical deviator stress was in creased from 0 to 110 kPa whe n the sample
failed, and the pore water pressure was 420 kPa. Find th e effec ti ve frictio n angle and
Skempton's pore pressure parameters B an d Ai' A second specimen of the same day is
co nsolidated under an all -aroun d pressure of 70 kPa. Un der undrained cond itions, the
ve rtical stress is increased to failu re. Find the vertical deviator stress and pore water pres -
sure at failure.
A thi rd specimen of the same clay was isotropically consolidated under 70 kPa and was
subjec ted to a vertical deviator stress that was increased to failure under drained condi-
tions. What would be the deviator stress at failure?
Answer: 24.0, 1.0, 1.09; 39 kPa, 42 kPa; 96 kPa

9. A 50 mm diameter normally consolidated clay sample with 4>' = 27<1 was subjected to
an unconfined compression test where it failed under the axial load of 157 N. Find the
undrained shear strengt h and the pore water pressure within the sample.
Answer: 40 kPa, - 48.1 kPa

to. A direct she(lr test is ca rried o ut on


(I sandy soil, and the norma l loads and the peak and

residual shear loads at failure are summa rized below. Assuming that the cross~section area
220 Geotechnical Engineering

of th e direct shear sample remains the same in all tests, determine the peak and residual
effective-friction angles:
Normal load (N) 100 200 350
Peak fa il ure shear load (N) 75 153 262
Residual failure shear load (N) 60 1 18 212
Answer: 3 1",3;0

II. A clay sample was consolidated in a triax ia l cell under a backpressure of SO kPa and cell
pressure of 1SO kPa. The drainage valve was then closed and the cell pressure was increased
to 200 kPa when the pore pressure increased to 98 kPa. What is Skemptods B-parameter?
The above sample was then subjected to a vertical deviator stress, which was increased
from zero under undrained conditions. The sample failed when the pore water pressure
was 160 kPa and the deviator stress was 70 kPa . What is Skempton's A-parameter at failure?
Assuming the clay is normally consolidated, fi nd the friction angle in terms of effect ive
stresses.
Answer: 0.96; 0.92, 27.8

12. A consolidated, undrained tri axial test was carried out on a 73.0 mm diameter and 146.6
mm-long decomposed granodiorite sample at an initial water content of 26%. The sample
was obtained from Palme rston Highway, North Queensland, Australia, to back-analyze a
slope failure, and was initially consolidated under a cell pressure of 200 kPa and backpres-
sure of 150 kPa. The drainage valve was dosed and the cell pressure was increased to 254 kPa
when the pore water pressure increased to 182 kPa. Find Skempton's B-parameter. The nature
of the soil sample is such that it was not possible to achieve a higher B value. The drainage
valve was opened and the sample was consol idated furthe r under the cell pressure of 254 kPa
and backpressure of 1SO kPa. At the end of consolidation, the drainage valve was dosed,
locking in the backpressure in preparation for the undrained loading. The axial strain 8,
additional vertical stress applied to the samp le under undrained cond itions .dO', and the pore
water pressure u measured during the lesl are summarized in the table on page 221:
a. Plot the total and effective stress paths
b. Plot.6.a and pore water pressure agains l lhe axial strai n on the same plot
c. Find the peak and residua l shear st resses al failure, and the correspondi ng values
of AI
Ans wer; 0.59; 133 kPa, 11 7 kPa; 0.06, - 0.09
Shear Strength 221

c (%) D. u (kF'a) u (kPa)


0 2 155
0.4 10 155
0.5 24 157
22 161
1.5 51 165
2 70 175
2.5 100 185
3 121 191
3.5 145 195
4 166 197
4.5 186 197
5 200 197
5.5 215 195
6 227 193
65 236 190
7 243 187
7.5 249 184
85 256 179
9.5 264 170
10.5 266 165
12.5 264 158
14.5 259 152
16.5 253 149
18.5 248 145
20.5 242 143
22.5 233 142

13. A d irect shear test was carried out on a sand sample under normal stress of 450 kPa. The
shear stress al fa il ure was 310 kPa. Assuming that the fa ilure plane was horizontal, d raw
a Mohr circle and find the prin cipal stresses and th e orientation s of the major and minor
principal planes.
Answer: 34.6; 1040 kPa, 287 kPa; il/clined at 117.7 and 27.JD respectively to horizontal

q. .
14. The following test data were obtained from three consolidated, undrained triaxial
tests on a satu rated clay with no backpressure:
Confining cell pressure, (1, (kPa) lOll 200 300
';' ..
Deviator stress at fail ure, .6.aj (kPa) 146 191 239 ..
Pore water pressure at fa ilure, Uj (kPa) 56 133 176
222 Geotechnical Engineering

a. Plot the stress pOints at failure and determine the shear strength panlmeters c' and
'" ' .
b. Compute Skempton's A-parameters at failure for all three samples. \Nhy are they
different?
c. Is the clay normally consolidated or overconsol idated?
d. Three fu rther samples of the same clay, A, B, and C, are consolidated under a
confining pressure of 150 kPa with no backpressure. Sample A is sheared slowly
under drained conditions with the drainage valve open to ensure there is no pore
water pressure building up. Sample B was sheared quickly under undrained cond i-
tions with the drainage valve closed. In the case of Sample C, the drainage valve
was dosed and the confining pressure was increased to 250 kPa. Then the deviator
stress was quickly applied to failure under und rained conditions. Find the deviator
stress at failure for all three samples. Assume an appropriate value of A/ for samples
Band C.
Answer: 42 kPa, 19"; 0.38, 0.70 and 0.74; OC; 263 kPa, 173 kPa, 173 kPa

15. The state of st ress at a point within a saturated clay is given as: (T,{j = 140 kPa, (TIrO = 100

Q
kPa, U o = 40 kPa. Skempton's A and B parameters for this day are 0,5 and I respectively.
Shear strength parameters are: c' = 0 and ' = 26,
'," ' . ';' a. Calculate the init ial values So' s~, and to and show the total and effect ive stress
". ", ' pOin ts, along with the fa il ure envelope on s-s' -/ plane (see Vlorked Example 5).
b, When the fo ll owing stress changes take place at this point under undrained condi-
tions, calculate the changes in 5, 5', and t.
i. Both O'y and O'h increased by 10 kPa.
ii. O'v increased by 10 kPa and 0'" remained th e same.
iii. O'h decreased by 10 kPa and O'y remained the same.
c. From the above values from (b), plot the stress points for the t hree situations. As-
suming the loading continues with further increments, draw t he stress paths in
terms of total and effective stresses.
d. Determine the maximum shear stress and the corresponding pore water pressure in
the soil element at fail ure for scenarios (ii) and (iii).
e. Disc uss the stress paths for loading scenario 0).
Answer: (a) 120 kPa, 80 kPa, 20 kPa; (b) 10 kPa, 0, 0; 5 kPa, 0, 5 kPa; - 5 kPa, 0, 5 kPa (d) 35 kPa,
25 kPa; 35 kPa, 55 kPa
Shea r Strength 223

16. The state of stress at a point within a saturated clay is given as: O"l :; 140 kPa, 0"110 = 100 ~
kPa, Uo = 40 kPa. Skempton's A and B parameters for this day are 0.5 and 1 respectively. .
Shear strength parameters are: c' = 0 and </>' = 26<>. ".
a. Calculate the initial values So' s ~, and to. Show the total and effective stress . ~:. ' .. '
points along with the failure envelope on s-s' -t plane (see Worked Example 5). .
b. When the following stress changes take place at thi s point under drained conditions,
calculate the changes in s, 5', and t.
i. Both U y and Uh increased by 10 kPa.
ii. U y increased by 10 kPa and O"h remained the same.
iii. 0"/1 decreased by 10 kPa and U v remained the same.
c. In which of the above scenarios will th,ere be no failure?
d. In scenario (iii), what would be the vertical and horizontal stresses at failure?
Answer: (a) 120 kPa, 80 kPa, 20 kPa; (b) 10 kPa, 0, /0 kPa; 5 kPa, 5 kPa, 5 kPa; - 5 kPa, 5 kPa,
- 5 kPa; (c) seel/ariu (i); (d) 140 kPa, 79 kPa
224 Geotechnical Engineering

Quiz 5. Shem Strength

Duration: 20 m inu tes

1. In a d irect shea r test on a sandy soi l, the shear load at failu re was 135 N when the
normal load was 190 N. What is the friction angle of the sand ?
(1 point)

2. In a consolidated, drained triaxial test on a sa ndy soil, the principal stress difference
at fai lure was twice the confining pressure. What is the effective fr iction angle?
(2 poi nts)

3. An un co nsol idated, undrained triaxial test was carried out on three clay samples
fro m a homogeneous, saturated clay at confini ng pressures of 100 kPa. 200 kPa, and
300 kPa. In all three cases, an additional verti cal stress of 110 kPa was required to
fail the samples. suggesting that <Pu :::: 0 and cu :::: 55 kPa. If it is known that the clay
has c' = 15 kPa and <p' = 25, what would be the pore water pressures at failure fo r
the above three samples?
(7 points)

ThiS book has free material available for download from the
Web Added Value ' M resource center at www.jrosspub.com
Lateral Earth Pressures 10
10.1 INTRODUCTION
Pressure at a point within a liquid is the same in aU directions (e.g., pore water pressure). Due
to fr iction between the grains, this is not the case in soiJs where normal stress varies with direc-
tion. The lateral earth pressure can be quite different from the verrical normal stress that we
h.we been calculating in the previous chapters.
Very oft en in geotechn ical engi neering, we encounter problems that require the compu-
tation of the latera l loadings on structures such as retaining walls, braced excavations, sheet
piles. basemen t walls, etc. Now that we know h ow to compute the vertical stresses at a point
within the soil mass- including the vertica l stress increases caused by various loadi ngs-it is
time to look at the horizontal loadings. Figure to. 1 shows examples of a few typical geotcch .
nical applications where it is required to know the horizontal loadi ng. Figure 1O. l a shows
a concrete canti levered retaining wall that prevents the soil on the right from entering the
highway; to assess th e retaining wall's stability, it is necessary to know the horizontal load
ings on both sides. Figure 10.1 b shows a cantil(!vered sheet pile that su pports the walls of the
excavation. Sheet piles are sheets of concrete, timber, or steel that interlock and arc driven
into the grou nd to form a conti nuous wall. To ensure the excavatio n's stability, it is required
to know the horizontal earth prl!ssures on both sides of the sheet pile. When excavating nar
row trenches fo r the purposes of laying pipelines etc., the excavation wall s are supported with
timber or steel sheets and horizo ntal struts as shown in Figure I O.Ie. A good understanding
of the horizontal earth pressures is necessar y for computing the loadings on the struts and for
designing the braCing system.
The focus of this chapter is to determi ne the horizontal normal stresses and their va ria -
tions wi th depth under special circumstances. Th e total and effective horizontal stresses are
denoted by (Jh and (1" " respectively. The th ree special circumstances are at-rest state, active
sta te, and passive state. The state of at-rest is ver y st able. whereas the active and passive states
occur when th e soi l fail s. We ge nerally force 1110st of ollr geotechn ical problems into one of
these three situations, which are typically eas ier to solve. There are no simple analytical solu-
tions to the problem when it lies outside these three states.

225
226 Geotechnical Engineering

Ground level
Ground level Ground level
~
Sirul

Excavation
level

"
.'. .... .

(.)
Shool pile

(b)
Excavalion level

(e)

Figure 10.1 Geotechnical applications: (a) c antilevered retaining wall


(b) cantilevered sheet pile (c) braced excavEltion

10.2 AT-REST STATE


Figure 10.2a shows a homogeneous soil mass where A, B, and C are th ree points that show the
vertical and horizontal effective stresses. It is int eresting to note that the ratio of fj'h to fj 'v is the
same at all three points. This ratio, known as the coefficient of earth pressure at rest Ko> is a
unique constant for the homogeneous soil mass. When the soil is at-rest, there are no horizontal
strain s or deform ations, the main criterion defin ing an at-rest situation. An at- rest state is also
known as a Ko-state or Ko-condition. The Mohr circles representing the states of stresses at the
three points are shown in Figure IO.2b where the circles lie 'well below the fa ilure envelope. In
sat urated soils, in the presence of pore water pressure where the total and effective stresses are
different, (fh/ (f v is not a constant. Figure 1O.2c shows a soil profile that consists of three differ-
ent soils with their specific values of Ko. One-dimensional consoli dation in an oedometer takes
place under Ko condition-any strai n is only vertical.
Ko is a very useful parameter in geotechnical engineering computations. It can be measured
in a special triaxial apparatus where (1'1, and (f ',. are increased such that there is no lateral strain on
the sample during consolidation. Such consolidation, different than the isotropic consolidation
discussed in Chapter 9, is known as Ko-consolidation . Ko-consolidation is more realistic than the
isotropic consolidation in representing the in situ state of stress. In the field, Ko can be measured
by a pressuremeter, dilatometer, or Ko stepped blade test, which will be discussed in Chapter 1t.
Nevertheless, these tests are often costly for the client, and are not always justified. Generally, Ko
is estimated usi ng empirical correlations, which a.re discussed below; these estimates literally cost
nothing. If we assume that soil is a perfectly elastic isotropic continuum, it can be shown that
v
K 0 -- . - (10 .1)
1- v
Latera l Eorth Pressures 227

GL

"
(a) (b)
GL

Soil 1 (Ko = 0.48)

(e)

Figure 10.2 At-rest state: (a) stresses at different points (b) Mohr circles (e) Ko for
different soils

where v is the Poisson's ratio of the soil. There are few empirical correlalions for estimati ng Ko-
The most popular of these is the one proposed by Jaky (1948) for normally consolidated clays
and sands, shown as:
Ko = 1 - sin rp ' (IU.2)

where cp' is the effective fr iction angle. For normally consolidated clays, Massarsch (1979)
showed that:
Ko ~ 0.44 + 0.0042 PI (10,3)
228 Geotechnical Engineering

For normally consolidated days, Alpan (1967) suggested that:

K, = 0.19 + 0.233 log PI (lOA)

The above equations show that typical values of Ko for normally consolidated soils are in the
range o(OA to 0.6. For overconsolidated soils, it can exceed I (i.e., 0' h > 0'.), and can be as high
as 3 for heavily ovcrconsolidated clays. For overconsolidated soils:

(10.5)

Mayne a nd Kulhawy (1982) suggested that m = sin cp'. Eurocode 7 (ECS 1997) suggests that
m = 0.5 if the OC R is not very large.

Example 10.1: In a normally consolidated sandy clay deposit, the water table lies at a depth of
4 m. The bulk and saturated unit weights or the soil are 17.0 kN/m 3 and 18.5 kN/m' respec-
tively. The effective friction angle of the soil is k nown as 25" from a consolidated, drained
triaxial test. Find the total horizontal stress a.t JO m depth.

Solution:
' = 25" ----) Ko = I - sin 25 = 0.58
At 10 III depth:
a'v = 4 X 17.0 + 6 X (l8.5 - 9.81) := 120.1 kPa; u = 6 X 9.81 = 58.9 kPa
: .O'h= ~ u t = 0.58 X 120.1 = 69.7 kPa
ah = a'h + U = 69.7 + 58.9 = 128.6 kPa

Example 10.2: A rigid basement wall retains 6 m of backfill as shown below. The Ko values orlhe
sand and clay are 0.45 and 0.56 respectively. Assuming the enti re soil mass is in .f<o-state, draw
the lateral pressure distribution with depth and determine the magn itude and location of the
resultant thrust on the wall.

Solution: Let's compute the values of (1' h' u, and 01', at z = 0,2 m, 3 m, and 6 m depth where z is mea-
sured from the ground level.
Mz = O,~ = O,u = ~~ = O,mdo ~ = O

Atz = 2m:
a'v = 2 X 16.5 = 33.0 kPa
U'h = K" 1.1'. = 0.45 x 33.0 = 14.9 kPa
u = 0 ----) Uh = a'h + u = 14.9 kPa
Continues
Lateral Earth Pressure s 229

Example 10.2: Continued

0'. (kPa) u(kPa) o. (kPa)


o 25 50 o 25 50 o 25 50

At z= 3 m (in sand ):
a~ = 2 X 16.5 + 1 X (18 -
9.8 1) = 41.2 kPa
= =
a'h Ko a'. 0045 X 41.2 = 18.5 kPa, and
u = 1 X 9.81 = 9.8 k Pa
:. a k = a'" + u = 28.3 k Pa
Atz = 3m (in day) :
a'. = 4 1.2 kPa
a'~ = Ko a'. = 0.56 X 41 .2 = 23. 1 kPa, and
u = 9.8 kPa
0h = a ' h + u = 32.9 k Pa

At z = 6 m (inday):
a'. = 2 X 16 .5 + 1 X ( 18 - 9.81) + 3 X (18.5 - 9.81) = 67.3 kPa
a 'h = Ko a'. = 0. 56 X 67.3 = 37.7 ,kPa, and Continues
230 Geotechnica l Engineering

Example 10.2: Continued

u = 39.2 kPa ~
Uk= U'k + u = 76.9 kPa
These values are summarized:
U'I, (kPa) u (kPa) Uh (kPa)
z= o 0 0 0
z = 2m 14.9 0 14.9
z = 3 m (sand) 18.5 9.8 28.3
z=3 m (clay) 23.1 9.8 32.9
z = 6m 37.7 39.2 76.9
The variations of U'h' u, and Uh against depth are shown on the previous page.
The Uh = zplot is divided into the triangles and rectangles above. The horizontal load contribu~
tions from each area (per m width), and the distances of these loads above the bottom of the
wall are sum marized:
Zone Horizontal load (kN/m) Height (m) Moment (kN-m/m)
I 0.5 X 14.9 X 2 = 14.9 4.67 69.6
2 14.9 X 1 = 14.9 3.50 52.2
3 0.5 X 13.4X I = 6.7 3.33 22.3
4 32.9 X 3 = 98.7 1.50 148. 1
5 0.5 X 44 X3=66.0 2.00 132.0
Total 201.2 424.2
:. The magnitude of the horizontal load (including the water thrust) is 20 l.2 ki'1l m acting at a
height of2. 11 m ( = 424.2/201.2 ) above the b4)ttom of the wall.

10,3 RANKINE'S EARTH PRESSURElHEORY


The theories of Rankine ( 1857) an d Coulomb (1 "176) are two earth pressure theories that we will
study in th is chapter. These theories are often referred to as the classical earth pressure theories.
Rankine's theory is Simpler and therefore more popul ar for computi ng earth pressu res behind
retaining walls, basement walls, sheet piles, and braced excavations. This theo ry assumes that
the wall is smooth and vertical with no adhesion or fric tion along the soi l-wall interface. Co n-
sequently, there is no shear stress along the wall when the soil slides along the wall at fa ilure. In
the absence of shear stresses along the wall , u'v and U'h are principal stresses (provided the wall
is vertical) as shown in Figure 10.3a.
The smooth, ve rtical wall shown in Figure I 0.3a su pports an excavation. As the excavation
proceeds, the wall slowly deflec ts toward the left , moving away from the soil on th e right, and
laterat Earth Pressures 231

toward the soil on the left, belo w the excavation level. The wall movement leads to a reduction
in a'" within the soil mass on the right, and an inc rease in U'l! within the soil mass on the left.
a ~ remains the same during the wall movement. When the ho rizontal movement of the wall
becomes large, fa ilure takes place with in the soil mass on both sides of the wall due to different
mechanisms. We wi ll discuss them separately.

10.3.1 Aclive SIale


Figure 10.3b shows a smooth, vertical wall retai ning a granular backfill of, unit weight. There
are no latera l st rains, and hence th e soH is init ially in at-rest state with a'>(I = )'Z and l7'iI(J = Ko )'z,
represented by the dashed Mohr ci rcle as shown . When the wall moves away from the soil. o ~
remains the same ( = ),z) but O'I! decreases, and the Mohr circle becomes larger until it touches
the fa ilure envelope whe re fa ilure takes place. We consider this the insta nt that the soil reaches
active state. The effective horizon tal stress in th.is new active state is known as the active earth
pressure U'h From the Mohr circle, AP = ();~()i-.. and AO = ()~ ~()i... . Therefore:

(10.6)
. 0 ""
' =KAO'

where KA = (:=::::)
= tan !(45 - q,'12), known as Rankille's coefficient of active eartll pressure. In the
case of cohesive soils, because of the cohesion intercept on the 7-axis, Equation 10.6 becomes:

(10.7)

The horizontal and vertical planes on th e Mohr circle are shown along with the val ues of a'.
and O 'h. in Figure I O. 3b. The fa il ure plane is represented by point P on the Mohr circle. It can be
deduced that the failure plane is inclined at 45 + cp'/2 degrees to horizo ntal.

10.3.2 Passive SIale


As in the previous case, for the situation shown in Figure 10.3c, the so il is ini tia lly under no
lateral strains. and hence is in at-rest state with 0:0 = 'z and o ~ = Ko 'Z, represented by the
dashed Mohr ci rcle. When the wall moves toward the soil (i.e., due to active ea rth pressure o n
the right side), a ~ remains the sa me ( = 'z), but a;' increases. and the Mohr circle becomes a
point the instant they become equal. From this point forward, (J' ~ exceeds 0:,
and the Moh r
c ircl e co nt inues to ex pand until the fa ilure envdope is touched; the soil is now considered in
a passive state. Th e effective horizontal stress in the passive state is know n as the passive earth
pressure 11 ~. From the Mohr circle at the passive slale (Figure lO.3c):
, ,
AP = _O",hp,--_O,-
'
a;. T- o ~
and AO = ...::r.P_ , -
2 2
232 Geotechnical Engineering

GL
Figure 10.3 (a) lateral movement of a
smooth wall (b) when the wall moves
away from the soil (c) when r.. o
the wall moves toward the soil
Smooth wall
'"" "
r, , 0
+f'
Excavation lev,al

~ ' ",oH "o


---...p 0.

lal
GL

,
(I'. ="(z
,

+ 0
0'
' o, A
~

(I'hO
" "
i
1'1
Excavation level

,
,

+.
(1'. '" "(Z

'p',"
., t
0 A
" h" ~ a'"O
"

1'1
Lateral Earth Pressures 233

Therefore:
, ,
. I AP _""hp,--_U-,-'
S lll ~ = -=
AD U hp +U~

...u'hp := KpU'v (10.8)

where Kp = C~::~ :; ) = tan 2 ( 45+1>72), known as Rankille's coefficiellt of passive earth pressure. In
cohesive soils, Equation 10.8 becomes:
( 10.9)

The horizontal and vertical planes are shown along wilh the values of a' ~ and a '~p on the Mohr
circle in Figure 10.3c. 'fhe fa ilure plane is represented by point P on the Mohr circle. It can be
deduced that the failure plane is inclined at 45 .- rp' /2 degrees to horizontal.
The passive state occurs when the soil is laterally compressed to failure. The active state oc-
curs when the soil is allowed to laterally expand to failure from the initial at-rest state. The ac-
tive state occurs at every point within the soil mass to the right of the wall, and the passive state
occurs at every point within the soil mass to the left of the wall, with the failure planes oriented
at 45 + ~ '/ 2 and 45 - ~ ' 12 degrees respectively to hori zontal as shown in Figure lO.4a.
When the wall moves away from the soil, C1'" decreases from the initial va lue of a'hO (= Koa '.)
to 0'"" (= K/lC1'.) at the active state, as shown in Figure lO.4b. When the wall moves towa rd the
soil, a'h increases from the initial value of a 'ltO ( = Koa'.) to U'hp ( = K"a'v ) at the passive state, as
shown in Figure WAc. The active and passive earth pressures are the lower and upperbound
values for the ea rth pressure at a point within the soil mass. This applies to any loading situation.
The lateral movement requ ired to fully mobilize the active (A active) or pass ive (a passive) state
depends on the soi l condition. These values are typically 0.1-2.0% of the wall height. The values
are significantly less for the active state than the values for the passive state. In other words, the
act ive state must be fu lly mobilized before the passive state. The weaker the soil, the larger the
horizontal movement required to mobil ize act ive and passive states. The late ral displacement
can take place due to translational movement of the wall or rotation around the top or bottom
of the wall. The passive ea rth pressure coefficient is un order of magnitude greater than the ac-
tive earth pressure coefficient. For example. when~ ' = 30, KII = 0.333, Ko = 0.5. and Kp = 3.

10.3.3 Lateral Pressure Distributions i'n Active and Passive States


The lateral ea rlh pressure distributions on both s ides of a smooth wall are shown in figure 1O.5a
for a granular soil and Figure 10.5b for a cohesive soil. lbe heights of the retained soil are H on
the right and h on the left. The entire soil masses on the right and left are assumed active and
passive respectively. The unit weight of the soi l is 'Y. In granular soil, u'"" = K/lo'. = K/I'Yz. where
Z is the depth below the grou nd level. Therefore, the latera l pressure distribution is linear on
both sides of the wall as shown in Figure 10.5a, wit h values of K",yH and K,''Yh at the bottom.
234 Geotechnical Engineering

GL

SmooTh wall

'-.. ".

-
Act ive state
Kou'v
Acllve slale
8.= 45+ ';"12
8p : 45 -o'l2 XX
8. 9.
KAu'.

0
'- "
Horizontal movement
Failure plane
(bJ

,,. Passive slate

K'p'.
'"
K,u',

'- "
0 Horizontal movement

(oj (oj

Figur e 10.4 (a) failure planes (b) u '~ variation w hile wall moves away from the soil (e) u'~
variation while wall moves toward the soil

The resultant active Pi\ and pass ive Ppthrusts on the wall are the areas of the pressure diagrams,
given by:

I , ,
PA =- K Ay H (10, 10)
2
and

I 1
PI' = - K pyh (1 0,11 )
2

which act at heights of HI3 and hl3 respectively fro m the botto m of th e wall .
(J'h in cohesive soils is give n by Equation s 10 .7 and 10.9 in active and passive stales respec+

tively. The variations of O'h with depth are shown in Figure lO.5b. For cohesive soils in the active
state, the soil is in tension up to a depth of Zo- At the ground level (z = 0), the values of a'A in
the active and passive states are - 2c'v'Ki\ and 2c' v' Kp respectively. In granula r soils, they were
zero. In the viewpoi nt of a designer, active thrust is a load and passive thrust is a resistance.
Lateral Earth Pressures 235

GL

Tension

H Compression H

(a) (b)

Figure 10.5 l ateral earth pressure distributions: (a) in granular soils (b) in cohesive soils

Theoretically, the tensile st resses near the ground on the right work in favo r of the designer, thus
reduci ng the resultant thrust and improving the stability. In reality, tensile cracks are likely to
develop up to a depth of zoowith little contact between the wall an d the so il in Ihi s zone. There-
fo re, it is unwise to rely on these tensile stresses. It is a good practice to neglect the tensile zone
and to conservatively estimate the resultant active thrust as O.5K,{y( H - ZO)2, TIle depth Zo can
be calculated as 2e' 1(,,( VK,,). For clays in undrained situations, c" and <Pu = 0 should be used in
Eq uations 10.7 and 10.9, wit h KA = Kp = 1. The dept h Zo becomes 2cJ y.

10.3.4 Inclined Granular Backfills


Until now, we were looking at smooth , vertica l walls retaining granular and cohesive backfills
where the ground level was horizontal. Let's have a briefl ook at smooth, ve rtical walls retain ing
gran ular backfill s where the ground is inclined at (3 to horizontal as shown in Figure 10.6.
l ne pressure on the wall at depth z from the top. ac ti ng parallel to the slope (Le., incl ined
at (3 to horizontal), is Kllyz in the active state (to the right of the wall in Figure 10.6) and Kpyz
in the passive state. However, the coefficients KA and Kp are now di ffe rent. From Mohr circles,
they are given by:

(10. 12)
236 Geotechnical Engineering

Gl

h
P,

K,:t h

Figure 10.6 Inclined granular backfills

2 2
Q cos""" JCOS " - COS f:jJ'
KP = COS '-' (10.13)
2 2
COS" - JCOS {3 - COS '
The resultant active and passive thrusts arc given by 0.5 K,,:yH2 and 0.5 K,tyll . When {3 = 0.
Equations lU. 12 and 10.13 are the same as the Rankine's coefficients of earth pressure with hori-
zontal backfills. When " =1= 0 (Le., cohesive soil s), the above equations cannot be appl ied. For a
specific friction angle. K... increases with {3, and K" decreases with (3.

10.3.5 Effect of Uniform Surcharge


When the lateral earth pressure distributions arc co mputed on the active and passive sides,
sometimes it may be required to assess the effects of having some surcharge at the ground level.
A dose look at Equat ion s 10.7 and 10.9 shows thai the surcharge q at the ground level, spread
O\'ef a large lateral extent, would increase u ~ at any depth by q, and hence inc rease U'h at any
depth by K q, where K can be K,t> Ko. or Kp, depending on the situation.
Latera! Earth Pressures 237

Example 10.3: A 6 m-high smooth, vertical wall retains 4 m of sandy backfill underlain by
2 m of clayey gravel. The entire soil mass is in the active slate. '...nd = 34 0 ; 'doyq ",oti = 31 0 ;
and C" '!OYCY Mrow:l = 5 kPa. If a uniform ~urch arge of25 kPa is placed at the ground level on top of
the retained soil mass, what would be the magnitude, direction, and location of the additional
horizontal thrust due to this surcharge?

Solution: KA . aand= tan ,(45 - 234) =0 . 283;K A.cl.~~= tan ,(45 - 231)= 0.320
The distribution of additional (T'h, caused by the surcharge, is shown:

:~5 kPa

++++ +++t t t
7.08 kPa
4m

The resultant thrust, PA = 4 X 7.08 + 2 X 8.00 = 44.32 kN per m width, acting at a height of
y, given by:
(4 x 7.08x 4)+(2x:8.00x I)
y= 2.917m
44.32

10.4 COULOMB' S EARTH PRESSURE THEORY


Coulomb's (1776) limit equilibriu m theory was proposed abou t 80 years before Rankine's, and
is a little more complex. The assumptions are closer to reality, however. For example, Coulomb's
theory d oes not assume a smooth waU and allows for friction and adhesion along the walL It
does not require that the wall be vertical. It assumes that the wall moves laterally to allow failure
to take place along a plane passing through the toe of the wall (see Figure 10.7). Here, the soil
wedge trapped between the retaining wall and the fai lure pla ne slides downward along the fail-
ure p lane in the active state and upward along the fa ilu re plane in the passive state. A graphical
procedure (discussed on page 238) i~ required for computing the ac tive and passive earth pres-
sures when the ground surface is irregular.
238 Geotechnical Engineering

,
", p,
Force triangle (Passive) "
w,

Force triangle
A
(Aclive)

Figure 10.7 Coulomb's failure theory in gralnular soils

Figure 10.7 shows a gravity retaining wall v'lith granular soils on both sides-right in the ac-
tive state and left in the passive state. In active state, failure takes place when the soil wedge ABC
slides along the failure plane AC inclined at (JA 1:0 horizontal. 111e exact inclination of the failure
plane is not known. We will assume a series of values for (JM and will carry out a lrial -and-
error process. For any assumed value of (J I\> the soi l wedge is in equilibrium under three forces:
self-weight of the wedge W.." known in magnitude and di rection; active thrust PIo.' known in
direction but not the magn itude; and reaction on the failure plane Rio.' known in direction, but
not the magnitude. We can deduce from Chapter 9 that the reaction Rio. would be inclined at
an angle of cp' to the normal to the failure plani~. This is true on a soil -soil interface such asAC
When a soil mass slides along another material surface such as AB. this angle wou ld be less, and
is known as the angle of wall friction, denoted by O. This angle of wall frict ion depends on the
friction angle of the soil and the surface characteristics of the material. It can be determined
from a direct shear test. For a soil -concrete in terface, b can be taken as 0.5- 0.8 cp', with %cp'
being a popular choice. 011>' is generally higher for concrete than it is for steel. The lower end of
the range applies when so il is in contact with timber, steel. and precast concrete, and the upper
end applies to cast-in -place concrete where the interface is relatively rough. Theoretically, 0 s b
s ', with b = 0 for very smooth walls and b =: 1>' for very rough walls.
The active thrust p. . for the assumed value of (J" can be determined by drawi ng a force tri-
angle as shown in Figure 10.7. This can be repeated for several values of 0", against which the
computed values of P" can be plotted. The highest value of P" is taken as the resultant active
thru st on the wall.
The graphical procedure discussed above is quite similar for the passive side as well. When
the computed values of PI' are plotted against the assumed values of 0,,> the lowest value of P" is
taken as the resultant passive thrust on the wall. Remember, active thrust is a load and passive
thrust is a resistance. Therefore, taking the maximum value for P" and the minimum value for
Pp makes sense.
Lateral Earth Pressures 239

When the g round surface is inclined at (3 to horizontal on the active side, the resultant ac+
tive thrust PAcan be shown to be 0.5 KA'YH2, wh ere KA is given by:

sin("A -c4>')/sin"A J' ( 10. 14)


K, ~ [
)sin(", -0)+ [sin(<I>'+o)sin(</>' (3)
V- sm(a A + (3)

For a A = 90,0 = 0, {3 = 0, K. . reduces to what is given by Rankine's theory for vertical walls
with horizontal backfills. Coulomb's theory does not give the location of the active thrust PA We
can assum e it is acti ng at a height of H/3 from Ih e bOllom of the wall. inclined at 0 to the normal
to the wall -soil interface as shown in the figure.
The passive thrust PI' can be written as 0.5 K I>"(h 2 , where h is the height of point E from the
bottom, and Kp is given by:

sin("p--4>')/sin "p J' (10. 15)


Kp ~ ( )sin(", +0) _ l!;in(4)'+o)sin(4>' + (3)
f sm(a p +{3)

(3 is the inclination of the ground level on the passive side. For a i' = 90,0 = 0, (3 = 0, K" reduces
1'0 wha t is given by Rankine's theory for vertical wall s with horizontal backfills.
Allowing friction along the soil -wall interface leads 10 a reduction in P/1 and an increase in
Ppfrom what is expected when the wall is smooth . Tn reality, the failure planes (or more appro-
priately, surfaces) are curved near the bottom of the wall, which leads to a slight underestima -
tion of the active thrust. The e rror is more Sign ificant on the passive side, especially when (, >
' /3, grossly overest imating the passive thrust. More realistic estimates of PI' can be obtained by
neglecting the wall friction (I.e., (, = 0) or by using Rankine's theory.
In granular soils, the soil wedges in both active and passive states are in equilibrium under
three forces. In cohesive soils, it is necessary to include the cohesive resistance along the fail ure
plane within the soil (AC o r DF) and the adhesive resistallce along the wall-soil interface (AB or
DE). For both forces. the magnitudes and directions are known, and hence the force polygon
ca n be drawn . The cohesive resistance is the producl of the length of the failure plane (Ae or
DF) and cohesion . The adhesive resistance is the product of the le ngth of the wall -soil contact
plane (AB and DE) and adhesion. We defined the angle of wall friction (, as a fraction of '. A
similar definition is applicable for adhesion. It can be defined as a fraction of cohesion. typically
0.5- 0.7, where the fraction depe nds on rhe conran su rface and whether the soil is in the active
or passive state.
240 Geotechnical Engineering

~
Reminder .:. Ko is defined in terms of effective stresses; (Jh1a. is not a constant .
:. Ko = 1 - sin ' in normally consolidated clays and sands; it
increases with the OC R.
.:. Rankine's theory assumes that the wall is vertic<ll and smooth.
Coulomb's theory allows the wall to be inclined a nd frict ion and/or
adhesion along the soil-wall interface.
:. Rankine: ~or a smooth, vert ical wall against a horizontal backfill ,
at" = KAa: - 2c'.JK: and (1~p = K pa: + 2c' jK;; fa ilure planes are
inclined at 45 + ' /2 to horizontal in the active state and 45 -- ' /2
to horizontal in .the passive slate. K A = ( ::::~:: ) = tan 2 (45 - ' 12 )
and KI' = C:::~: ) = tan {45-41' 12 ) . Use Equations 10. 12 and 10.13
2

for K", and Kpof inclined granular backfills.


:. Coulomb's theory overestimates passive resistance significantly
when 0 > '/3. Rankine's theo ry is better for passive resistance, or
you can assume 0 = O.

WORKED EXAMPLES
I. The soil profile shown in the figure on page 241 consists of a 6 m-th ick sand layer under-
lain by saturated clay where the watcr table lies 2 m below the ground level. The e ntire
soil mass is ret ained by a concrete retaining wall and is in th e active sla te. Find the total
horizontal earth pressu res at A, 8, a nd C.

Solution :

For sand , K A = tan 2 (45 - 3 4 ) = 0.283


2

For clay, KA= tan2 ( 4s - 225)=OA06

Atk
0"'.= I X 17 = 17kPa
O"'h = K", 0"'.=0.283 X 17 = 4.81 kPa, a n d fI =0
:.O"h = O"'h + u = 4.81 = 4.8 kPa
Lateral Earth Pressures 241

S;and (.p'= 34)


l'm = 17 kNlm3; 1'.., = 20 kNfml
4m

a', ~
2 X 17+ 3 X (20 -- 9.8 1) - 64.6 kPa
(1'" = K. . (f'v = 0.283 X 64.6 = 18.3 kPa
u = 3 X 9.81 = 29.4kPa
:. a" = (f'n + u = 18.3 + 29.4 = 47.7 kPa

At e
a', ~ 2 X 17+ 4 X (20 - 9.81) + 2 >( (19 - 9.8 1) ~ 93.1 kPa
(f lh = K... (f'y - 2c'v'KA = 0.406 X 93 ..1 - 2 X 20 X \10.406 = 12.3 kPa
u = 6 X 9.8 1 = 58.9 kPa ---,) a" = 12.3 + 58.9 = 71.2 kPa
2. A smooth retaining wall with 2 m of embedment in the clayey sand retains a 6 m-high
sandy backfill as shown in part (a) of the figu re on page 2-12. Assuming that the enti re soil
mass on the right side of the wall is in the active state and the soil on the left is in the pas-
sive state, compute the active and passive thrusts on the wall.
Solution:

K .... ,,,and = tan 2(45- 33 ) = 0.295


2
KA ,claycysand 25)=0.406
= tan 2(45- 2

K p.dayey>and
' 25) =2.46
=tan (,45+
2

2
Let's calculate (f'h values on the right (active) side.
242 Geotechnical Engineering

Gl

6m Sand
4>' = 33, 'YO' = 17 kN/m 3

(a)

o~ (kPa)
Gl

Sao'

Cla~sand

(b)

Top of sand: a'il = 0


Just above the wate r table: a'h = 0.295 X 6 X 17.0 = 30.1 kPa
Just below the water table:
a'h = K... a'" - 2c'YK...
~ 0.406 X 6 X 17 - 2 X (5 X V' 0.406 ~ 22.3 kPa
At 2 m into th e clayey sand:
a'n = KA - 2c'VKA
~ 0.406 X [6 X 17+ 2 X (20 - 9.81)[ - 2 X 15 X '10.406
= 30.6 kPa
Lateral Earth Pressures 243

Now, let's calculate a' h values on the left (passive) side.


Top of clayey sand:
a'h = Kl' u', + 2c'VKI' = 2 X 15 X V 0.406 = 19. 1 kPa
At 2 m into clayey sand:
a'h =K" o'v+ 2c'VKp
= 2.46 X 2 X (20 - 9.81) + 2 X 15 X Y 0.406 = 69.2 kPa
'fhese values of (7'" are plotted with depth as shown in part (b) in the figure on page 242.
Hori zontal
Zone load (kN /m) Heigh t (m) Momenl (kN-m/m)
0.5 x 30. 1 X 6 = 90.3 4.0 361.2
2 22.3 X 2 = 11.6 1.0 44.6
3 0.5 X 8.3 X 2 = 8.3 0.667 5.5
4 19.1 X 2 = 38.2 1.0 38.2
5 0.5 X 50.1 X 2 = 50.1 0.667 33.4
P, = 90.3 + 44.6 + 8.3 = 143.2 kN
P, = 38.2 + 50.1 = 88.3 kN
(361.2 + 44.6+ 5.5)
p. . acts at a height of = 2.87 m above the bottom of the wal l.
143.2
(38.2+ 33.4)
Ppacts at a height of =0.81 m a.bove the bottom of th e wall .
88.3
In addition to p. . and P I'> there is also the water thrust on the wall due to the pore water
pressure, which is the same on both sides.
3. A vertical wall retains a granular backfill where the inclination of the ground level to hori-
zontal is expected to be within 20. Carry out a quantitative assessment of the possible
earth pressures, assuming the backfill is in the active state, using Rankine's and Coulomb's
lateral earth pressure theor ies.
Solution: In both Coulomb's and Rankines earth pressure theories, the magnitude of the
resultant active thrust P,.. is given by 0.5 K. . 'YH2. II acts at HI3 from the bottom of the
wall with inclination of {3 to horizontal according to Rankine's theory and b to bori-
zon tal according to Coulomb's theory. Let's investigate tbe K. . values.
244 Geotechnical Engineering

The problem below shows the plo t of KAv(~rs u s ' for different values of {3 based on Ran -
kine's tbeory (Equation 10.12) and Coulomb's theory (Equation 10.14). In Equation 10.14,
substituting 0',\ = 90;
cos'
K - ------~,~~~~~~
A - c:::-;: fin(' +o),ln(</>' -(3)
...;cos u +
cos (3
The above expression was lIsed to develop the plot for Coulomb's K II

0.50 r --1---------1----,-
I I --------------
Rankine '

Coutomb ( 0/0 '= 0.5) I


0.45 - - - - '- - - - - --'--1- t

L ~!- -+-8~ ~'l----~ -il --~


- -i-:J
0.40

" /3 :1QO ! /3: 15 I I


K, 0.35
,'C;~ .~.~<.. -1-- ct-- I
I
,... ..1 ... I 1
+- ..... ....
[ {3= 5. .-....
.... p :
,
0 .30 I - - -[...; ......~... ..,....... i -- - 1
r
t----- -j-
(3= 0 .. t ". I

0.25 -I :l .:::.:: ...T.. L


1
r
I I
1..::::::::::t....
,

0.20
~- --~- '- --- ."-. i I' I i
-_.....
28 30 32 34 36 38 40
Friction angle (deg)

In the case of Coulomb's theory, as expected, the greater the wall fri ction, the lower the
laleral earth pressure. Nevertheless, there is very little difference between 0 = 0.5 ' and
0 = 0.8 q,', the d ifference being less than 2% in K,.,. For {3 = 10 - 20, Rankine's and
Coulomb's theories give very sim il ar values. For small values of {3, Rankine's theory gives
la rge r earth pressures, and hence is more conservative than Coulomb's theory. K,.. increas-
es w ith {3.
4. A ver tical wall retains a granular backfill where the ground level is horizontal. It is pro-
posed to use Coulo mb's earth pressure theory for computin g the lateral earth pressure,
assum ing the backfill is in the active state. Assess the effect of O/' o n K A
Lateral Earth Pressures 245

Solution: For fJ = a and a A = 90"', KAgiven by Equation 10.14 becomes:

K _ coseb'
A - Jcoso+jsin(eb'+o)sin q/
lhe above expression for K,., was used to develop the illustration o n this page for 0/<jJ' values
0(0,0.25, 0.5, 0.75, and l.0. For bleb' = a (sm ooth \vall), the K,., values are the same as those
from Rankin e's theory. It is expected that the larger th e wall fr iction 5/1>', the lower the K A
At high fricti on angles, there is som e inconsistency when bl<jJ' is greater than 0.25. "Ihere
is abo ut a 10% reduction in KA when oleb' increases from a to 0.5, and there is little change
from 0.5 to 1.0.

0.4 , - - - - - , - - - , - - - - - , - - - - , - - - , - - - - ,

0.35 -Fo;x
0.25
-+----+----+----+---+----I
&Jr) ' ,,0

KA 0 .3 +---"""=""'o::-r",,--+---+---+---1
1iI~ '
"" 1

0.25 +-----f---t-----

28 30 32 34 36 38 40
Friction angle (deg)

5. A smooth, vertical wall relains an inclined granu lar backfiU. Discuss till: differellce
between the KA. values obtained from using Rankine's (Equatio n 10.12) and Coulomb's
(Equation 10.14) th eo ries.
Solution: Subst ituting b = a in Coulomb's equation does not g ive Rankine's K,\; th ey are
slightly different. They are the same o nly when {J = O. Co ulomb's K" from Equation
10.14 becomes:
coseb'
KA = -""E~~~::C
sin.p' sin( q,' - ill
1+
cos (3
246 Geotechnical Engineering

The Kit values generated for i3 = 0, 5, 10, '15, an d 20 are shown. Both Rankine's and
Coulomb's theories suggest that the larger the (3, the larger the K", which can be seen in -
tuitively. When the wall frict ion is neglected, Coulomb's K" values are slightly larger than
Ra nkin e's Kit values al all frict ion angles; they are the same only for {3 = o.

0.50 -~--~---~I----~----~---~--~

0.45
~" ~, ~: ' --1----1-------'-;'-=-,-, ;::,::~
20 ' ~
I
';"" I""" I
0.40 -P" .---"~"'.---' -, --.-.-

K~ 0.35

0.30

0.25

0.20
1-
28 30 32 34 36 38 40
Friction ;9.ngle (deg)

REVIEW EXERCISES
I. State whether the fo llowing are true or fa lse.
a. In the act ive state, the lateral thrust on a smooth. vertical wall retaining a horizon-
tal backfill is greater in loose sands than it is in dense sands.
b. In the passive state, the lateral thrust on a smooth vertical wall retaining a horizon-
tal backfill is greater in loose sands than it is in dense sand s.
c. A smooth. vertical wall retains a granular soil , which is at-rest (Ko state). The lateral
thrust is greater if the soil is overconsol:id ated than if it is normally consolidated.
d. A smooth wall retains an inclin ed granular backfill. The larger the inclinatio n of the
back fill , the larger th e lateral thrust.
e. Generally, Coulomb's K" is greater than Rankine's.
Answer: True, False, True, True, False.
Lateral Earth Pressures 247

2. A 5 m~high smooth, vertical wall retains a granular backfill with unit weight of 18 kN/m 3
and a friction angle of 35. Find the magnitude and location of the resultant active thrust. If
a 10 kPa uniform surcharge acts at the top of the backfill, find the magnitude and location
of the active thrust.
Answer: 61.0 kNl m @ 1.67 m above tile bottom; 74.5 kN @ I.B2 m

3. An 8 III -high smooth, vertical wall retains a backfill where the ground level is horizontal.
The top 3 m of the backfill consists of clay INhere " :: 10 kPa, 'Y = 19 kN 1m3 , and q:, =I

23". The bottom 5 m is sand where 'Y = 19 kN/m ) and ' = 33. Assuming the backfill is
in the active state, estimate the depth up to which tension cracks would be present.
Neglecting the tensile zone, esti mate the magnitude and location of the active thrust
that you would recommend.
Answer: 1.59 m; 162.3 kNl m @2.29mabove tlle bottom

4. A 10 m ~ hjgh gravity retaining wall retains a granular backfill where the ground is inclined
to the horizontal at 15. The friction angle and bu lk unit weight of the backfill are 34" and
18 kN/ml. The wall is inclined at 80" to hori;wntaL Using Coulomb's theory and assuming
a wall frict ion angle of 20, estimate the magnitude of the active th rust on the wall.
Answer; 371 kNlm

5. A smooth, vert ical wall retain s a 7 m-high g ranular backfill with the ground level being
horizontal. The water table lies at a depth of 3 m from the top. The fric tion angle of the
backfill is 32". The bulk and saturated unit weight of the soil are 16.5 kN / m 3 and 18.0 kNI
rn J respectively. Assuming the soil is in the active state, determine the magnitude and loca ~
tion of the horizontal thrust on the wall.
Answer; 225 kN@2.30 m above the boltom

6. A 6 m-high vertical wall retains a granular backfill where the ground level is inclined at
10 to the horizontal. The bulk unit weight of the fill is 18.0 kN/m J , and the friction angle
is 33". Assuming the backfill is in the active state, determine the magnitude of the resultant
thrust on the wall assuming the fo llowing:
a. Rankine: Smooth wall
b. Coulomb: Smooth wall
c. Coulomb, O/' = 0.5
d. Cou lomb, O/' = 0.67
Answer; 99.6 kNl m. 106.2 kN. 97.6 kN. 97. 0 kN
248 Geotechnical Engineering

7. A 3 m-high vertical wall is pushed against a granular soil where the ground level is horizon-
tal. The bulk unit weight a nd friction angle of the soil are 18.0 kN/ m 3 and 34 res pectively.
If th e soil is in the passive state, determine the horizontal thrust assuming the following:
a. Rankine: Smooth 'wall
b. Coulomb: Smooth wall
c. Coulomb, iii</>' ~ 0.5
d. Coulomb, iii</>' ~ 0.67
Answer: 286.5 kNlm, 286.5 kNl m, 548.1 kNlm, 726.3 kNlm

8. A smooth gravity wall retai ns a 12 m-high backfill as shown in the figure below. The lop 8
m is sand, which is underlain by some clay: The soil properties are as follows:
Sand: I'm = 18.9 kN/ m J, 1'.., = 19.8 kN/m 3;,p' = 32
Clay: 1'.., = 20.1 kN/m ); ' = 18, c' = 20 kPa
Assuming that the entire soil is in the active state, find the location and magnitude of the
total thru st on the wall.

Answer: 603.6 ki'Jlm at 3.46 m above the bottom of tile wall

9. The gravity wall shown in the figure on the next page retains medium -dense sa ndy soil
with a friction angle of 35 and a saturated unit weight of 20.0 kN/ m 3. The specific gravity

Q
"': .
.

;'......
of the sand is 2.65 and permeabili ty is 4.5 ){ 10- 3 cm/s.
a. Compute the flow rate beneath the wall in m 3/day pe r m width
b. Find the safety factor with respect to piping
Lateral Earth Pressures 249

n,
c. Compute the pore water pressure and effective vertical stress at A, C, D, and E
d. Estimatc the total thrust on the right side of the wall, assuming that the entire soil is
in the active state

1.0m
1<---->; A GL

3.5m

GL

1.5 m

Answer: 3.9 ",Jlday per m; 2.3; 0 kPa, 2J kPa, 37 kPa, 25 kPa, 0 kPa; akPa, 33 kPa, 63 kPa, 5 kPo, 0
kPa; 139 kN per m (It J.8 m (lbove the bol/om of the woll.

10. A rigid basement wall shown in the figure on the fo llowing page rctai ns a granular back-
fi ll. A st rip footing of width b at the ground level applies a uniform pressure of q to th e
underlying soil . For q = 50 kPa, a = 1.5 In , b = 2.0 m, and h = 7.0 m. Assu ming the soil
to be elastic (E = 10 MPa, I' = 0.25), use SIGMA / W to assess the horizontal load ings on
the basement walJ dl1e to the strip load.
Assuming that the wall does not yield, the literature reports that the horizon tal stress at a
point A is give n by:

(J~ =1(13 - sin13cos2a)


"
Determine if your estimates from SIGMA I W match the pred ictions from the above equ a-
tion.
250 Geotechnic al Engineering

Note that in real ity. the wa ll is expected to yield . making the horizon tal stress significantl y
greater. the value of wh ich is given by:

(1~ = 2q (,8 - sin ,8cos2a)


~

WNi-:
This book has free material available for download from the
Web Added Value n resource center at www.jrosspub.com
Site Investigation 11
11.1 INTRODUCTION
When constructing either a dam or a building a l a site, it is essent ial to know what is beneath
the surface. To ensure th at the constructed facility is stable and meeting expectations during its
design life, we must know th e subsoil profile and soil characteri st ics before we can carry out a
proper enginee ring analys is. Unlike most engin eering materials such as concrete and steel, soils
have a high degree of variability associated with their properties. Th e soil conditions can vary
dramatically within just a few m eters, making them diffic ult to deal with . Another difference
is that we typically have the luxury of specifying the grades of steel or concrete that we have
determined will meet our reqUirements. When it comes to soils, however, we are expected to
assess an d understand th e soil conditions and work around them. It is not as sim ple as call ing
for a better quality soil to suit your purpose.
Site investigation (also known as subsurface exploration or site characterization) is a process
that can involve many tasks induding desk stlldy, site reconnaissance, drilling, sampling,geophys-
ical surveys, laboratory tests, and in situ (or field) tests. These tasks atlempt to defi ne the subsoil
profile and determine the geotechni cal characteristics of the different soils that are encountered.
Depending on the nature of the project and the available budget, the site investigati on can ac-
count fo r 0- 1.5% of the total project cost. A good site investigation exercise should gather as
much info rmatio n as possible about the site for a m inimal cost.
The desk study is the first stage of the site investigation program. This requires accessing all
available information such as aerial photos and geological, topograph ical, and soil-survey maps.
All this is accessible through federal, state, and. local governmental agencies. Soil information
can also be obtained from the soil data of nearby sites. Today, 'with Googlc Earth and online
topographical maps fro m local agencies availab.le through the Inte rn et, substantial inform ation
including the contour levels, aerial images, vegetation, and ground water information can easily
be obtained. Site reconnaissance involves a site vis it with a camera to collect firsthand informa-
tion on site access, exposed overburden, rock outcrops, nearby rivers or streams, vegetation,
previous land use, problems with nearby structures, etc. These two stages can cost literally noth -
ing, but play an important rol e in planning the detailed site investigation program .
Boreholes an d trial pits are an integral part of any site investigation program. Boreholes
are typically about 50- 75 mm diameter holes-- usually vertical- advanced into the ground to

25 1
252 Geotechnic al Engineering

Figure 11.1 Pocket penetrometer with soft clay attachment

d epths as high as 50 m or more for the purpose of obtaining samples and identifying the
underl ying soi ls. The samples are then transported to the laboratory for a seri es of tests such
as water content and Atterberg limits determination , consolidation. triaxial test, etc. Trial
pit s, also known as Jest pils. are made at a few location s usi ng an excavator or backhoe. They
are relatively inexpensive, but are limited in depth. Beyond 4 m, due to sho ri ng and bracing
requi rement s to support the walls of the pit. the cost of trial pits ca n increase Significantly.
Th e advantage of a t rial pit is th at it enables visual inspec tion of the so il. Undisturbed block
samples can be cut from the wall o r floo r of a tr,iai pit. In clays, it is common practice to push
a pocket penetrometer into the walls of th e pit to read unconfmed compress ive strength. These
are approx imate, but they are obtained at no additional cost. Figu re 11 . 1 shows a pocket pen-
etrometer with an attachment for soft clays.
A typical layout of boreholes and trial pits at a proposed site is shown in Figure Il.2a. Bore-
holes arc not always advanced to the refusal or bed rock as shown in Figure I I.2b. For smaller
structures and lighter loadings, boreholes can be terminated well before reachi ng the bedrock.
Generally. undisturbed samples are collected from day layers only; it is very difficult to get
und isturbed samples from granular soils. Figu re 11.2c shows some clay cores recovered from
boreholes. which are placed in a core box shown on the left. with the depth d early identi fied and
sealed to prevent moisture loss. Figure 11.2d shows und istu rbed day samples in sampli ng tubes
that are waxed at th e ends and sealed in plastic w raps to prevent moisture loss during transpor-
tation to the soil- testing laboratory.
Site Investigation 253

Drill rig
c Trial pit
o Borehole

o
o Proposed building
o
io . / ...... a

o -r
At !
e 0
i tA
0;1.

n ...........Q. O

o o
Road

(0) (d)

Figure 11.2 Site investigation: (a) site plan and layout of boreholes and trial pits (b) sectional
elevation A-A (e) soil sample in tube riner and sample tray (d) sealed samples in the lab

11 .2 DRILLING AND SAMPLING


Drilling, in situ testing, and sampling go handin hand. Trial pits or trenches are inexpensive and
are generally adequate for shallow depths and som e preliminary investigations. The}' enable visual
inspection of the stratification of the soils near the ground level. When it comes to detailed soil
exploration, it is necessary to drill some boreholes to desired depths and collect samples at various
depths.

11.2.1 Drilling
To preven t the borehole walls from caving in. especially below the water table, and to prevent
the bottom of the borehole from heaving due to stress relief. it is com mon practice to fill the
254 Geotechnical Engineering

hole with a drilling fluid such as a 6% b e ntonit e~water mix, at least up to the water-table level.
The drill ing flu id is thixotropic, showing very low st rength when remolded and relatively high
strength while at rest. While th e drilling progresses, the agitation within the borehole keeps
be ntonite in liquid form , giving a hydrostatic p ressu re to the walls; when the drilling stops, it
quickly solidifies, supporting the borehole walls and the base. A casing or liner can be used for
the upper parts of the boreholes to prevent caving.
Auger drilJillg is the si mplest and most com mon method of boring. A hel ical auger is screwed
into the ground with a steady thrust to advance the cutting tool (Figu res 11.3a, b and c). For
sha!low depths or in weak ground conditio ns, this can be done by hand (Figu re 11.3d ). In fi rm
ground conditions, the auger is mechanically driven from a drill rig. The samples recovered
from auger boring are high ly disturbed, but are still sui table for visual cl assification and fo r
identification of the soil stratifi cation . Figure 11.3 shows the types of augers used in the field.
The auger can be removed from the hole along with th e soil at any stage to push sampling tubes
into the hole fo r collecting undisturbed sam pl es.
Wash boring is a popular method of drilling in most soils, except in gravels. A drill bit in the
shape of a chisel is raised and then dropped inlo Ihe borehole to cui and loosen the soil. Waler is
sent down the drill rod to exit at high velocity through the holes in the drill bit, wash ing the soi l
trimmings and bringing them to the surface through the annular space between the rod and
the borehole wall. The water is recirculated, wh ich allows the soil particles from the cuttings to
settle in a sump. Any change in stratification can be detected from the color of the wash water.
Percussion drilling is probably the only mel hod thai is applicable in gravelly sites or wher-
ever there is significant presence of boulders and cobbles. Here, a cutting tool in the form of a
shell (or baler), clay cutter, or chisel, attached 10 Ihe end of a drill rod, is repeatedly raised by
1- 2 m and then dropped. The shell, clay cutter, and chisel are used in sands, clays, and rocks
respectively. The trimmings and soil particles can be brought up by reci rculated wate r.
Rotary drilling is mainly employed in rocks. Here, a drilling 1001 in the form of a cutting bit
or coring bit is attached to the drill rod. It is rotated under pressure to advance into the soil or
rock. A drilling fluid is pumped down the drill rod to cool and lubricate the cutting tool and to
carry the cuttings to Ihe surface.
Due to budget constraints, it is often necessary to limit the number of boreholes and the depth
to which they are extended. Every additional borehole is an added expense for the client. They are
generally spaced at intervals of 15 m (for heavy loads) 10 50 m (for very light loads). Along high-
ways, boreholes can be located at 150- 500 m intervals. The boreholes should be advanced to depths
where the average vertical stress increase due to the proposed structure is about 10% of the pressure
applied at the surface, or where the additional vertical stress increase is about 5% of the current effec-
tive overburden stress. ASCE (1972) suggests using the smaller of the hvo depths.

11 .2.2 Sampling
In granular soils, it is very difficult to obtain undisturbed samples from the field. There are
special techniques (e.g., freezi ng the ground , usi ng resins) for sampling in granular soils, but
Site Investigation 255

(e)

(b)

Figure 11 .3 Types of augers: (a) 500 mm diameter


short-flight auger (b and c) mechanical continuous flight
auger (d) mechanical handheld auger (Courtesy: Dr. K.
Pirapakaran, Coffey Geotechnics)

(d)
256 Geotechnical Engineering

they are very expe nsive. Therefore, the common practice is to rely on in situ (or field) tests to
determine thei r geotechn ical characteristics. If necessary, reconstituted samples ca n be used in
the laboratory. These are laboratory samples prepared to a specific packing density to match the
in situ conditions. Therefore, the sampl ing cxe rdse discussed herein is releva nt to sampling in
cohesive soils.
Attcrberg limi ts, water content, specific gravity, etc., commonly known as index properties,
ca n be determined from remolded samples and tr immings. Nevertheless, consolidation tests
and triaxial tests requi re good quality, undistu:rbed clay sam ples, which can come from tube
samples o r block samples. Tube samples (see Fig ures 11.2c and 11.2d) arc obtained by pushing
thin -walled metal tubes, about 75- 100 mm in d iameter and 600- 900 mm in length, into the soil
at desired depths. Under exceptional circum stances, very large diameter boreholes and samples
are taken, but only to li mited depths. These can be very expensive. Block samples are obtained
from the wall or floor of an excavalion or trial pit. Sampl es can be cut from these blocks for
co nsolidation or triaxia l tests.
Especially in cohesive soils, any disturbance duri ng sa mpling can destroy the fab ric, which
ca n resull in an underestimation of th e strength and sti ffness. 'lberefore, it is highly desirable
to minimize the soil sample disturbance du ring sampling and later during the handli ng and
transportation. The di stu rbance to the soil sample comes in two form s. Fi rst, when the sample
is brought to the ground from a certain depth, there is a sign ifica nt stress relief When the sam-
pling tube is manipulated into the borehole, there can be a mechan.ical disturbance in the sample,
especially in the annular region near the wall of the sampler. While the stress rel ief can not be
avoided, the mechanical disturbance can be m in imized. The degree of disturbance becomes
greater as the wall th ickness increases. An area ratio A Ris introduced to quantify the degree of
mechanical disturbance as (Hvorslev 1949);

AR (%) = D~ -2D~ x 100 (1 1.1 )


D;
where D, and D" are the inner and outer d iameters of the sampler. For a sample to be considered
undisturbed, it is suggested that A N be less than 10%. The most common thin-walled samplers
used in practice are the 50-100 mm diameter thin-walled Shelby tubes, which arc seamless
steel tubes often made of gauge 16 ( ~6 in or 1.6 111m thick) stainless steel or galvanized steel.
There are speciali zed samplers such as a piston sampler th at can be used fo r obtaini ng high-
quality und ist urbed samples. Here, a piston at the top of a thin-wall ed sampler helps to retain
the sample through suction whil e the tube is removed from the ground.
The cu tting edge of a thi n-walled sampler is so thi n that it may not penet rate into some
sti ffer materials. Here, it may be necessary to us(! samplers with thicker walls, and thus a larger
A R, such as the split-spoon sampler from a standard pe netrat ion test disc ussed later. More de-
tails of samplers and sam pli ng procedures using thin -walled samplers are d iscll ssed in ASTM
D 1587.
Site Investigation 257

Example 11 .1: A thin-walled Shelby tubeD.! has an external diameter of 76.2 mm and a wall
thickness of 1.63 mm. What is the area ratio?

Solution:
A =76.202 - 72.942 x lOO =9.1 %
R 72 .942

Figure 11.4 shows the undrained shear streng th and You ng's modulus data obtained in the
site investigation exercise for the proposed 1000 m-high Nakheel Tower in Dubai, where the
ground cond itions consist of weak rocks. The u ndrained shear strength and Young's modu-
lus were measured by pressuremeter tests car ried out within th ree boreholes an d undistu rbed
samples recovered from the si te. A triple tube PQ3 co ri ng method was used for collecti ng good
quality cores. In spite of all the precautions and testing most of th e samples on the same day,
mostly due to stress relief, the undrained shear strength and Young's modulus measu red from
th e samples in the laboratory were signi fican tly less than the in situ values measured by the
pressure meter at all depths. In this case, the stress relief effects were quite significant in the
carbonate-cemented siltstones.

11 .2.3 Locating the Water Table


The location of the water table plays a key role in computing the effective st resses. Locati ng the
water table is one of the objectives of the site investigation exercise. Th is ca n be done by observ-
ing the water table within the borehole 24 hours after drilling, when any fl uctuations have sta -
bili zed. Alternatively, the water table elevation can also be measured from nearby wells. Water
samples can be taken to th e laboratory fo r a chem ical analysis to detect undesirable substances
(e.g., sul phatcs) that might be harm ful to co ncrete.

11 .3 IN SITU TESTS
In situ tests consist of inserting a device into the ground and measuring its resistance to pen -
etration or deformation, which is then translate d into strength and stiffness parameters. The
most common fo rm of in situ tests are the pen etration tests (e.g., standard penetration test,
;';Ullt: penet ration test) where an open-ended sampler or a sol id cone is dr iven or pushed into

the ground, and the resistance to penet ration is measured. Thi s resistance is translated into
strength and stiffness of the soiL Aboul 80- 90% of the in situ testing exercises worldwide con -
sist of penetration tests such as standard penetration tests or cone penetration tests. From the
pc nctration resistance at any depth, the shear strength parameters (e.g., 1>', cu ) and soil stiffness
E can be determined.
~

'"
C>

~
o oV I
Shear strength (MPa)
2 3 - 6 0 oU ' VVV
Young 's modulus (MPa)
-=.vvu
2000 ""UUU . ___
400() __
'0
"o
n
OT
0

Q.
m
20 0 -20 0
~
<0
0 0 ?/:x",- "x .:: 5

-40
. 0
0 00
o

~
00
~ ~
0
';:o~:.
0

o )....r':I __ rF'
0
0
0 UCS/2
__ BH203 Pressuremeter
...... SH208 - Pressuremeter
-40

--60
_~X~X~~~~~~~~~::::~~~~~~;;;;;;:
X
I.Nx "
x
!XXx X
~
XX

.t~
}~
- BH203. Pressuremeter
__ BH208_PresSlJremeler
~.
0
<0

~
0
0., - SH204Pressuremeler XX I. - SH204.Pressu remeter

.0. e o~ l;~;~~
.. :'j
"':- "'~i~?t:~X~X~U~CS~'~".~L'~b:)::
-6()
0

-80 L -80
@,0 , 0 ':l.. 0 0 101 ~
.s- 0
0
.9
0
08 0
010 on -E . __
I!X..~
~ x ~

;;; ~1()() :00' ..!'h;!;:II. ' 0 ~ ~,w ~it" I ~:1


X

- 120 o 0- U ,
o
~ 0
010
00 0
0 -120 ~~X~'~--l---~~~~~---r-------t-------
I X,:-.~.
7'- X
% ~~ ~

XX - . . .
o 00 0

-160
-140 0 0 00
000 0
o
0
0
o
0

0
o.~
0 ~
0
0 0 .1>' /
- 160
- 140 1~~;!lt~:X~~~~~'~~f::~~~~==
x~ >
X'
:-x
X

,
,./

- 180 0 1..- - 180 xX .........

o 0 0 "0 JL-______1-L-XL-___-1-X______-'________"-_______
200 - 200

Figure 11.4 Effects of stress relief on shear strength and stiffness (Data courtesy of Dr. Chris Haberfield, Golder Associates, Australia)
Site Investigation 259

In situ or field tests are carried out at the site within or outside the boreholes. Advantages
of in situ tests are that they are rapid and provide a continuous record with depth in a relatively
short time. There is no sampling. and therefore no sampling disturbance. The so il is tested in
its in situ state, representing a larger volume. However, it is not possible to determine the soil
parameters from them directly. They are dete rmined indirectly by so me empirical or semi -
empirical methods. An advantage with the laboratory tests is that we have complete control of
lhe drainage and boundar y condiLions and have a rational means (e.g., Mohr circles) of analy:t-
ing and interpreting the test results. In situ tests are not there to replace laboratory tests. When
the in situ test data are used in conjunction with the laboratory test data, they complement each
other; one should never be at the expense of the other. Let's have a look at some common in situ
tests for soils.

11.3.1 Standard Penetration Test


The standard penetration test (ASTM DIS86; AS 1289.6.3.1) is one of the oldest and most
commonly used in situ tests in geotechnical engineering. Nicknamed the SPT, it was origi-
nally developed in the United States in 1927 {or san ds. A 35 mm inlernal diameter and 50
mm external diameter split-barrel sampler with a sharp cutting edge is attached to a drill rod
and placed at the bottom ofthe borehole. The sample r is driven into the ground by a 63.5 kg
hammer that is repeatedly dro pped from a height of 760 mm as shown in Figure II .5a. The
number of blows required to achieve three subsequent 150 mm penetrations is recorded. The
number of blows req uired to penetrate the fina1300 mm is known as the blow COUllt, penetra -
tion number, or N-value, and is denoted by N. The blow count for the first 150 mm is ignored
due to th e end effects (lnd the disturbance at the bottom of the borehole. The split -barrel
sampler, also known as the split-spoon sampler, is about 450-750 mm long and can be split
longitudinall y into two halves to recover th e samples. With very thick walls and high A Rval-
ues, these sampl es are high ly remolded and can be used only for classificat ion purposes. Tests
are ca rried out at 1- 1.5 m intervals in a borehole, and th e blow count is plotted with depth at
each borehole. where the points are connected by straight lines.
'lhe schematic arrangement of an SPT setup in Figure 11.5a shows an old-fashioned rotating
cathead mechan ism for raising and dropping the donut hammer. Today, there is an automatic
tripping mechanism as shown in Figure Il.Sb. Figure I 1.5c shows a dynam iCcone penetration
test, which is very sim ilar to the SPT, where the split -spoon sampler is replaced by a solid cone
and is driven into the ground by a falling hammer. This is effective in gravels where the split-
barrel sampler may sustai n damage while drivin g. The test does not give samples.
In very fine or silty sands below the water table, the buildup of excess pore water pressures
during driving reduces the effective stresses, causing an overestimation of blow counts. Here, the
measured blow count must be reduced using the fo llowing equation (Terzaghi and Peck 1948):
N = IS + O.s(N",...urrd - IS) ( 11.2)
260 Geotechnical Engineering

(,) (b) (0)

Figure 11 .5 Penetration tests: (a) schematic diagram of SPT (b) photograph of SPT (Courtesy of Mr. Mark
Arnold) (c) photograph of a dynamic cone penetration test rig

Due to the variabil ity associated with the choice of the SPT equipment and the test proce-
dure worldwide, various correction fac tors are applied to the measured blow count N. The two
most important correction factors are the overburden pressure correction eNand the hammer
efficiency correction Eh The blow count, corrected for overburden pressure and hammer effi-
ciency. (N1)6/J' is expressed as:

(11.3)

c." is the ratio of the measured blow count to what the blow count would be at the overburden
pressure of toni sq. ft (approximately 1 kg/cm l ). Several expressions have been proposed for e N'
the most popular one being (Liao and Whitman 1986) :

c ~ 978 1 ( 11.4)
N u:"' (kPa)

The actual energy delivered by the hammer to the split-spoon sampler can be significantly less
than the theoretical value, which is the product of the hammer weight and the drop. Kovacs and
Salomone ( 1982) reported that the actual efficiency of the system is between 30 and 80%. Most
SPT correlations are based on a hammer efficie:ncy of 60%, and therefore, the current practice
Site Investigation 261

is to accept th is 60% efficiency as the standard (Terzaghi et al. 1996). Assumi ng that hammer
efficiency is inve rsely proportional to the measu red blow count, Eh is defi ned as:

,:H::,::m::m
coe,,:',::e::
fli::JC::ie::n::cly ( 11 .5)
Eh =-
60
N60 (= EJ, N) is the blow count corrected for hammer efficiency, but not corrected for over-
burden. Two other correction fac tors are boreho le diameter correction Cb and drill rod length
correction Cd' which are given in Tables 11. 1 and 11.2. These are discussed in detail by Skemp-
ton ( 1986). Blow counts should be multiplied by these factors. When using sa mplers with li ners,
the blow count is overestim ated; a furth er multiplication factor 0( 0.8 is recommended in dense
sands and clays, and 0.9 in loose sands (Bowles 1988). These correction factors must be used
whet! defining N,..., and (N,)6tJ.
The only parameter measured in the stand ard penetration test is the blow count and its
variation with depth at every test location. In gran ular soils, the blow coun t can be translated
into effective friction angle q:,', relative density Dr' or Young's modulus E. There arc several em -
pirical correlations relating either N60 or (N 1)60 to q:,', D r> and E.
A very popular correlation used in geotech nical engin eering practice is the graphical one
proposed by Peck et a!. (1974 ) relating N60 and q'.I', which can be approx imated as (Wolff 1989):
ifJ' = 27. 1+0.3 N hO - 0.00054 N~ (J 1.6)

The more recent correlations between N60 and <P' also account for the overburden press ure by
incorporating u:O in the equation or by simply using (N1)60' Schmertmann's ( l975) graphical
relation, N60 - q:,' - u:", ca n be expressed as (Ku Ihawy and Mayne 1990):

0/>'= ',n-' 122 + 20:(~0)


N ]0" ( 11.7)

r
where p.. is the atmospheric pressure ( = 101.3 kPa). Hatanaka and Uchid a (1996) suggested
thal for sands:

(I 1.8)

Table".1 Borehole diameter correction Table 11.2 DrUI rod length correction
factor C" (Skempton 1986) factor Cd (Skempton 1986)
Borehole diameter (mm) Correction factor C. Rod length 1m) Correction factor Cd
60-115 1.00 0-4 0.75
150 1.05 4-6 0 .85
200 1.15 6-10 0.95
> 10 1.00
262 Geotechnical Engineering

Friction anglcsestimaled from Equation 11.6 are quite conservative (i.e., lower) compared to those
derived from Equations 11.7 and 11.8. The differe nces can be quite large for dense sands.
Skempton ( 1986) suggested that for sands w it h a D, > 35%:

(N, )"'. 60 (l1.9)


0 ',
where (NJ)tiO shou ld be multiplied by o.n for coarse san ds and I .O~ for fin e sands. Kulha,,\'Y and
Mayne (1990) suggested that:

(N, ~'" (60 + 25 log 0 50 )(1.2 + 0.0510g-'-) OCR'" (lUO)


D, 100
where D S<) is the median g rain size in mm . and I is the age of the soil sin ce deposit ion. This gives
slightly higher values for (N,)tiO/D; than 60 proposed by Skempton.
Young's moduhl s is an essential parameter for computing deformation s, including settle-
ments of foundation s. Leonards (I986) su ggested that for normally consolid ated sands, E
2
(kg/cm ) = 8 Nw . Kulhawy and Mayne ( 1990) s uggested that:
E
- = aN60 (lU I )
Po
where a = 5 for fine sa nds; 10 for clean, normally consolidated sands; and 15 for clean, over-
consolidated sands.
In spite of its Simplicity, rugged equipment" and its large historical database, the SPT has
numerOllS sources of u ncertainties and e rrors, making it less reproducible. Lately. static cone
penetration tests, using piezocones, are beco mi n g increasin gly popular for better rationale, im -
proved reproducibility, and the abil ity to provide contillllOUS measurements. SPTs are not very
rel iable in cohesive soils due to the pore-pressure development during driving that may tempo-
rarily affect the effect ive stresses. For this reason, any correlations in clays shoul d be used with
caution. A rough estimate of the undrained shear strength can be obtai ned from (Hara et al.
1971 ; Kulhawy and Maync 1990):

s...p, =0.29 N~2 (J Ll2)

Example 11 .2: A standard penetration test was conducted at 6 m depth and the blow counts
measured for 150 mm penetration are 11, 13, and 12. The SPT rig used an automatic hammer
that was released through a trip mechanism. with a hammer efficiency of 72%. Find N60 and
(N1)60 at this depth. Assume an average unit weight of 18 kN/m) for the soil, and assume that
the water table is .....ell below this depth.
Continues
Site Investigation 263

Example 11 .2: Continued

Solution: The measured N = 13 + 12 = 25.


72
N w :::;;25x-=30
60

eN =9.78x C I = 0.94
\f6X18
:. (N j ) " , = 0.94 X 30 = 28.2

In Chapter 3 (see Figure 3.3) we saw how granular soils are classified as loose. dense, etc. Figu re
11 .6 shows the approximate borderline values of N w , (N1)60' 1J', and (N1)roID; for granular soil s.

11 .3. 2 Static Cone Penetration Te st


The static cone penetration test, also known as the Dutch cone penetration test, was origi -
nally developed in the Netherlands in 1920 an d ca n be used in most soi ls (ASTM 0344 1;
AS I289.6.5.1). The spl it-spoon sample r is replaced by a probe that consists of a solid cone with
a 6<r apex angle and base area of 10 cm2, all3ched to a drill rod with a friction sleeve having a
surface area of 150 cm l . -me probe is advanced into the soil, often jacked in by a truck, at the
rate of 20 mm/s (see Figure 11.7).
Today, the cones consist of one or more porous stones at vari ous locat ions (Figure 11 .7a) for
the measurement of pore water pressures, and are hence known as piezocollcs. Here. the th ree
measurements that are taken contin uously as the cone is pushed into the soil a re cone resistance
q<>sleeve fric tion 1., and pore water pressure u. Granular soils have high q( a nd lowl., while clays
Very loose L_ Medium dense Deo,", Very dense

0 15 35 65
I
85 100
I
' D,(%)

N. 4 10 30 50

" (N,).. 3 8 25 42

"o'(deg) 28 30 36 41

"(N,).. 1D,2 65 59 58
' Tel7~hi 0\ P~k ( 1948): Gibb 8. Holtz ( 1957); "S~empton ( 1986); '-Peck et at. ( 1974)

Figure 11.6 Borderline values of D" N, and 41' for granular soils
264 Geotechnical Engineering

stone

(.) (0)

Figure 11 ,7 Static cone penetration test: (a) schematic diagram of piezocone


(b) truck-mounted piezocone rig (Courtesy of Mr. Bruce Stewart, Douglas Partners)

have high J, and low q,. Figure 11 .7b shows a soil-testing truck equipped with a slatic cone that is
carrying out a COlle penetration test at a mine site. A close-up view of the cone and the interior
of the truck are shown in the insets. The friction ratio j~ at any depth , defined as:

j,(%) = j , x 100 ( 11. 13)


q,
is a useful parameter in identifyi ng the soi l. Values fo r 1/l. are in the range of 0- 10%, with the
granular soils at the lower end a nd cohesive soils at the upper end of the range. Usi ng the pair
of values for qc an d JR' the soil type can be identi fi ed from Figure 11.8. There are a few modi
fied versions of this plot available in the literature. A sam ple datasheet from a piezocone test is
shown in Figure 11.9, along with the soil profile. interpreted from the data in Figure 11.8.
The undrained shear strength Cu of clays can be estim ated from (Schmertmann 1975):

C
q,.. -_(} vO
= -_ - ( 11.1 4)
" Nk
Site Investigation 265

~
::. ~-~
-i==
T
- 'I

tiff fine g) i~ed


(I)
nsolidate or cemen ad

~

;;;

1 -~~~~~~~~~~~~--~~~--~~--~
Clay(l)

8
----I
sensitivfine
~~ r
gtained )
Or anic (I)

0.1 l---='b=d=~==:~="' -+~~+~~+--~~


o 2 3 4 5 6 7

Friction ration, f,. ('Yo)
Note: (~/p~Neo vatues within parentheses

Figure 11 .8 A chart for classifying soil based on static cone penetration test data
(adapted from Robertson at at. 1986)

Example 11.3: For the piezocone data shown in Figure 11.9, determine the soil located at 2 m
depth below the ground level.

Solution: At 2 m depth, q<= 1.1 MPa and J. = 0.04 MPa:


( 0 .04
: '}R" --x 100 - 3.6%
1.1
From Figure 11.8. the soil is possibly silty day to day.

where 0 ,(1 is th e total overbu rden pressure at the test depth and Nl is the cone factor that varies
in the range of 14-25. which can be obtained th rough calibration. The lower end of the range
applies to normally consoli dated clays and the upper end to overconsolid ated clays, The cone
factor depends on the penetrometer and the Iype of day, and increases sligh tly with the plastic-
ity index. Based on the test data from Aas et a!. ( 1986), Nt can be estimated by (Bowles 1988):
Nt = 13+0. 11PI :t: 2 (I U S)
266 Geotechnical Eng ineering

,, ,
eontRn .... oce

s:e....
.~
,,
0.10
, -
~ MP~J

... ..
."
" ." ", .... . .. .. ..,.
"" ", .w "
" " .. Port .....""'. ! ~1P~1 frw:t/l Ra,o
o 2
~l

6 SOl C.... ""'~

Frd...... ~ 1"'p~J - .. .. , - .... .....


L . . -. ~- ._'r---

I1 ' } =;:
-"
,
, ''' ..,.. ~

~" _A' ._ ....

~
IT - - I I
1 ,

t ""
, ,,
,
I I-"1 i
-<; i' ~
--'-.- -.~:-+-t---t-~
,
(
I
-'
I,
I
~
f=
- .-
I ~. ,,..<J.- ..
<~ I
. =,I ' I I'

>1 I
I I
..fJ-+-t---I -f-l-t--- -- , I
I , (
-. S -. I
- - -I i
, f

! If.. -- .-
,,

}jt tilT' =t===!~' P- r-"."~'''. -


I( ~ LN ..~""..._

o..'e 0/1 ... "'Il


Gtoo,o:>CIE .... -
1
1 '"

!6I!(), ,!i!lS'4 ~
r TO (...... HOI
~"9'-'
CO<>eTI
H I:::j
l SANDS
IlOGll~!.IOl ut
!=
I

,
C--
i E S TNA
STATtON A HADlN.iO
eooo:!_lmJ ~ "l)4J;.O' N l .... S1I2~ IiERBER' R,VE RANNIISAAHCH BUllE Sl'l e

Figure 11.9 Piezocone data and soil classification (C<::Jurtesy of Mr. Leonard Sand s, Venezuela)

where PI is the plasticity index of the soil. Mayne and Kemper (1988) suggested an Nk of 15 for
electric cones and 20 for mechanical cones. Thecl assification of clays based on the undrained shear
~ lreng lh and their corresponding consistency terms are given in Table Il .3. Also given in the table
are the approximate borderline values of (N ,)t\O and qJ p"and the fi eld identification guide.
Kul hawy and Mayne ( 1990) showed that the q<- a~ -1J' relat ionship in sands, proposed
graphi cally by Robertso n and Cam panella ( 198.3), can be approximated by:

~' = t"'-' [O.l + 038 10g( :Jl (1 1.1 6)

In 1970, Schmertmann proposed that E = 2 q( in sands, and later (Sch mertmann et aL 1978)
mod ified this to E = 2.5 q<fo r axisym metric loading and E = 3.5 q, fo r plane strainl oad ill g.
Geotechn ical engin eers do not always have the luxury of havi ng both the SPT and CPT
data. When on ly on e is avail able, it is useful to h ave some means of converting from one to the
Site Investigation 261

Table 11 .3 Consistency terms for c lays with (N,)eo an d qc values

' Con sistency c~ (kPa) ' (N,I, qcfp. ", "FIeld identifica tion guIde
Very soft < 12 0-2 < 5 Exudes betWf!en fingeNi when squeezed in hand: easily
penetrated with a list to a depth 01 several centimeters
Soh 12-25 2-4 5-15 Can be molded with light finger pressure; easily penetrated wit h
the thumb to a depth of several centimeters
Firm 25-50 4-8 Can be molded with strong finger pressure; can be penetrated
with a thumb using moderate effort to a depth of several
centimeters
Stiff 50-100 8-15 15-30 Cannot be molded by fingers; can be indented with a thumb,
but penetrated only with great effort
Very stiff 100-200 1>-;)0 30-00 Readily indented with a th umbnail
Hard > 200 > 30 >60 Can be indented with a thumbnail, but with difficulty
' Terzagnl & Pec~ (1948); 'McCarthy (2007); " Austlllti"" Slandards (1993); "Canadian Geotec hnicat Sociely (1992)

other. Ratios of qJNro for different soils. as given by Sanglerat (1972) and Schmertmann ( 1970,
1978), are shown in Table 11.4. Robertson et al. (1983) presen ted the variation of q.l Nw wiLh the
median grain size D5/)' and the upper and lower bounds are shown in Figure 11.10. The soil data
were limited to Dso less than I mm. Also shown in the figure are the upper and lower bounds
proposed by Burland and Bu rbidge (1985), and the average values suggested by the Canadian
FOllndation Engineering Manual (Canadian Geotechnical Society 1992). Kulhawy and Mayne
(1990) and AnagnostpouJos et al. (2003). All the curves in Figure 11.8 take the (ollowing (orm:

(~) =co;.
N",
(I 1.1 7)

The values of a and c are shown in Figu re 11.10. Kulhawy and Mayne (1990) approximated the
dependence of q.lN6(J ratio on D5/) (mm) as:

q, )
(
~ = 5.44D~6 (I !.IS)
N ",

Based on an extensive database of 337 points with test data (or Dso as high as 8 mm, Anagnos-
topoulos el al. (2003) noted that [or Greek soils:

( 11.1 9)
268 Geotechnical Engineering

Table 11 .4 Ratios of qclN (after Sanglerat 1972; Schmertm ann


1970, 1978)

Soil
Silts, sandy silts, slightly cohesive sill-sand mix 2" (2-4)"
Clean, fine to medium sands and slightly silty san d s 3-4" (3_5)'
Coarse sands and sands with little gravel 5-6" (4_5)
Sandy gravel and gravel 8-10" (6-8)"
"Values proposed by Sangleral (1972) and reported in Peck el al. (1974)
"V.,lues suggested by Schmertmann (1970, 1978) reported by Holtz (t99 t ) In parentneses.

25
---.J,_~,1,",.U ..!,l.~II,~ .. 0.33

---. """."d."d IJurbkItot fl N5I L_ ' .90 0.32
- RwII._tlal.(1II31Vooer m' ""
20
- __ "al(I~ I3I~

". ." 031


-
-
CFEIII(I UJ}
KUl: ......... II ...... (I.iOj
- -.........._01".... (lGOl)
..'"" ."
6.49

." /
/

,/
/
15
,
(q J p)IN.. " cD.: ,
.- .- a ,./
10
- 'v ,-/
s ,,- ---
;;;;;;;

---- -- --
---
;;~~~
1j.1).\t> :;.;!.. "
------- --.- --
--- --~

--- --- ~ ~ -
-
o
0.01 0.1 10

Average g rai n size 0 ... (mm)

Figure 11 .10 The relation between q~ and NfJO

Kulhawy and Mayne (1990) also suggested that Q.lN6U ca n be related to the fine content in a
granular soil as:

(;: ) ~425- % fines


(11.20)
N6fj 4 1.3

In clays. the cone ca n be paused at any depth for carrying out a pore-pressure dissipation test
to determ ine the co nsolidat ion and permeabilit y characteristics. Includ ing a geophone in the
Si1e Inves1igation 269

piezocone enables the measu rement of shear wave velocities from which the dynamic shear
modulus can be determ ined. Such piezocones are known as seismic cOlles.

11 .3.3 Vane Shear Test


The vane shear test (ASTM 0 2573; AS 1289.6.2.1) is used for determi ning undrained shear
strength in clays that are particularly soft and hence vulne rable to sample d isturbance. The vane
consists of two rectangular metal blades that are perpendicular to each other as shown in Fig-
ure ILl I a, band c. The vane is pushed into the borehole to the required depth where the test
is carried out (Figure 11. 1J a). It is rotated at the rate of 0.1 0 per second by applying a torque at
the surface through a torque meter that measu res the torque (Figure 11 .11 c). This rotat ion will
in it iate a shearing of the clay along a cylindrica l surface surrounding the vanes. The undrained
shear strength of the undisturbed clay can be determ ined from the applied torque T using the
following equation:
2 '1'
c =
" "d'(h+ d I3)
( 11.2 1)

where II and d are the height and breadth of the rectangular blades (i.e., height and diameter
of the cylindrical surface sheared), which are t ypically of a 2:1 ratio with d in the range of

,T_ I ~ Torque T

, .' . ~
, It
V..,.

;I
C'I Cbl Col
Figure 11 .11 Vane shear test (a) in a bore hole (h) vane (e) vane and
torque meter (Courtesy of Dr. K. Pirapakaran, Coffey Geotechnies)
270 Geotechnical Engineering

38- 100 mm for the field vanes (Figure 11.1 I e) . Miniature vanes are used in laboratories to
determine the undrained shear strength of cla)1samples still in sampling tubes. The test can be
continued by rotating the vane rapidly after sheari ng the day to determine the remolded shear
strength. The test can be carried out at depths as high as 50 m.
A back analysis of several fail ed embankments, foundations , and excavations in clays has
shown that the vane shear test overestimates the undrained shear strength. A reduction factor
A has been proposed to correct the shear strength measured by vane shear test, and the correct
shear strength is given by:

C" (co''''<l<d) = Ac" (vond (11.22)

where Bjerrum (1972) has proposed that:

" - 1.7 - 0.54 log (PI) (I 1.23)

Morris a nd William s (I994) suggested that for PI > 5:

" ~ 1.1 8 exp( -' 0.08 PI) + 057 (11.24)

11 .3.4 Pressuremeter Test


The pressurcmctcr test (ASTM 047 19) was originally developed in France and is more popu -
lar in Europe than it is in the United States . It ha s several advantages over the penetration
tests due to its well-defined boundary conditions and rational interpretation based on the
cylindrical -cavity expansion theor)'. It removes a lot of empiricism associated with most of
the in situ testing devices , and is hence see n as a panacea in soil testing. Pressurc mete r tests
can be carried out in all types of soils, includi ng fractured or intact rocks and mines. Here, a
32-74 mm diameter cylin d rical probe with a length of 400 - 800 mm is placed in a borehole
and expan ded agai nst the bo rehole walls wi th compressed air and water. The probe consists
of a measuring cell at the midd le and two guard cells at the top and bottom ends as sh own in
Figure 11.12a. The measuring cell is inflated by water pressure and the guard cells are inflated
by gas (typi call y CO 2 or N 2 ) pressure such that th e pressure is th e same in all three cells. Th e
guard cell s a re there to eliminate the end effects and ensu re plane st rain conditions for the
measuring cell. The volume V of the measuring cell is plotted against the applied pressure p
as shown in Figure 11.12b, and the test is terminated when the soil yields and the volume
increase is excessive, or when the volum e increase is negligible. A pressure meter probe is
shown in Figure 11.12c.
The initial contact between the probe and the borehole wall is established at pressure Pi'
The true in situ Ko state is reached at Po>and the soil starts yielding at Pi The lim it pressure PI
is achievable only at very large strai ns and is estimated b}' so me extrapolation. The soil is in a
pseudo-elasti c state for Pi < P < Pi' The soil stiffness, expressed in the form of pressuremeter
modulus Ep' is computed as:
Site Investigation 271

Air
Water

P,
P,
Yielding

, + Guard cell
,, +

p ... v:
+
Measuring cell
+ P, In situ state
+
Guard cell
+
P, Contact with borehole wall

v, v

(., (b) ,
Figure 11 .12 Pressuremeter test: (a) schematic diagram (b) pressure-volume plot (c) photograph of
test setup and a pressuremeler

Ep =2( I +V)Vo( rip) (I 1.25)


elV 1'- "0

and the in situ shear modulus G is given by:

Ep ( dP ) (I 1.26)
G= 2(I+v) = Vo dV p' Po

where Vo is the volume corresponding to the in situ sta te where P = Po. From the in situ hori -
zontal stress Po, rhe coefficiem of earth pressure at rest Ko can be determined. In sands, the pres-
suremeter test gives the effective friction angle cp'. In clays, the test gives the undrained shear
st rength C~ and the horizontal coefficient of consolidation Ch' The self-boring pressuremeter has
a CUll ing tool at the bottom and does not require a prcbored hole for inse rting the probe, thus
min imiz.ing the disturbance due to stress reIit:f.

11 .3.5 Dilatometer Test


The flat-blade di latometer (ASTM 6635) was d~=veloped in Italy in 1975 by Dr. Silvano Ma r-
chetti. It consists of a 240 mm -Iong, 95 mm-widl!, and IS nlln -thick stainless steel blade with a
flat, thin, expandable 60 mm diameter and 0.20 - 0.25 mm -thick circular steel membrane that
272 Geotechnical Engineering

is mounted flush with one face (Figure 11.13a). The bottom 50 mm of the blade is tapered to
provide a sharp cutting edge when penetrating the soil. The blade is advanced into the soil, gen-
erally using a cone penetration test rig, at a rate of20 mmls, but sometimes using impact-driven
hammers similar to those used in a standard penetration test. A general layout of the test setup
is shown in Figure II.13b.
At any depth, three pressure readings are taken: (a) the pressure requ ired 10 bring the mem -
brane flush with the soil surface, generally after 0.05 mm movement, known as li ft -ofT pressure

(b)
I')

, Material

,
index .,, Constrained
modulus .,, Un drained
shear strength .,, Horizontal
stress index ,.,, Shear wave
velocity
"0' .5 5 10 0 10 20 00 40 60 00 2 4 6 8 00 200 400
If
., ~

f
4 4 4 4 4

8 8 8 8 8

12 12 12 12 12 ...

~~.
16 16
16
20
" 16
20 20
,
t 20
. r~
.~
24 24 . ,-:;:::S' 24 24
28 28 28 28

32 32 32 32 32

J6 "0 6{)36 6 36
40 0 2 4 6 0 200 400
Id M (MPa) Cu (kPa) Kd Vs (m/s)
(0)

Figure 11.13 Marchetti difatomeler: (a) dilatometer and control unit (b) setup (c) sample data (Courtesy of
Professor Marchetti, Italy)
Site Investigation 273

or A pressure, (b) the pressu re required to push the membrane laterally by l.l mm against the
soil, known as B pressu re, and (c) the pressure when the membrane is deflated, known as clos-
ing pressure or C pressure, which is a measure o f the pore water pressure in the soil . The test is
conducted at 200 mm depth inte rvals.
The interpretation of a di latomete r test is rather empirical. A material index 1p. horizontal
stress index Kn, and a dilatometer mod ulus Eo are comp uted empirically. The materi al index,
which is low for soft cl ays, medium for silts, and high for sands, is used to identify the soil. A
horizontal stress index is used to determ in e horizontal stress, and hence Ko' the OCR, and the
undrained shear strength c" in clays and the effe(:tive friction angle tjJ' in sands. The dilatometer
modul us is used to determi ne the constrained m odulus, and hence the modulus of elastici ty_
A typical datasheet wit h interpretations from a dilatometer test location is shown in Figure
11.l3c.

11 .3.6 Borehole Shear Test


The borehole shea r test was developed in the United States by Dr. Richard Handy at Iowa State
University in the 1960s. Here, a di rect shear lest is carried out on the borehole walls to mea-
sure the drained shear strength of the in situ soil. "The shear head, shown in the right of Figure
11 .14a, consists of two serrated stainless steel shear plates 'with a total area of 10 sq. inch (6450
mm 2). The shear head is advanced into a 75 mm d iameter borehole to the desired depth, and the
shear plates are pushed against the borehole waU, applying a normal stress. After allowing the
soil to consolidate under the applied normal stress (5 minutes in sands and 10-20 minutes in
days), the shear head is pulled upward to measu re the shear strength of the soil in contact wi th
the shear plates. From th ree or more test pa ints, the Mohr-Coulomb envelope can be d rawn and
c' and tjJ' can be determined. Figure 11.I 4b shows a borehole shear test in progress, with the
shear head inside the borehole attached to the control unit on the ground.

11 .3.7 K, Stepped-Blade Test


In the 19705 the Ko stepped-blade test for measu ring lateral in situ stress and hence Ko was also
developed by Dr. Richard Handy at Iowa State University. The long blade consists of four steps,
100 mm apart, ranging from 3 mm th in to 7.5 mm thick, from its bottom to its top (Figure
11. 15). Even the thickest step is thinner than th e dilatometer; therefore the soil disturbance is
relatively less. Each step carries a pneumatic pressure cell fl ush with the fl at surface that comes
in contact with the soil when pushed into it.
The test is conducted in a borehole where the fi rst blade is pushed into the soil at the bottom
of the hole and the pressure in the bottom step PI is measured. The second blade is pushed into
the soil and the pressures in the bottom two steps (P 1 and P1) are measu red. Th is is repeated
until all the steps are in the soil, giving 14 (= I +2+3+ 4 + 4) pressure measurements. The fifth
step has the same thickness as the fou rth , but with no pressure cell (see the photograph). As
274 Geotechnical Engineering

(a)

(t'l

Figure 11.14 Borehole shear test: (a) shear head (b) test in progress
(Courtesy of Professor David White, Iowa State University)
Site Investigation 275

p.
75

E
4.5 E
.,;
c
~
.2
, 3 5
,,,
~

, ""
,, 1.5
ExtrapOlated in situ stress
f_
P
a
a Log pressure

(.) (b)

Figure 11 .15 Ko stepped-blade test (Courtesy of Professor David White, Iowa State University)

shown in Figure 11.1 5, the logarithm of pressure is plotted against the blade thickness. The
pressure correspond ing to zero blade thickness Po is extrapolated from the figure and is taken
as the total in si tu horizontal pressure, from wh ich Ko can be computed once the pore water
pressure is known from the groundwa ter table depth. The pressure should increase with blade
th ickness. Any data that do not show an increase in pressure with an increase in step thickness
must be discarded, an d o nly the remaining data should be used in estimating the in situ hori -
zontal pressure.

11.3.6 Plate Load Test


'Ihe plate load test (ASTM D1194 and ASTM D 11 96) is generally carried out to simulate the
loadings on a prototype fo undation or pavement. It involves loading a 300-500 mm square or
ci rcular plate in the site at a location and elevation where the proposed loads will be applied.
The settlement is plotted against the applied pressure from \-vhich the modulus of subgrade reac-
tion is obtained. The modulus of subgrade react ion is the pressure required to produce a lInit
settlement. The load is applied through a hydraulic jack against a hori zontal reaction beam that
276 Geotechnical Engineering

is anchored into the ground or loaded by jacking against a kent/edge carrying heavy weights. A
kentledge is a stack of heavy weights used to keep the horizontal reaction beam from moving
up while jacking in a plate load test or a pile load test (see Chapter 13). The main problem wi th
the plate load test is the influence depth, which is only about 1-2 times the width of the loaded
area. Therefore, the plate load test assesses the load-deformation characteristics at ver y shallow
depths. whereas the actual depth of influence in the prototype structure would be significantly
more. In other words, the plate load test can miss some problem soils that are present within the
influence wne of the prototype foundation .

11 .4 LABORATORY TESTS
Appropriate laboratory tests on disturbed and undisturbed samples collected from a site are an
integral part of a site investigation exercise. While the index properties are relatively inexpen-
sive to determine, consolidated drained or und rained triaxial tests and consolidation tests are
quite expensive. When working within a limited budget, one should be prudent when selecting
the number of samples for laboratory tests and deciding on the types of tests.
Index properties can be determined from the disturbed samples, including trimmings and
those samples collected from the split-barrel sampler of a standard penetration test. They are
useful for classification purposes, and also when using empirical correlations (e.g., Equations
8.5,9.20) to estimate the compressibi lity and st rength characteristics of clays, wh ich can be use-
ful in the absence of any other data. espeCially in the preliminary studies.
High -quality undisturbed samples arc necessary for triaxial and consolidation tests. They
come from Shelby tubes or special samplers such as piston samplers where the disturbance
is minimal. The details of laboratory tests are discussed elsewhere. The major laboratory tests,
their purposes, and the parameters derived are summarized in Table U ,S.

11.5 SITE INVESTIGATION REPORT


The in situ data pertaining to every borehole or trial pit are summarized in the form of a bore
log, which shows the so il profi le, the different layers, standard penetration test blow counts,
water table depth, etc. A typical bore log of a 29 m-deep borehole is shown in Figure 11. 16.
Some laboratory test data such as water content, unit weight, shear strength, etc. can also be
included in the bore log.
All the bore logs are collated and presented in the form of a site investigation report. which
should contain the site plan with locations of all boreholes and trial pits, all laboratory test data,
and any recommendations.
Site Investigation 277

Table 11.5 Laboratory tests

Purpo se Laboratory test Parameters derived


Water content w
Phase relation calculations Specific gravity G,
Density Pm, P,*" or p,
Grain size distribution 0 ,., D]/>, 0 .., D", ...
Sieve (coarse) Co. Cc
Hydrometer (fines) % of gravels. sands, and fines
Soil classification Atterberg limits
Liquid limit LL
Plastic limit PL ..... Pl
Linear shrinkage l S ..... PI
Compaction Po.m and w"""
Earthworl< control Field density w and Pm
Maximum/minimum density e.... and e"..., ..... D,
Direct shear c' and Q'; c" and .p~

Triaxial
Consolidated drained c' and 0 '
Strength/stability analysis
Consolidated undrained c ' and o
Unconsolidated undrained
Unconfined compression
Settlement calculations Consolidation
Permeability ,
Seepage analysis Constant head (coarse)
Falling head (fines)
278 Geotechnical Eng ineering

coffey") geotechnics
-
8<1<....,."". }()()(
, .r
Engineering Log - Borehole p ,"'!". "0.
PORT OF BRISBANE CORPORA nON 0., . . .. ".~ ; 13.~. 200&

0.,. eotJI:'l!ed' 1U. ZOO6


PrOjOd; FUTURE RECLAMA T10N Co. . . . oG
8<I<_ l .... ''''' TERMINAL 11 c_......

..........
----""",--
"'_ ' '''~dr'' ''''''' _ _ ''

_00-
--
....... __ .
- --
_.""*'- ,. ....'. .-
.--
l-I". _ _ _ "
"
, " "'-- '-
--""--
o ~

--"""
--...... -
,~ , -~-
"
'"
"'.

Figure 11 .16 A typical bore log (Courtesy of Dr. Jay Ameratunga, Coffey Geotechnics)
$ile Investigation 279

coffey e) geotechnics
Engineering log - Borehole -
-~.

Projod No'
..
)()(X
,

--
D... _
c.r.: PORT OF BRISSANE CORPORATION 13.1,2006:
D"'~"": 1U.2OOf
Prqed: FlJTUR~ Re"CLAMATlON ~I>" JO
_ _ ... _ , TEII/MINA L 11
~

_. --
--
.-

--. -.-.-"
.....
U.

--
_ _ !O _ _
____

----
--
--'"'-- -
...
..
--"-"""""
P I_
$I'f _ _...
_ _

. --
-
--
-- -
.!. :"!!:...... : - - -

-----
".
Figure 11 .16 (Continued)
280 Geotechnical Engineering

@J
Rei;;indet' .:. Laboratory and in situ tests are complements; one should not be
carried out at the expense of the other.
:. The stanclard penetrat ion fest i .~ unreliable in cohesive soils. Still ,
there are a few empirical correlations that can be used to derive the
approximate undrained shea r strength .
:. In cone pe net ration tests, d ays have higher J. a nd sands have higher
q.. As a result, d ays have hight:r /II. and sands have lower f~.
o!o 80- 90% of in situ tests consist of standard pe netration tests and
cone penetrat ion tests.
:. The vane shear lest is mainly for soft d ays and determines c".
:. The borehole shear test and the Ko stepped -blade test are very spe-
cialized tests.

WORKED EXAMPLES
1. Show fro m the first prin ciples that the und rai ned shear strength in a vane shear test is
given by Equation 11.2 1.
Solution: The vane is rotated quickly enough to ensure th at the test is carried out under
undrained condit ions. The vane shears a cyli ndrical fail ure surface as shown in the
figure on page 28 1. where the shear stress at fa ilure is the same at the uppe r and lower
horizontal circular areas and the vertic~1 1 cylind rical surface. Let's calculate the torque
resisted by the shear stresses along these surfaces.
Cylindrical surface:

On e circu lar surface:


Site Investigation 281

, d,
Failure (shear) ,
surlace .---rr "':::;"!:3==-;::'C-

h
f
T --

----'d<---.~II

For equilibrium, the torque applied to shea r the clay is given by T = T l + 2 T2:
h 7fd '}
J7fd''2+6
:. T = 7/ 1-
The test bei ng undrained , 7f = cu :
2T
:'C= 7rd 2 (h+~)
u

2. In a standard penetration test in san ds. the blow count measu red at 10.0 m depth was 22.
An automatic hammer released by a trip with an efficiency 0( 70% was used in the test.
The unit weight of sand is 18.0 kN/m J .
a. Find Nfi() and (N1)6Q
b. Estimate the fri ction angle, relative d ensity, and You ng's modulus by all possible
correlations
Solutiol1 :
a.
70
N,,=22x-= 25.7
60

eN = 9.78. 1-;-;:-1.,,--, = 9.78 x


o:"( kPa)
I I = 0.73
vl();l8
:. (N,)., = 0.73 x 25.7 = 18.8
282 Geotechnical Engineering

b. Peck el al. (1974),

4>' = 27. 1 + O.3x 25.7 - 0.00054 x 25.7 ' = 34.5 deg


Kulha".,y and Mayne (1990):

J'3'
4>'=lan - '

Hatanaka and Uchida (1996):


l 257
' ( I SO)
I 2.2+ 20.3 - -
101.3
=3S.9deg

' = ,J"'20"'x""I"'S.""'S + 20 = 39.4 deg


Skemplon (I9S6),

(N , )", =60 -> D ' = IS.8 = 0.3133 -> D =56%


D2
, ' 60 r

Leonards ( 1986):
E = S X 25.7 X 100 kPa = 20.5 M Pa
Ku lhawy and Mayne (1990) give simi ia r values for E.
3. A 65 mm X 130 mm vane was pushed into a clay and rotated; th e sh earing occurred
when the applied torq ue was 20.0 N m. W he n th e vane was fu rther rotated to remold the
d ay. the torque dropped to 8.5 Nm. The p lasticity index of the d ay was 40. Find the un -
dra ined shear strength and the sensitivity of the clay.
What would be the maximum load that C<1Il be applied to a 50 mm diameter sample col-
lected from this d epth?
Solution: Fro m Equation 11.21:
2T 2 x 20
c" = ""d' (I' + d ) = ,( 0.065 )pa = 19870 Pa = 19.9 kPa
" 1rxO.Oh5 0.130 + - -
3 3
From Equ ation 11.23:
Bjerrum's correct ion :
). = 1.7 - 0.54 log PI = 1.7 - 0.54 log 40 = 0.S3
:. Peak undrained shear st rength = 0.83 X 19.9 = 16.5 kPa
Similarl y. residual undrained shear strength = 7.0 kPa
:. Sensitivity = 16.517.0 = 2.4
Site Investigation 283

Unconfi ned compressive strength = 2 ' w= 33.0 kPa


1
C ross sectional a rea of sampl e = 1963.5 mrn
.". Load = 33.0 X 1000 X 1963.5 X 10- ' N = 64.8 N
4. A static cone penetrom eter test gives the folJowing values at 8 m depth: qr = 15 MPa and
J, = 140 kPa. \o\'hat is th e soil at this depth?
Solution:
140
fR = - - x 100 = 0.93%
ISOOO
From Figure 11.6, the soil is sand.
5. Estimate the fr iction angle and Young's modulus of the above sand in Example 4 a nd the
equival ent blow count at th is depth, assum ing that the median grain size is 0.5 mm and
the unit weight of the sand is 18.0 kN/ m). The watertable is deeper than 8 m.
Solution: At 8 m depth :
0 :'0 =8x 18:= 144.0 kPa
Ro bertson and Campan ella ( 1983):

144
'" ' = tan _,[ 0.1 + 0.38 log (I SOOO)] = 40.9 deg

Sch mertmann ( 1970) :


E = 2q,= 2X IS= 30MPa
Kulhawy and Mayne (1990):

(!:)
N",
= S.44 X 0.526 = 4.54

N~ = (lS,OOO/lOO).;- 4. S4 = 33

REVIEW EXERCISES
I. Compute the area ratio of a split-barrel sampler used in a standard penetratio n test and
see ifi l gives good quality, undisturbed samples.
Wha t are the different types of hammers used in a standard penetration tcst? Give the ir
approximate energy ratings.
284 Geotechnical Engineering

~ 2. W hat is a scrcw plate test? Prepare a short s ummary with a figure where appropriate, dis-
. TiT
cussing the salient features.

Surf the Internet for information on seismic cone tests and write a short summary with a
simpl e schematic diagram.

4. Carry out a literature review and discuss the advantages and disadvantages of in situ testing
and laboratory testing.

5. Carry out a literature review and list five refere nces on in situ test ing of soils and two each
on pressuremeter tests, dilatometer tests, borehole shear tests, and Ko stepped-blade tests.

6. A 75 mm X 150 mm vane was pushed into a clay in a borehole and rotated. At initial shear-
ing, the applied torque was 60 Nm. Later wh en the vane was rotated fu rthe r, the torque was
reduced to 35 Nm. T he plasticity index of the clay is 35. Find the peak and residual shear
strengths of the clay. What is the sensitivity of the clay?
Answer: 33.6 kPa, 19.6 kPa; 1.7

7. A borehole shear test was carried o ut where the following data were measured at shear
failure on the borehole wall s:
Normal stress (kPa) 38.5 84.0 124.0 168 .0
Shear stress (kPa) 28.0 32.0 81.0 103.0
Find the effective cohesion and friction angle (after Handy and Spanglcr, 2007)
Answer: 0 ami 30"

8. A Kostepped-blade test was carried o ut in ;) soil and readings were obtained from all fou r
blades at two subdepths. T he readings are as follows:
Step thickness (mm) 3.0 4.5 6.0 7.5
Pressure (kPa) 110 168 190 205 at subdepth 1
152 183 24 1 210 at subdeplh 2
Plot the logarithm of the measured pressure against the thickness and estimate the in situ
horizontal stress.
Answer; 60 kPu
Site Investigation 285

9. The following questions arc related to the bore log given in Figure 11.1 6.
a. What is the predominant soil within the top 4 m ?
b. W hat is the predominant soil below 10 m depth?
c. What is the reduced level at the ground. level?
d. What is the diam eter of the borehole?
c. What is the blow count from the standard penetration test at 10 m? How would you
classify th is sand?
f. What is the undrained shear strength of the clay at 4.5 m dcpth?
g. What is the undrained shear strength at the bo ttom of the borehole?
h. How many 75 mm diameter tube samples were collected in clays?
I. What is the difference between the N-vaJues with and without the'" sign?

10. Access http://www.gintsoftware.com and use their trial version of gint to prepare a bore
log with as much detail as possible. What other software packages are available for this
purpose? Compare th em.

\ 1. The data from a piezocone penetration test is given in the figure o n page 286. Note that
the cone resistance q~ is plotted to two different scales. The groundwater table lies 1 m
below the ground level. Develop the soil profile for this site.
286 Geotechnical Engineering

IJCU Piezocone Penetrometer Test


,.

""".V w;J\Il .. l'ItWt<I.,o.;o .. dr\>fI


~"""'" /';1:;0 ", Ot<4l.,GW T_ I!lnESfiW,TED

., "
Cono 11<.,..."". ('I<I ..... ''''' ~'' ...... IU,I''''
I _""U .....

"
I
--'--'- . ,, ,
--'---'-- ' --~--'--' .. -
.
.r:-::-:-:-.. -- ---'- -- _. _._-- ---

.'7
. . " "" " ,".
, "
, , ,i - -:-, - ~-
- -'-}'--
"'"
." , ,,, .:',, --~,,, -,~-, -':., -- '
--r-----'------
-----,--- . ,

,
,
,, ",
, '",''",'
, ,.
, , ". ,,. ,
','
, ,
,
,
_ -0 _ _ _ _ >-" __
"
"".
L_~ __ ' ____ "' __ '

":
__

,
--,- -, , - -,- --.- - ; - -:-- -: . - t - -'--:-- +-:- -'h-~- - -~ - -+

.. , , ,,
,

I
. -'--:- ')-~-!-~-H
" "
-:--J--f "'
~--t--r-~--t--
" -~-.
j
-~-~-~-H'f-I
!i i ~ :I
.. .
---,------r-----'
,,,; :.~ : :~
~-~': '
, , , , ,...
-~-.--,--
.
-~.- .-
,
,,.. -,--,-.,-.,.,-
" , ,-, - ,-
---~C L -L---
? i
- -, _ . _., _.-

,
,
-..,- -.- -~-
,
-,.. -,- - , - -,.., - ~- -,-- -,-, -,', -,', - ,., ,
, " -,. -,-

. !I
.. .'::~-:e:--L.. _._ ~_, ~ -l.._. J WJ
0 .0 0 .2 0.' o.e O~ 1.0
c......""...," 10<1 MP.
Site Investigation 287

Quiz 6. Site Investigation

Duratio n: 20 minutes

I. State wheth er the following are true o r fal se.

a. A standard penetration test is mainly applicable to granular soi ls.


b. A vane shear test is mainly applicable to soft clays.
c. The higher the blow count, the lower the friction angle.
d. In a cone penetration tcst, the friction rat io JR is higher in granular soils than in
cohesive soils.
c. In a standard penetration test of granular soil, the higher the hammer efficiency,
the higher the m easured blow count.
f. In a cone penetration test, ski n fricti o n is ge nerally greater than the tip
resistance.
g. A clay with an unconfined compressive strength of 30 kPa will be classified as
very soft clay.
h. A sand wi th a relative density of 75% will be classified as dense sand (Chapter 3).
(4 points)

2. W hat is a blow count o r a penetration number in a standard pene tration test?


(I point)

3. What is the pa rameter derived from a vane shear test?


( 1 point)

4. What param eters can be derived from the blow count N in a standard pe netratio n
test of g ranul ar so il s?
(I point)
288 Geotechnical Engineering

5. What pa rameters are derived from a bo rehole shear test?


(l point)

6. What parameter is derived from a Kostepped-blade test?


( I point)

7. What are the parameters that can be derived from a pressuremeter test?
(1 point)

WV ~
This book has free materia! aVCli!able for download from the
Wt:!lJ Adut!d value'" rttSOUrce center at vvwvv.jro:;spub.com
Shallow Foundations 12
12.1 INTRODUCTION
Foundations arc structural elements that are intended to safely transfer the loads from the
structure (e.g., building, transmission tower) to the ground. The two major classes of founda-
tions are shallow!oulIdatiollS and deep foundations. Shallow foundations transfer the e ntire load
to the soil at relatively shallow depths. A common understanding is that the depth of a shallow
fo undation DI mllst be less than the breadth B. Breadth is the shorter of the two plan dimen-
sions. ShaUow foundations incl ude pad foot ings, strip (o r wall) footings, and mat foundations as
shown in Figure 12.1. Pad foot ings, typically 1- 4 m in breadth. are placed under the columns,
spreadi ng the column loads evenl), to the grou nd. Simil arl y, strip footi ngs are placed under
the walls that carry the line loads. Combined footings or strap footings carry more than one col-
umn load. Mat foundations, also known as raft foundations, carry multiple column and/or wall
loads. When a substantial plan area ofthe building (e.g., more than 50%) would be occupied by
isolated footin gs, it may be cost effective to provide a raft foundation by concreting th e entire

(al (bl (01

Figure 12.1 Types of shallow foundations: (a) pad footing (b) strip footing (el mat or raft foundation

289
290 Geotechnical Engineering

plan area. A typical high -rise building can apply 10- 15 kPa per floor. Deep fou ndations have a
depth greater than the breadth, and are discussed in Chapter 13.
A pad footing of plan dimensions Band L. carrying a load Q, applies a pressure of QIBL to
the underlying soil. A strip footing of width B. ca rryi ng ,\ line load of Q kN/ m, applies a pres-
sure of QIB to the und erlying soil. Th e length o f a st rip footing is Significantly greater than th e
breadth; hence BIL is o ft en assumed to be zero.

Example 12.1: A 2.0 m-wide strip footing carries a wall load of 300 kN/ m. What would be the
pressure applied to the underlying soil?

Solution:
300
q applitd =2'- = 150 kPa

12.2 DESIGN CRITERIA


Shallow foundation s are generally designed to sati sfy two criteria; bearing capacity and settle-
ment. Beari ng capacity criterion e nsu res that there is adequate protectio n against possible shear
failure ofthc unde rlyi ng soil; the criterion is similar to design ing fo r the ultimate limit state, and
is ensured th rough the provision of an adequate factor of safety of about threc. In other words.
shallow foundation s arc designed to carry a working load of V3 of the fa ilure load. In raft foun-
dations, a slightly lower safety fac tor can be reco mmended (Bowles 1996). Settlement criterion
ensures that the settlement is within acceptabl e limits. For example, the pad and strip footings
used in granular soils are generally designed to se tt le less than 25 mm . This is si milar to the
design for the serviceability limit state.
Why do we have to lim it settlem ents? The building consists of a framework of slabs, beams.
columns, and foundat ions-all of which are structura l elements made of engineeri ng materials
such as concrete, steel. timber, etc. When the en ti re building settles equally at every location,
the magnitude of settlement is of little concern. The P;ll;lce of Fine Arts, huilt in the early 1900s
in Mexico City, settled more than 3.5 m but is still in use; it is the differential settleme'lt that is a
conce rn. When adjacent footings undergo sett l (~me nt s that are quite different in magnitude, the
structural elements conn ected to these fo otings can undergo severe structura l distress. Differ -
ential settlement is si mply the difference in sett lemen ts between two nearby footings. Angular
distortion is the ratio of the differential settlement between two adjacent columns to the span
length. Limiting values of acceptable angu lar d istortions have been reported in the literature
(e.g . Lambe and \Vhitman 1979). with approximately 1/300 as the lim it for architectural dam-
ages such as the cracking of plasters an d 11 150 as the limit for structura l damage. By li miting
the total settlements, differential settlements and angular distortions are automat ically kepi in
check.
Shallow Foundations 291

Example 12.2 : Two columns at a spacing of 6 In are resting on pad footings that have settled by
5 mm and 20 mm. Determine if there is excessive angular d istortion.

Solution:
Dille rential seulement = 20 - 5 = 15 mm
Angular d istortion = 15/6000 = 1/400 ~ withi n limits

12.3 BEARING CAPACITY OF A SHALLOW FOUNDATION


Prandtl ( 192 I) modeled a narrow metal tool beari ng against the surface of a block of smooth
softer metal. which was later extended by Reissner ( 1924) to incl ud e a bearing area located
below the surface of the softer metal. The Prandtl-Rcissncr plastic- li mit equilibrium plane-
str ain analysis of a hard objec t that penetrates into a softer material was later extended by Ter-
7-3gh i ( 1943) in to the first ral ional beari ng capacity equation for soil -embedded strip foo tings.
Terzagh i assumed the soil 10 be a semi-infinite, isotropic, homogeneous, weightless, rigid plastic
material and that the foot ing is rigid and the base of the footing is sufficiently ro ugh to ensu re
there is no separation between the foo ting and the underlying soil. When the failu re load is
reached, the shear stresses are exceeded along th e failure surface shown in Fi gure 12.2 and fail-
ure takes place.
When the fou ndation load is increased fro m 7.ro, the sett lement also increases. The applied
pressu re-sett lement plot can take o ne of the th ree form s shown in Figu re 12.3, representing
three d iffe rent fa ilure mechanis ms: general shem'failure (Figure t2.3a), local shear failure (Fig-
ure 12.3b), and punching shear failure (Figure 12.3c). General shear fa ilu re is the most com mon
m ode offailure that occu rs i n firm gro und, includ ing den se gra nular soils and stiff clays, where
the fa il ure load is well-defi ned (see Figure 12.3a). Here, the shear res istan ce is fu lly developed
along the en tire fa ilu re su rface that extends to the ground level as shown in Figu re 12.2, and a

,..O,(Surcharge)

Figure 12.2 Assumed failure surface within the soil during bearing capacity failure
292 Geotechnical Engineering

Applied pressure Applied pressure Applied pressure


I qull

('1 (bl (01

Figure 12.3 Failure modes of a shallow foundation : (a) general shear (b) local
shear (c) punching shear

clearly fo rmed heave appears at the ground level near the footing. The other extreme is punch-
ing shear failure, which occurs in weak, compressible soils such as very loose sands where the
failure surface does not extend to the ground level, the fai lure load is not well defi ned, and there
is no noticeable heave at the ground level (Figure 12.3c). Between these two modes, there is
local shear failure (Figure 12.3b), which occurs in soils of intermediate compressibility such as
medium-dense sands, where only slight heave occurs at the ground level near the footing.
In reality, the ground conditions are always improved through compaction before placing
the fo oting. For shallow foundations in granular soils with a Dr > 70% and in stiff clays, th e
failure will occur in general shear mode (Vesic 1973). Therefore, it is reaso nable to assume that
the general shear failure mode applies in most situations.
The applied pressure at failure is known as the ultimate bearing capacity quit (Figure 12.3).
'fh is is the maximum pressure that the footing can apply to the underlying ground before fail-
ure occurs within the soil. Obviously, we want to see that the pressure applied by the footing is
significantly less than the ultimate beari ng capacity, thus lim iting the probability of failure. The
allowable bearing capacity q.1I is defined as:

_. qui!
q"II -- (12. 1)
F

where F is the safety factor, which is usually about J for shallow foundations. 10 account fo r the
uncertainty in the design parameters and in the simplified theories, we use safety factors that
are significantly higher than those used by our structu ral engineering counterparts. The high
safety factor is attributed in part to the unfactored dead and live loads that are used to calculate
the design loads. The applied pressure qapp should not exceed the allowable pressure-ideally,
they should be equ al.

12.3.1 Presumptive Bearing Pressure,s


Presumptive bearing pressures are very approximate and conservative bea ring pressures that
can be assumed in preliminary deSigns. These are given in building codes and geotechnical
Shallow Foundations 293

Table 12.1 Presumed bearing capac ity values (after 8S8004:1986,


Canadian Geotechnical Society 19H2)
Soil type Bearing capacity (kPaj
Rocks:
Igneous and metamorphic rock in sound condi tion 10000
Hard Umestone/sandstone 4000
SchisVslate 3000
Hard shale/mudstone or soft sandstone 2000
Soft shale/mudstone 600-'000
Hard sound chal k or soft limestone 600

Granular soils:
Dense gravel or sand/gravel > 600
Medium-dense gravel or sandlgravel 200-600
Loose gravel or sandlgravel < 200
Dense sand > 300
Medium-dense sand ,00-300
Loose sand < ' 00
Cohesive soils:
Very stiff clays 300-000
Stiff clays '5()-J00
Firm clays 75-150
Soft clays and silts < 75

textbooks (see U.S. Army 1993, Bowles 1986). Hc;:re, the specifi ed values do not reflect the site or
geologie conditions, shear strength parameters of the soil. or the fo und ation dimensions. Some
typical values are given in Table 12.1.

Example 12.3: A square fooling is required to carry a 600 kN column load in a medium-dense
sand. Estimate its width.

SolutioI'!: From Table 12.1, q.. = 200 kPa


Assuming the footing widlh as B:
600
qapp = - - S 200 kPa
Bx B
:. B ;=: 1.73 m --+ Take B as 1.75 m
294 Geotechnical Engineering

12.3.2 Terzaghi's Bearing Capacity E,qualion


Assuming that the bearing capacity fai lure occurs in general shear mode, Terzaghi (1943)
expressed his fi rst bearing capacity equation for a strip footing as :
(12.2)

Here, c, /'t' and /'2 are the cohesion and unit weights of the soil above and below the footing
level respectively. N" N q, and Nyare the bearin g capacity fac tors that are funct ions of the friction
angle. The ultimate bearing capacity is derived from three distinc t components. 'The first term
in Equation 12.2 reflects the contribution of cohesion to the ultimate bearing capacity, and the
second term reflects the frictional co ntribution of th e overburden pressure or surcharge. The
last term reflects the frictional contribution of the self-weight of the soil below the footing level
in the fail ure zone.
For square and circular footings, the ultimate bearing capacities are given by Equations 12.3
and 12.4 respectively.
Sq uare: quit = 1.2 eN, + 1'1 Dj + 0.4 BY 2N y (12.3)

Circle: qult = 1.2 c N, + I'tq +0.3 B"Y 2Nr (12.4)

Remember that the bearing capacity factors in Eq uations 12.3 and 12.4 are those of strip foot-
ings. In local shear failure, the fa ilure surface is not fully developed, and thus the friction and
cohesion are not fully mobilized. For this local shear failure, Terzaghi red uced the values of
friction angle and cohesion to tan - 1(0.67 ) and 0.67 c respectively.
Terzaghi neglected th e shear resistance provided by the overburden soil, which was simply
treated as a surcharge (see f igure 12.2). Also, he assumed in Figure 12.2 th at 0:" = q,. Subsequent
studies by several others show that a = 45 + q,/2 (Vcsic 1973), whi ch makes the bearing capac-
ity factors different from what were originally proposed by Tcrzaghi. With a = 45 + cP12, the
bearing capacity factors Nq and N, become:

Nq = e l"tan<.b t:an Z( 45+~) (12.5)

1'1, = (1'1, -- I) cot <I> (12.6)

The above expression for N, is the same as the one originally proposed by Prandtl (192 I), and
the one fo r Nq is the same as th e one given by Rc issner ( 1921). Wh ile there is a consensus about
Equations 12.5 and 12.6, various expressions h:ave been proposed fo r Ny in the literature, the
most used being those proposed by Meyerhof(l963) and Hansen (1970). Some of these differ-
ent expressions for Ny are presented in Table 12.2. The bearing capacity equation can be applied
in terms of total or effective stresses, using c' and ', or Cu and u.
Shallow Foundations 295

Table 12.2 Expressions for N,


E)(pression Reference
(No - 1) tan (1.4<1 Meyemof (1963)
1.5 (No - 1) tan Hansen (1970)
2.0 (Ng - 1) tan Eurocode 7 (Ee7 1995)

2.0 (No + 1) Vesic (1973)


1. 1 (Nq - 1) tan{I.3) Spangler & Handy (1982)
0. 1054 exp(9.6)" Davis & Booker (1971)
0.0663 exp(9.3)" Davis & Booker (1971)
Notes: 'rough fooling wilh <i> in radians
" smoolh footing with 0 in rad~ns

For undrained loading in clays, when 11u = 0 it can be shown that Nil = 1, Nl = 0, and N,
= 2 + 11" ( = 5.14). Skempton (1951) studied the variation of N( with the shape and depth oflhe
foundation. He showed that for strip footing, it varies from 2 + 11" at the surface to 7.5 at a depth
greater than 4B. For square foot ings, it varies between 211" at the surface and 9.0 at depth greater
than 4B. Therefore, for pile foundations, it is generally assumed that Nc = 9.
Most of the bearing capacity theories (e.g., Prandtl, Terzaghi) assume that the footing- soil
interface is rough. Concrete footings are made b}' pouring concrete directly on the ground, and
therefore the soil-footing interface is rough . Schultze and Horn (1967) noted that the way the
concrete footings are cast in pl ace, there is adequate frict ion at the base, which mobi li zes fric -
tion angles equal to cp. Even the bottom of a metal storage tank is not smooth since the base is
always treated with paint or asphalt to resist cor rosion (Bowl es 1996). Therefore, the ass ump
tion of a rough base is more realistic than a smooth one. Based on experimental studies, Vesic
( 1975) stated that foundat ion rough ness has little effect on the ultimate bearing capacity, pro
vided the foot ing load is vertical.
Meyerhof's (used predominantly in North America) and Hansen's (used in Europe) Nyap-
pear to be the most popu lar of the different expressions given for Ny in Table 12.2. The values of
N~ . proposed by Meyerhof(1963), Hansen (1970), Vesic (1973), and Eurocode 7 (EC7 1995) are
shown in Figure 12.4 along with th ose of Nq and .N(. l::or 11 < 30, Meyerhof's and Hansen's val-
ues are essenti ally the same. For cp > 30, Meyerhof's values are larger, the difference increasing
with 11. Indian standard recommends Vesic's Ny (Raj 1995). The Canadian Foundation Engineer-
ing Manual (992) recom mends Hansen's N~ fac tor.

12.3.3 Meyerhof's Bearing Capacity Equation


In spite of the various improvements to the theoret ical developments proposed by Terzaghi. his
original form of the bearing capacity equation is still used today because of its simplicity and
practical ity. Terzaghi neglected the shear resistance within the overburden soil (Le., above the
296 Geotechnical Engineering

1000
~ fNy~
,Ny

~
~
~
100
~J#/
u
~
u
~
c
c

m
10 ~
,...- ---
~
~

~ k /r' fNy

o 10 20 40 50
FricliiJn angle (deg)

Figure 12.4 Bearing capacity factors for shallow foundations

footing level), which was included in Meyerhof's (l95I) modifications, which are discussed
here. Meyerhof's (1963) modifications, which are accepted worldwide, are summarized here.
Meyerhof (1963) proposed the general bearing capacity equation of a rectangular foot ing as:

(12.7)

where Nc> Nq, and Nyare the bearing capacity fa.ctors of a strip footing. The shape of the footing
is accounted for through the shape factors 5, . 5'1' and Sy' The depth of the footing is taken into
account through the depth factors do dq and d". The inclination factors ie' iq , and il' account for
the inclination in the applied load. These fac tors are summarized below.
Shape Jactors (MeyerhoJ 1963):

(12.8)

Sq = s..,. = 1+0.1 L
B tan , ( 45+2'
"')
( 12.9)
~ 1 fo r "' ~ O

Depth factors (Meyerhof 1963):

(12.10)
Shallow Foundations 297

( 12.11 )
~ 1 forq, ~ O

Inclination factors (Meyerhof 1963; Hanna and Meyerhof 1981):

i( (1- ;~y
=iq = (12.12)

i, ~(I - :J' forq,~I0 (12.13)


= 1 for = O

Here, a is the inclination (degrees) of the footing load to the vertical. Note that in spite of the
load being inclined, the ultimate bearing capacity computed from Equation 12.7 provides its
vertical component.
PlalTe-strain correction:
It has been reported by several researchers that the friction angle obtained from a plane-
strain compression test p. is greater than that obtained from a tr iaxial compression test !<
by about 4 to 9 in dense sands and 2 to 4 in loose sands (Ladd et al. 1977). A conservative
estimate of the plane-strain frict ion angle may be obtained from the triaxial test by (Lade and
Lee 1976),

(12.14)

Allen et al. (2004) related th e peak friction angl,~s from direct shear d. and plane-strain com -
pressio n tests through the following equation :

(12.15)

The soil element beneath the centerline of a strip footing is subjected to plane-strain loading,
and therefore the plane-strain friction angle must be used to calculate its bearing capacity.
The plane-strain friction angle can be obtained from a plane-strain compression test, which
is uncommon. 'The loadi ng condition of a soil element along the vertical centerline of a square
or circular footing resembles more of an axisymmetric loading than a plane-strain one, thus
requiring an axisymmetric friction angle that can be determined from a consolidated -d rai ned
or undrained-triaxial compression test.
298 Geotechnical Engineering

Based on the suggest ions made by Bishop (196 1) and Bjerrum and Kummeneje ( 1961) that
the plane-strain friction angle is 10% g reater than that from a triaxial compression test, Meyer-
hof ( 1963) proposed the corrected friction angle for the use with rectangular foolings as:

1>rec!""!;,,] ,,, fig ( B)


= 1.1 - 0.1 L 1>lri~'ia] (12. 16)

Equation 12.16 simply enables interpolation between 1>"1 101 (for HI L= 1) and 1>pl.nnlrai n (for
BIL = O). The friction angles that arc available in most geotechnical designs are derived from
triaxial tests in the laboratory or in situ penet r ation tests. Plane-strain tests are complex and
uncommon. Therefore, unless stated otherwise, it can be assumed that the friction angle is
derived from axisymmetric loading conditions,. and should be corrected using Equation 12. 16
for rectangular or strip footings.
Eccentric loading:
When the footing is loaded with some eccentricity, the ultimate bearing capacity is reduced.
Meyerhof (I963) suggested the effective footing breadth B' and length L' as R' = R - 2 ej) and
L' = L - 2 el , where ell and eL are the eccentricities along the breadth and length directions as
shown in Figure 12.5.
For footings with eccentricities, B' and L' should be used to compute the ultimate bearing
capacity (Equation 12.7) and shape factors (Equations 12.8 and 12.9). To compute the depth
factors (Equations 12.10 and 12.11), B should be used. The unhatched area (A' = B' X L') in /
Figure 12.5 is the effective area that contributes to the bearing capacity. Therefore, the ultimate

B
1< -I
Figure 12.5 Meyerhof's eccentricity correction
Shallow Foundations 299

foo ting load is computed by multiplying the ultimate bearing capacity by this area A ' . When the
hatched area is disregarded, the load acts at the center of the remain ing area.
Meyerhof's bearing capacity equation (Equation 12.7), with the correction factors for
shape, depth , and inclination , is a sign ificant improvement from Terzaghi's equation. There are
also similar approaches suggested by Hansen ('1970) and Vesic (1973, 1975) where the bearing
capacity equation and the correction factors are d ifferent. They have two additional sets of cor-
rection factors to account for the ground inclin ation (gr' gq' and gr) and base inclination (br, bq,
and br ) that cate r to the foo tings constructed on sloping grounds and footings where the base
is not horizontaL

12.3.4 Gross and Net Pressures and Bearing Capacities


The ultimate bearing capaciti es computed using Equations 12.2, 12.3, 12.4, and 12.7 are all
gross ultimate bearing capacities. There is alrea.dy a n overburden pressure of ,,(DJ acting at the
foundation level. The net ultimate bearing capacity is the maximum additional soil pressure
that can be sustained before failure. Therefore, the net ultimate bearing capacity is obtained by
subtracting the overburden pressure from the gross ultimate bearing capacity. Similarly, the net
applied pressure is the additional pressure applied at the foundation level in excess of the exist-
ing overburden pressure. The safety factor with respect to beari ng capacity failure is generally
defined in terms of the net values as:

F = qult.nct = '1 ult,gr<m


- ~D
I f
( 12. 17)
q app.n ct q app.gross - 'Y Df
In most spread footing designs, the gross pressures are sign ifican tly larger than the overburden
pressures. In other words, the gross and net pressures are not very differe nt as seen in most of
the examples in th is chapter. Only in problems involving the rem oval oflarge overburden pres-
su res, such as bUildings with basements, can gross and net pressures be quite different. The dif-
ference can be substantial when Dj is large as in the case of excavations for deep basements and
rafts. In compensated or floating foundations, th e net pressure applied is reduced substantially
(almost to the extent of making it negligible) by increasing Df . The safety factor fo r such fou n -
dations would be very high. H ere, the design is governed by the settlement criterion.
In clays under undrained conditio ns ( u = 0), N~ = 5. 14, N q = I, and N r = O. Therefore, the
net ultimate bearing capaCity of a shallow foundation can be written as:

(12. 18)

We generally use Cu and CPII = 0 for short -term stability analysis in terms of total stresses, assum -
ing undrainnl cum.li Liulls.
300 Geotechnical Engineering

Example 12.4: In a clayey sand with c' = 10 kPa, 4>' = 32, and l' = 18 kN/m), a 1.5 m X 2.0 m
rectangular footi ng is placed at a depth ofO.5:m as shown below. The un it weight of concrete is
23 kN/m J The water table lies well below the foundat ion level . What is the maximum column
load allowed on this footing?

GL

D,:o.5m

e:l.5m

Solution :

(f/=3ZO --7 q,:":'1 = (U --O.l.!.2 ) 32=32.8deg


2.0
N1 = 25.5, N, = 38.0, N7 . M <yOrt.of = 25.3
Shape factors:

s~ = 1+0.21.5
- tan 2 (45+16.4 ) = 1.50
2.0

Depth factors:

0.5 tan(45+
d , = 1+0.2- . 16.4 ) = 1.1 2
1.5 .

No inclination --7 i, = iq = i.., = 1


No eccentricity:
: . qu.J.s..... = 1.50x 1.1 2 x to x 38 + l.25 X 1.06 X 0.5 X 18 X 25.5
+ 1.25 X 1.06 X 0.5 X 1.5 X 18 X 25.3 = 1395.0 kPa
q~l~ ..... = 1395.0 - 18 X 0.5 = 1386 kPa

Continues
Shallow Foundations 301

Example 12.4: Continued


Applying a safety factor of 3:
Q 1386
-+ lL5 ~---~Q~ 1352 kN
3 3

12.3.5 Effects of the Water Table


When computing the ultimate bearing capacity in terms of effective stress parameters, it is nec-
essary to use the correct unit weights, depend ing on the location of the water table. If the water
table lies at or above the ground level, y' must be used in both bearing capacity equation terms
when dealing with effective stress parameters. If the water table lies at the footing level, "(,,, must
be used in the second bearing capacity equation term, and y ' in the third. It can be seen from
Figure 12.2 that the failure zone within the soil is confined to a depth of approximately B below
the footing width. Therefore, if the water table lies at depth B or deeper beneath the footing,
the bulk unit weight "( m must be used in both bearing capacity terms. Terzaghi and Peck ( 1967)
stated that the friction angle is reduced by 1_20 when a sand is satu rated. Therefore, if a future
rise in the water table is expected, the frict ion angle may be slightly reduced when computing
the ultimate bearing capacity.

12.4 PRESSURE DISTRIBUTIONS BENEATH ECCENTRICALLY


LOADED FOOTINGS
The pressure distribution beneath a flexible footi ng is often assumed to be uniform if the load is
concentric, appli ed at the center. This is not the case when the load is applied with some eccen -
tricity in one or both directions. Eccentricity can be introduced through moments andlor lat-
eralloads such as wind loads. It can reduce the ultimate bearing capacity, and with the reduced
effective area, the allowable load on the footing is further reduced.
Un the strip footing shown in Figure 12.6a, a line load () kN/m is applied with an eccen-
tricity of e. To compute the pressure distribution beneath the footing, the eccentric line load
can be replaced by a concentric line load Q kN/m and a moment Qe as shown in Figure 12.6b.
The vertical pressures beneath the strip foo ti ng due to these two load components are %and
1~~ x, respectively, where x is the horizontal distance to the point of interest from the cen-
terline. Here,, th e moment of in ertia about the longitud inal centerline for a unit length of the
footing is ~2' Therefore, the soil pressu re at any point beneath the st ri p footing becomes:

Q( 12CX)
q(x)='B I + T (12.19)
302 Geotechnical Engineering

,
,
,'-,
Bi
, >1

B
1< -I
laJ IbJ loJ
Figure 12.6 Pressure distribution beneath an eccentrically loaded strip footing: (a) eccentric load
(b) equivalent concentric load with moment (e) plan view

ll1 Cmaximum and minimum values of the soil pressure, which occ ur at the two edges of the
strip footing, at x = O.S B and x = - o.s B respectively, are given b)':

--
qmax-
Q( 1+ -6e)
B
B (J 2.20)

(J 2.2 1)

It can be seen from Equation 12.21 that the soil pressure beneath the footing will be compressive
at all points, provided e < B16. Since there cannot be tensile normal stress between the founda-
tion and the soil when e exceeds B16, one edge of the footi ng will li ft off the ground, reducing
the contact area, resulting in a redist ribution of the contact pressure. It is th ere fore desirable to
limit the eccentricity to a maximum of B/6, as shown by the shaded area in Figure 12.6c.
Figure 12.7a shows a rectangular fo oting with eccentricities of en and eL in the breadth and
length directions respecti vely. As before, the eccentric load Q can be replaced by a concentric
load Q and moments Q eg and Q eL about the y and x axes respectively (see Figurc 12.7b). The
contact pressure at any poi nt beneath the footing can be shown as:

(12e
q(x,y)= -Q I+ --fx+--fy 12e) (1 2.22)
BL B L
Here, the origin is at the cente r of the foo ting and the x and y axes are in th e directions of
breadth and length respectively. The shaded area at the center- a rhombus- is known as the
kern. Provided the foundation load acts within I h is area, the contact stresses are compressive at
all points beneath the fo oti ng.
Shallow Foundafions 303

y ~ , ,
y A

,
,.e"" ._. __
_______"'Q
i_ ---,.. -_.-,x .
x

,
B
I. >1
(a) (b) (e)

Figure 12.7 Two-way eccentricity in a rectangular footing: (a) eccentric load (b) concentric load
with moments (el kern

Example 12.5: A colum n load of Q is applied on a rectangular footing of dimensions Band L,


with eccentricities of B/ 12 and L/l6. Draw the pressure distribution around the perimeter and
fi nd the contact pressure at the center and the maximum and minimum pressures.

Solution: Substituting cs ::::: BIl2 and CL ::::: Ltl6 in Equation 12.22 gives:
1 x+-y
q(x,y)= - Q ( l +- 0.75)
BL B L
At A, x ::::: 0.58 and y = O.5L--7

q, =-'L(1+0.5+0.375)=1.875 -'L
BL BL
At B, x ::::: 0.58 and y ::::: - O.5L-)

q, = -'L(1 +0.5 - 0.375) = 1.125-'L


BL BL
At C,x ::::: - O.5Band y::::: - O.5L-)

qc = -'L(1 - 0.5 - 0.375) = 0. 125-'L


BL BL
At D, x = - 0.58 and y ::::: 0.5L-+

'II) = ..2.- 0 - 0.5 + 0.375) = 0.875..2..


BL BL
Continues
304 Geotechnicol Engineering

Example 12.5: Continued

i\t the center, x = O,y = 0-+ q = ~

and
Q
qmill. =qc =: 0.125BL
-

The pressure distribution around the perimeter is shown:


y

0.875 OIBL 11 11 1111 11111 1.875 OIBL

- C B

O. 125018L 11111111
11111111111111 1.1250>8'

12.5 INTRODUCTION TO RAFT FOUNDATION DESIGN


A raft fou ndation. also known as a mat found ation, is a large, th ick conc rete slab supporting all
or some of the columns an d/or walls of a st ructure. Rafts can also support entire structures such
as silos. storage tanks, chimneys, towers, and machinery. Hollow rafts can reduce the heavy self-
weight of a large slab and still provide sufficient structural st iffness. A widely accepted practical
criterion is to use raft s when more than 50% of the building plan area is covered by isolated
footings. Compared 10 isolated foot ings, a raft sp reads the st ructu ral load over a larger area and
Shallow Foundations 305

reduces the bearing pressure. Because of the h igh stiffness of the thick concrete slab. rafts can
reduce differential settlements.
The bearing capacity computations for raft foundations are similar to those of the pad
or strip footings discussed in previous sections of this chapter. Par clays under undrained
conditions, Equation 12 .1 8 can be used to compute the net ult imate bear ing capacity of a
raft. Generally, due to the size of the raft:. the safety factor with respect to the bearing capacity
failure in sands is quite large. Extending Mcycrhof's ( 1956) work. Bowles (1988) proposed an
empirical relation for est imating the net allowable bearing capacity of shallow fo undat ions
in sands as:

_ , ( B + 0.3)' ( ~_ D! )( maximum settlement (mm)) ( 12.23)


qaunet (kPa)-12.Sl-0 60 1+
, B 3 B 25

In rafts. total settlements as high as 50 mm can be allowed while differential settlements are still
within tolerable limits. This is about twice the total settlement allowed for isolated footings in
granular soils .

Example 12.6: A IO m x 12 m raft is placed 5 m below the ground level in a clay with '. = 50
kPa and 'Y = 18.5 kN/m 3 For undrained conditions. find the net allowable bearing capacity.
How effective is it to increase the raft width and length to increase the net allowable bearing
capacity?

Solution: From Equation 12.18:

q"k.n", = 5.14 '. (1 +0.2 D; )( J +0.2~) = 5. 14 x 50 ( 1+0.21~)( 1+0.2 :~) =330 kPa
With F = 3, qaJ~n<t = l lO kPa
Increasing B and L has a negligible effect in increasing q.tLn<. in undrained clays; it helps to re-
duce the net applied pressure by spreading thf: load over a larger area.

The structural design of a raft founda tion can be carried out in two ways: the rigid method and
the flexible method. These are briefly discussed below.

12,5.1 Rigid Method


The rigid method. also known as the conventional method. is more popular d ue to its sim-
plicity. Here. the raft is assumed rigid a nd the settlement translational or ro tational; there
is no bending. Fo r rigid, rectangular rafts with area B X L, the contac t pressure q at any
point beneath the raft 'with coordinates x and y with respect to a Cartesian coordinate system
306 Geotechnical Engineering

passi ng th rough the centroi d of the raft area (see Figure l2.8), with the axes parallel to th e
edges, is given by:
Q, M.. My
qx,y
( ) =-+-y+-x ( 12.24)
BL /, /,

where Q, = EQ; = total colum n loads act ing on the raft; Mr = Q, ey = moment of the colum n
loads about the x'axis; My = Q, ex = moment of the colum n loads about tb e yaxis; ex. ey =
eccentri cities abou t the y and x axes respectivdy; lr = ne/ 12 = moment of in ertia about the
x. axis;~, = LB J /12 = moment of inertia about the y. axis . The maximum net contact pressure

y
b

iii

" 0,
e,
L II ,
.- -- -- .....-........... - .. --_._.- -- -_._._._.- ----
---~ ~ _

iQ
A I!!I
..:
; 11!1 ;
. 2 , 0..
I!il
0 ..
A I
Li- ; ! J..j

I
~ ____________B~ ____________ ~

Section A-A

Figure 12.6 Raft foundation design as a two-way slab


Shallow Foundations 307

co mputed from Equatio n 12.24 must be less than the net allowable bearing capacit), of the raft.
It can be seen fro m Equation 12.24 that the pressure d istributions along the x and y d irections
are linear.
Static equilibrium in the vertical direct ion causes the res ultant of col umn loads Q/ to be
equal and opposite to the resultant load obt'lined from integration of the reactive contact pres-
sure in Equation 12.24. For simplicity, the rigid method suggests that the raft be analyzed by
tributary areas in each of the two perpendicu lar directions, simi lar to the structural design of
an inve rted two-way flat slab, as shown by the shaded areas in r: igure 12.8.
To calculate bending moments and shear forces, each of the two perpendicu la r bands is
assumed to be an in depe nd ent, continuous beam under constant average upward pressure q."
estimated by Equation 12.24.
This Simplification violates equilibrium, because bending moments and shear force s at the
common edge between adjacent bands are neglected. 'lherefore, the contact pressure obtained
by dividing th e sum of the column loads in each band by the total area of the band is not equal
to q.., as computed by Equation 12.24 . Therefo re, all loads a rc multiplied by a fa ctor 11 as shown
in Figure 12.8 such that qa\' X B X 1 == 11 EQ4i' en suring equilibrium .

12.5.2 Flexible Method


Flexible methods are based on analyticallinear.. elastic solutions and numerical solutions such
as finit e differences and finite elements, where the stiffness of both soil and structural members
can be taken into accou nt. Early flexible numerical methods are based on th e numerical solu -
tion of the fourth o rder different ial equation govern in g the flexural behavior of a plate by the
method of finite d ifferences. The raft is treated as a linear clastic structural clemen t whose soil
reaction is replaced by an infini te number of independent linear elastic springs followin g the
'Winkler hypothesis. The elastic constant of these spr ings is given by the coefficient of subgrade
reaction k" also known as the modulus of subgrade reaction or the subgrade modulus, defined as
the ratio of applied pressure to settlement. The pressure distribution is non-linear.
Figure l2.9a shows an infin itely long beam of width b (m) and thickness II (m) rest ing o n
the ground and is subjected to some point loads where the so il reac tion is q (kN/ m ) at dista nce
x from the ori gin . Here, the so il reac tion is nonunifo rmly distri buted along the lengt h of the
beam. From engineering mechanics principles, it can be shown that:
Bendi ng moment at x :

d' z
M(x) = B,}, - , (12.25)
dx

Shear force at x:

( 12.26)
308 Geotechnical Engineering

x
0, Beam

-b 1q l~l~f ~ ~ r

1 1 Soilt pressure Winkler springs

1 (a) (b)

Figure 12.9 (a) flexible beam resting on soil (b) soil pressure replaced by Winkler
springs

Soil reaction at x:
dV d~z ,
q(x) = ~= ,. 1, . -4 =- z k (12.27)
dx dx
Here, E" = Young's modulus of the foundation beam, I F = bhl ll2 = moment of inertia of the
cross section of the beam about the neutral axis, and z = vertical deflection of the beam at x
and k ' (kN/mz) = subgrade reac tion of the WinkJer beam (Figure 12.9b). Note the difference
between k' and k k' is for the beam, expressed in kN / m per m, and k, is for the loaded area,
j ;

expressed in kPa pe r m.
k' (kN /m2) and k, (kN/ ml) are related by:

k' = k, h (12.28)

The refo re. Equation 12.27 becomes:

(12.29)

Solving the gove rn ing differential Equation 12.29, deflection z is given by:
z = e-n. (C1 cos{3x + Cz si n13x) ( 12.30)

where C 1 and C1 a rc constants; and (3, with the unit of le ngth


, .IS an Important
.
parameter
given by:

~=. -~
4 EFIF
(12.31)

According to The Ame ri can Concrete Institute Committ ee 336 (I988), the mat should be
designed by the ri gid method if the column spacing in a strip is less than 1.751{3. If the spacing
is greater than 1.751(3, th e fl exible method may be used.
Shallow Foundations 309

Example 12.7: A 3 m-wide and 450 mm-thick tributary strip from a raft footing applies an
average contact pressure of 250 kPa to the underlying sandy soil and is expected to settle
15 mm. Find the modulus of subgrade reaction k. If Econc'It = 30 CPa, up to what column spac-
ing shou1d this strip be designed by the rigid method?

Solution:

k =250 (leN/m l l = 16.7 MN/m }


0.015 m

IF =(3.0)(0.450)3 =0.0228 m
12
3.0X I6.7x106 _I
(3=. ~ = 0.37 m - H.75 1(3 = 4.73 m
4 x 30xlO x O.0228

k. can be determi ned from a plate loading test. Vcsic ( 1961) suggested that:

k = 0.65 E, ,~ EsB' (12.32)


, BO-v: ) EFi F

where E, = Young's modulus of the soil and V, = Poisson's rat io of the soil. For practical pur-
poses, Equation 12.32 can be approximated as:

( 12.33)

Example 12.8: A 2.5 m-wide strip footing rests in a sandy soil where E, = 25 MPa and v, = 0.3.
The thickness of the footing is 0.30 m and E-.c~ = 30 MPa. Estimate the coeffid ent of the
subgrade reaction using Equations 12.32 and 12.33. Determine if the approximation holds.

Solution:

Equation 12.32 -?

k = 0.651 ~EIB~ = 0.65X25XI0


6
I
6 4
25XI0 X2.5 NJrrf=8.2MN/ m1
BU - v:> EFIF 2.5(1-0.3 2 ) 30 x 106 x O.OO56
Equation 12.33 -+
EJ 25 x lO 3 1
k, = 2 - 2 N /m = l l.OMN/m
B(I-v s ) 2.5(1 - 0.3)
310 Geotechnical Engineering

12.6 SETTLEMENT IN A GRANULAR SOIL


Sett lements of footings in granula r soil s are instantaneous with the possibility for long-term
cret:p. lliert: art: more than 40 d iffe rent sett leme nt prediction methods, but the quality of p re-
dictions is st ill poor as demonstrated in the Settlement 94 settlement-prediction symposium in
Texas in 1994 (Briaud and Gibbens 1994). Some of the popular settlement prediction methods
are discussed below.
The five most importa nt factors that govern jo ot ing settlements are applied pressure, soil stiff-
ness (or Young's modulus), footing breadtlT,footing shape, and footing depth. lhe soi l stiffness is
often quantified ind irectly through penetration resistance such as N-value or blow count from a
standard penetration test or the tip resistance qr from a cone penetration test. Das and Sivakugan
(2007) summarized the empi rical correlations relating soil stiffness to the penetration resistance.

12.6.1 Terzaghi and Peck (1967) Method


Terzaghi and Peck ( 1967) proposed the fir st rati onal method for predicting the settlement of
a shallow foundation in g ranular soi ls. Th ey related the settlement of a square foot ing (Ofoot in~)
of width B (meters) to the settleme nt of a 300 mm squa re plate (0rlal") under the same pressure,
obtained from a plate-loading test through the fo llowing expression:

/) _ /)
fooling - pl~I" (B + )'(l - '-~
28
0.3
'
4
D)
B (i2.34)

The last term in Equation 12.34 is to account [or the reduction in settlement with the increase
in foo ling d epth. Leonards ( 1986) suggested replac ing \I.i with I!J based on additional load test
data. The values of 01'1.1. can be obt ained from Figu re 12. 10, which summar izes the pl ate-loadi ng
test data that is suppli ed by Terzaghi and Peck ( 1967). This method was originally proposed for
square footin gs, but is also applicable to rectangular and st rip foo tings, provided it is prudently
applied. In the case of rectangular or strip footings, the deeper influence zone and increase in
the stresses within the soil mass a re compensated fo r by the increase in th e soil stiffness.

Example 12.9 : A 2 m square pad footing carrying a column load of900 kN is placed at a depth
of 1.0 m in a sand where the average Noo is 28. What would be the settlement?

Solution:
qopp = 900/4 = 225 kPa; N(,f1 = 28
From Figure 12.10, oplotr = 6 mm:

o~.
log
=6 - - 2X2)'( 3")2
(2+0.3 J--x- = 15.1 mm
Shallow Foundations 311

Figure 12.10 Settlements of 300 mm x 300 mm plate (load test data from the
late Professor G. A. Leonards, Purdue University)

q I

IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIt I
,+ +, t.d.tl
~I
I 0( 81

Cz '" ~z
Cz = ~z' Iz

Elastic half space Elastic hal space


l
i
I
i
I
I
(,) (b)

Figure 12.11 Uniform pressures on elastic half space: (a) infinite lateral extent (b) limited lateral
extent

12.6.2 Schmertmann et 01. (1970. 197'8) Method


When an elastic half space is subj ect 10 a uniform pressure of q that is spread over a ve ry large
area as shown in Figure 12.11 a, the vertical strain at a point within the material at dept h z is
given by qIE:. When the same pressure is applied only over a limited width of B (see Figu re
312 Geotechnical Engineering

12.1 Ib), the strains would he obviously less. Th e vertical strain e. along the ce nterline at depth
z can be w ritten as:

e ~ = iLl
E Z ( 12.35)
,
where E. and I: arc the Young's modulus and stro.in influence fac tor respectively at depth z. Based
on some finite clement studies and luad tests on model fuoti ngs, Schmertmann proposed that
the influence factor varies with depth, as shown in Figure 12. 12a, which is known as the 28-0.6
distribution. This 28-0.6 d istribution does not take into account the shape of the foot ing.
The influence facto r increases linearly from 0 al the foot ing level to 0.6 at a depth of O.5B
below the footing and th en decreases linearly to 0 at a depth of 28 below the footing. Dividing
the granular soil beneath the fooling into sublayers of constant Young's modulus and integrat-
ing the above equat ion. the vertical settlement s can be expressed as:
: =18 1 dz
s = C1C2 qnct L -'-
t-o E
(12.36)
t

where C l and C2 are two correction fac tors that accou nt [or the embedment and strai n relief due
to the removal of overburden and time-dependence of the settlement respect ively, and q~ is the
net applied pressu re at the foo ting level. Cl an d C2 are given by:

C,~ 1 -0.5(a;,
q,ct
) ~0.5 (12.37)

t
C, ~ 1+0.2 log - (12.38)
- 0.1

where a:., is the effective in situ overburden stress at the footing level. and t is the ti me in years
since the load ing. Leonards ( 1986), Holtz (1991) and Terzaghi et al. ( 1996) suggest that C2 ::::: I,
disregarding the timc-dependent settlements in granular soils. It is suggested that the lime-
dependent se ttlements in the foo tings studied by Schmertmann are probably due to the thin
layers of days and silts interbedded with in the sands in Plorida, where most of Schmertmann's
load lest data o riginated. Schmertmann (1970) recommended that Young's modulus be derived
from the static cone resista nce as E = 2 q,. Leonards (I986) suggested that E (kg/cru 2 ) = 8 N6()
for normally consolidated sands, where N6() is the blow cou nt from a standard penetration test
( I kg/em' ~ 98. 1 kPa).
Schmcrtmann's (1970) original m ethod does not take into account the footing shape. Real -
izing the need 10 account [or the footing shape. Schmertmann et al. (1978) made some modi -
fica tions 10 the original method. the modified influence fa ctor diagram is shown in Figure
12. 12b where the strain influence factor extends to a depth 0[28 for square footings and 4B
$f"iallow FouncfQtions 31 ~

00~~0:;.::2~0;.:4.-=0r6,-" o ;0:..,..~0;;.2,-'0;::4:;c:0;:.6,--->"
8
fl.O---~-'.1 0.58 munuon mu 0.58 0.58
,
8 8
---~--------\
.,
8
, ,
,,

28 28
<J:' 1,. _
(see Eq.12.39)
28
.'
..
" '
~ ... /
~:
'"
,,
: I

,
"
38 38 38 _ 4J
"
48 48 48
(a) Schmertmann (1970) (b) Schmer1mann et al. (1978) (e) Terzaghi et al. (1996)

z z z
Figure 12.12 Schmertmann et al.'s influence factors

for strip footings, peaking at depths ofO.5B and B respectively. The peak value of the influence
factor is given by:

I z .pcak = 0.5+0.l q,;C\ (I 2.39)


a,a
where 0':0 is the original overburden pressure at a depth of O.5B below the square footing and
B below the strip footing, where the peak value:) of I" occur. The equations for computing the
settlement and the correction factors remain the same. Schmertmann et al. (1978) suggested
that E = 2.5 q~ for axisymmetric loading and E := 3.5 qr for plane-strain loading, based on the
observation by Lee (1970) that the Young's modulus is about 40% greater for plane -strain load-
ing than for axisymmetric loading. For a rectangular footing, the settlement can be calculated
separately for BIL = 0 and 1, and interpolated on the basis of BIL.

Example 12.10: A 2.5 m-wide strip footing carrying a wall load of 550 kNJm is placed at a
depth of 1.5 m below the ground as shown i n part (a) in the figure on page 314. The entire
soil below the ground level is granular and the average tip resistance from a cone penetration
test is given for each layer. Estimate the settlement after IO years using Schmertmann's (1970)
method. The average unit weight of sand = 18 kN/m). Continues
314 Geotechnical Engineering

Example 12.10: Continued

d----=______,
I
to.
0.75m
5
m

1
"

= 8"M,-P: :~'"T'-_';=
"'':i-=c;-;o",-,.,Q., '
225
m
0.24

1 '5 m

21m)

3m qc ",12MPa

(.) (b)
Solution: Assuming that the concrete and soil unit weights are about the sam e, the net pressure ap-
plied to the underlying soil is 550/2.5 = 220 kPa.
The first step is to draw the influence factor diagram as shown in part (b) :

C = 1 _ 0.5~5 X I8 = 0.94
1
220
and
10
C2 =1+0.21og -0.1 = 1.4

Calculate '~:Z fo r each layer assuming constant E = 2q, within the layer, and then find the sum.
~~B lzdz 0.5x O.75{O.24 + 0.6)+O.5X 2.25{O.6+0.24) 0.5 x l.5x0.24
L. - -
zzO Ez
=0.5x0.5x0.24
2 x9
+
2x8
+
2xl4
=0.0885 mf MPa
: . Settlement = 0.94 X 1.4 X 220 X 0.0885 mm = 25.6 mm
Shollow Foundations 315

Terzaghi et al. (1996) suggested the simpler influence facto r diagram shown in Figure 12.12c
with the influence factors sta rting at the same point, reaching the same maximum of 0.6 at the
same depth of 0.58, but extending to depths of 2B and 48 for square and strip footings respec-
tively. For rec tangular foot ings, they suggested an interpolation function to estimate th e depth
of influence z/ (see Figure 12.9c) between 28 and 48 as:

Zj =2B(1+log~) for LlR s 10 ( 12.40)

Terzaghi et al. ( 1996) suggested taking E = 3.5 qr for axisymmetric loading and increasi ng it by 40%
for plane-strain loading, and suggested the follO\'li ng expression for E of a rectangular footing:

Effl;tangular fig = 3.5( 1+ 0.4 iOgi) qc (12.41)

where LIB should be limited to 10. These modifications provide more realistic and less conser-
vative est imates of settlements. Nevertheless, the above values of E in the range of 3.5-4.9 qrare
significantly larger than what is recommended in the literature.

12.6.3 Burland and Burbidge (1985) Method


Burland el al. (1977) coUated morc than 200 settlement records of shallow fo undations of build-
ings, tanks, and embankments on granular soils, and plotted the settlement per unit pressure against
the foot ing breadth, as shown in Figure 12.13, defining the upper limits for the possible settlements

Footing width B (m)

0.1 10 100

i
I
0.1

0.01

Figure 12.13 Upper limits of settlement per unit pressure (after Burland et al. 1977)
316 Geotechnical Engineering

that can be expected. This figure can be used to see if the settlement predicted by a specific method
falls within bounds. They suggested that the probable settlement is about 50% of the upper lim it
shmvn in the figure, and that in most cases, the maximum settlement will be unlikely to exceed 75%
of the upper limit.
Burland and Burbidge (1985) reviewed the above settlement records and proposed an in -
direct and empirical method fo r estimating the settlements of shall ow foundations in granular
soils based on N-values from standard penetration tests that remain uncorrected for overbur-
den pressure. The influence depth z/ was defined as:

(12.42)

where Zj and B a re in meters. They expressed the compress ibility of the so il by the compressibil-
ity index (,' which is similar to the coefficient of volume compressi bility mv used in the consoli-
dation of saturated clays. For normally consolidated granular soils, I, was related to the average
blow cou nt with in the influence depth N 60 by:

1.7 1
I c==U (12.43)
N ",

where Ie is in MPa I . For ove rconsolidated granular soils, Ie is YJ of what is given in Equation
12.43.
Burland and Burbidge (1985) suggested that the settlement can be est imated from:

settlement = q Ie Z/ (12.44)

Note that Equation 12.44 is in similar form to Equation 8.3, which is used for estimating consol-
idation settlements in clays. In normally consolidated granular soils, Equation 12.44 becomes:

1.71 0 7
.'lett1ement ;= q -1.4 B . ( 12.45 )
N ",

In overconsolidated granular soils. if the preconsol idation pressure a~ can be estimated, Equa-
lion 12.44 b ecoIl H:s:

settement
1 1.71 BO>.
=-1 q==T4 ' <'
lorq_a (12.46)
p
3 N ",

2, ) 1.7 1 07 , ,
1
settement= ( q -- a p _1.4 B lorq2a p (12.47)
3 N ",

For fine sands and silty sands below the water table where N6(j > 15, driving the sp!itspoon sam-
pler can dilate the sands, which can produce negative pore water pressures that would increase
Shallow Foundations 317

the effective stresses, and hence overestimate the blow counts. Here, we should apply Te r zaghi'~
correction as shown in Equation 12.48:

N 60.corr<x,<d = I S + O.5(Nr,o - 15) ( 12.48)

In gravel or sandy gravel, N6lJ should be increased by 25% using Equation 12.49:

N 60.corr <e,ro =: 1.25 N60 ( 12.49)

lbe settlem ents esti mated as above apply to square footings. For rectangular or strip foot ings,
the settlements have to be m ultiplied by the following fac tor 1.:

f
s
=( 1.25 LIB ) '
0.25 + L/B
(1 2.50)

The maximum value off, is 1.56 when LIB = 00 . The settlements estimated above imply that there is
granular soil at least to a depth of z/. lf the thickness Hsof the granular layer below the footing is less
than the influence depth, the settlements have to be multiplied by the following reduction fac tor j;:

(12.51)

Burland and Burbidge (1985) noted some time-d epe nde nt settlements of the footings and sug-
gested a multiplication factor J, given by:

t
!. =1+ R, + R, log- (12.52)
3

where R3 takes into consideration the time-dependent settlement duri ng the fi rst th ree years of
loading, and the last component accounts for the time-dependent settlement that takes place
after the fi rst three years. Suggested values for R} a nd Rr are 0.3- 0.7 and 0.2~0 . 8 respectively. The
lower end of the range is applicable fo r static load s and the upper end for flu ctuating loads such
as bridges, silos, and tall chimneys.

12.6.4 Accuracy and Reliability of th,~ Settlement Estimates


and Allowable Pressures
Das and Sivakugan (2007) reviewed the different settlem ent predic tion methods and d iscussed
the current state-of-the-art. The three methods above, disc ussed in detail, are the most popular
methods for estimating settlements of shall ow foundations in granular soils. These methods
typically overestimate the settlements, and are thus conservative. Sivakugan et a1. (1998) stud-
ied 79 settlement records where the footing width was less than 6 m and concluded that the
settlements predicted by Terzaghi and Peck (1967) and Schmertmann (1970) overest imate the
settlements by about 220% and 340% respectively.
318 Geotechnical Engineering

Tan and Duncan (1991) introduced two parameters, accuracy and reliability, to quantify the
quality of the settlement predictions, and applied these to 12 different methods using a large data-
base of settlement records. Accuracy was definc;:d as the average ratio of the predicted settlement
to the measured settlement. Rellability is the probability that the predicted settlement is greater
than the measured settlement. Therefore, an ideal settlement prediction method will have an ac-
curacy close to 1 and a reliability approaching 100%. There is often a tradeoff between accuracy
and rel iability. The methodsofTerzaghi and Peck (1967) and Schmertmann et al. (1978) have high
reliability but poor accuracy. showing their conservativeness in the estimates. They overestimate
the settlement, which leads to an underestimation of the allowable pressure. On the other hand,
the Burland and Burbidge (1985) method has good accuracy and poor reliability with more real-
istic predictions, which can also underestimate the sett lements and is therefore less conservative,
It is widely documented in the literature that the designs of shallow foundations in granular
soils arc usually governed morc by sc ttlemt:nl considerations than by bearing capacity consi d-
erations. Therefore, more care is required in the settlement computat ions. The Burland and
Burbidge (1985) method gives significantly smaller settlements and higher allowable pressures
compared to the more conservative Terzaghi and Peck (1967) method.

12.6.5 Probabilistic Approach


The setdements predicted by the different methods can vary widel),. Therefore, the magn itude
of scttlement can have a different meaning depending on the method used in the settlement
computations. Sivakugan and Johnson (2004) proposed a probabilistic design chart based on
an extensi ve database of settlement records previously reported in the literature. The purpose
of the chart was to quantify the probability that the settlement predicted by a certain method
will exceed a specific li miting value in the field. Figure 12. 14 prOVides three separate charts for

, , , ,-,
T~
..
$<"",.ftm . . . e1 "'. (l.n)

, .-
h l. "~ p.<~ (IK') 8,,"an~ 8.'~Id!l<

9
9
o9
oM
V
, ~o
ow ~
V V
(01m

, /'
, ~/ ' V y
. ._.bIoI NttIoomon! lml1m01)V"'" ~ O.
IY V V
... _ .... _ _ """mm)
, /' /
I/" 1/ / ' ~, 06
/'

, ~ 1:::::= I / 1/' v V
';P v~ / \0/ V V ~ 0.5
I
n
1:7.1<,': r::-- '/ l/' V V- .!~ 0.4 -" V
II ~ ::
,
v.. II V/ ~ .," 02 o.~
II '/; ~
~
II! ~
711V/, r/;, I:;~
,
,~
o
o o
o
III rf o
!V; o
o 10 m m ~ ~ 00 o '0 20 :xl 010 ~ 00 o 10 m ~ 010 ~ ~
Pr<!dlCled Settlemenl(rrm) Preolcted ~Icmentlmm)
PredlCl<!d utliement (mm)

Figure 12.14 Probabilistic charts for settlement predictions (after Sivakugan and Johnson 2004)
Shallow Foundations 319

the Terzagh i and Peck, Schmertmann et al. , and. Burland and Burbidge methods. For example,
if the Schmertmann et al. method predicts a settIement of20 mOl, the probability that the actual
settlement will exceed 25 mm is 0.2.

Example 12.11 : The settlement of a 3.0 III square footing in a medium-dense sand under an
applied pressure of 200 kPa was estimated to be 18 mm using the Burland and Burbidge
method.
a. Determine if the settlement is within the limit suggested by Burland and Burbidge in fig-
ure 12.13.
b. What is the probability that the actual settlement would exceed (i) 25 mm or (ii) 40 mm?

Solution: (a) Settlement (estimated)/appUed pressure = 18/200 = 0.09 mm/kPa


With B = 3.0 m, the point lies below the limit in Figure 12.13 as expected.
(b) From Figure 12. 14c:
p[actual settlement exceeds 25 mm] = 0.31
pI actual settlement ex<;eeds 40 mm] = 0.18

12.7 SETTLEMENT IN A COHESIVE SOIL


The settlement patterns and the mechanisms in granular and cohesive soils are quite d iffere nt.
Let's look at the settleme nt of a foot ing shown in Figure 12. 15a.
The more porous and free -draining nature of1.he granular soils (Figure 12.1Sb) is such that the
settlements are almost instantaneous, irrespective of whether they are above or below the water
table. Lalely, there is an expectation that there can be some time-dependent creep settle ments as

LLLU Ti'me (log)



I" TIme (log)

Se<;ondary
compression
Without creep
_c L-~_~_
r ~ _ ~~-C:~=CCCC
--- ____ _
~ With creep

~
(,) (b) (0)

Figure 12.15 Settlement variation with time: (a) fooling (b) in sands (c) in clays
320 Geotechnica l Engineeri ng

0.95
I I

J1.o 0 .9
\ ........... ......
,
,

I
0.85

0 .8
o 2 4 6 8 10 12 16 18 20
O,IB

1.8
7i For H/B- oc & M=O,: ,=3]

Gl Strip (BIL=O) / BIL=O .1 I


0, I
1.6 f- j 'j j
~
1.4 f- 8. L
V/ /___ . BIL-O .2

-,
1.2 f-
f-
H
7~ BIL - 0.5 -----<

0.8 .'i._.:_5 .. .,.,


/ ,
Square (BIL 1 )
I

0.6 ? ,
,

0.
g::;-- ---
Circle
,
,
0.2

o
--..- ./

0.1 10 100 1000


HIS

Figure 12. 16 /-10 and J1. , values for immediate seHlement calculations

suggested by Schmertmann (1970) and Burland ;and Burbidge (1 985). Creep settlement accounts
for a small fraction of the overall settlement in gr anular soils.
Unlike in granular soils, the settlements are not instantaneous in coh es ive soils. In saturated
cohesive soils (Figure 12.1 Sc), the settlements consist of th ree componen ts: immediate settle-
Shallow Foundations 321

ment Si' consolidation settlement SO' and secondary compression s. Immediate settlement occurs
immediately after the load is applied and is instantaneous. Generally, it is only a small fraction
of the total settlement that also includes consolidation and secondary compression settlements.
The consolidation settlement occurs due to the expulsion of water from the saturated clay and
dissipation of excess pore water pressure. This can take place over a period of several years. The
secondary compression settlement (see Section 8.6), also known as creep, is aSSllmed to occur
after the consolidation is completed. Therefore, there will be no excess pore water pressure dur-
ing the secondary compression stage.

12.7.1 Immediate Settlements


Immediate settlement, also known as distortion settlement, initial settlement, or elastic settle-
ment, occurs immediately upon the applicatio n of the load due to lateral distortion of the soil
beneath the footing. In clays where drainage is poor, it is reasonable to assume that immediate
settlements Lake place under undrained conditions where there is no volu me change (i.e., v =
0.5). The average immediate settlement under a flexible footing is generally estimated with the
theory of elasticity using the following equation, originally proposed by Janbu et al. ( 1956):

qB
Sl = li- Il oll] (12.53)
"
The values of Ilo and Ill> originally suggested by 'Hnbu et al. (1956), were later modified by Chris-
tian and Carrier III (1978) based on the work by Burland (1970) and Giroud (1972). The values
of Ilo and Ill> assuming an undrained state with 11 = 0.5, are given in Figure 12.16.
Obtaining a reliable estimate of the undrain ed Young's modulus Euof clays through labora-
tory or in situ tests is quite difficult. It can be estimated using Figure 12.1 7 proposed by Duncan
and Buchignani (I 976) and the U.S. Army (1994). Ej cu can vary from 100 for very soft clays to
1500 for very stiff clays. Typical values of elastic moduli for different types of clays are given in
rable 12.3. Immediate settlement is generally a s mall fraction of the total settlement, and there-
fore a rough estim ate is often adequate.

Table 12.3 Typical vallues of elastic


moduli for clays (afh!r U.S. Army 1994)
Clay E. (MPa)
Very soft clay 0.5-5
Soft clay !;-20
Medium clay 20-50
Stiff clay. silty clay 50-100
Sandy clay 25-200
Clay shale 100-200
322 Geotechnical Engineering

1600 - ~--

,
1400
----- I
1200 ""-" I
I

,,'
",'
1000

800
L PI < 30

'" '\
"- 1'-
I

600

400 30 < PI < 50


-- t---- 1
200 ----t PI :> 50 ----- ----- r-- I

I
-j
0
Overcons.olidation ratio, OCR 10

Figure 12.17 E/ c u values

Example 12.12: A 3 m X 4 m footing placed at a depth of2 m below the ground level as shown
applies a pressure of 140 kPa to the underlyi ng soil. There is a very stilT stratum at a depth of
4 m below the footing. The day has an overconsolidation ratio of 2 and plasticity index of 30.
The unconfined compressive strength is 160 kPa. Eslimate the immed iate settlement.

Gl

140 kPa
2m

Clay 4m

Continues
Shallow Foundations 323

Example 12.12: Continued

Solution.: Let's find the fac tors 110 and III first.
DiB:::; 2/3 = 0.67 --? From Figure 12.1 6a, Ilu = 0.93
BIL = 3/4 = 0. 75 and H/S = 4/3 = 1.33 -7 From Figure 12.16b, III = 0.45
OCR = 2 and PI = 30 --? From Figure 12. 17, EJc. = 570
c. = 0.5 q. = 80 kPa --? E. = 570 X 80 kPa = 45.6 MPa
_qB _ 140x3000. _
, - - 11011] - :x. 0.93 x 0.45 mm - 3.9 mm
'Ell 45,600

12.7.2 Consolidation SeHlements


Consolidation is a time-dependent process in sat urated clays where the foundat ion load is grad -
ually transferred from the pore water to the soil skeleton. Immediately after loading, the entire
applied normal stress is carried by the water in the voids in lhe form of ncess pore waler pres-
su re. With time, the pore water drains out into the more porous granular soils at the boundaries,
thus dissipating the excess pore water pressure and in creasing the effective stresses. Depending
on the thickness of the clay layer and its consolidation characteristics, this process can take any-
where from a few weeks to several years. Chapter 8 covers consolidatio n in good detail.
Consolidation settlement is ge nerally computed assuming a one-dimensional consolida-
tion, and then a correction factor is applied for three-dimensional effects (Skempton and Bjer-
rum 1957). In a o ne- dimensional consolidation, th e normal strain s and drainage are assumed
to be taking place only in the vertical direction. 'This situation arises when th e appli ed pressure
at the ground level is uniform and is of a very large lateral extent, as we saw in most of the q ues-
tions in Chapter 8. Subsequently, the vertical stress increase /l.(I' is also the same at any depth
within the clay layer. In reality, when the foundations and the applied pressures are of limited
lateral extent, the consolidation is not one-dimensional. The verti cal stress increase /l.(I' will be
decaying with depth , and we will usc the value of Aa' at the middle of the clay layer. This value
can be computed using the methods discussed in Chapter 7, and it can be significantly less than
what is appl ied at the ground level. Leonards (1986) suggested conservatively using the maxi-
mum pressure that occurs under the center of the footing rather than the average pressure in
settlement computations.
W hen the clay layer is thick, it is a good practice to divide it into seve ral sublayers and to use
the appropriate values of f1:(), !la', etc. for each sublayer when computing the changes in void
ratios Ae and the consolidation settlements within the layers. These settl ements arc then added
to give the total consolidation settlement of the day layer.
324 Geotechnical Enginee(ing

12,7,3 Secondary Compression SeN'lements


Secondary compression, also known as creep, can produce ongoing settlements that can con-
tinue well beyond consolidation. These were discussed in Section 8.6. Equation 8.24 can be
used to com pute the secondary compression settlement. In reality, consolidation and secondary
settlements may occ ur simultaneously. For simplicity, we assume that the secondary compres-
sion begins upon completion of the consolidation .

:. Foundation s must satisfy bearing capacity and settlement criteria.


:- By limit ing the total settlements, you limit both the different ial
settlement and the angular distortion .
:- Defi ne safety factors in terms of net pressures.
:. Terzaghi's bearing capacity equation is too conservative; use
Meyerhof's, Hansen's, or Vcsic's.
:. For shorl-term stability use Cu and . and analyze in terms of total
stresses; for longterm stability use (' and ' and analyze in terms of
effective stresses .
:. Use the friction angle corrected fo r plane strain (Equation 12. t6) in
all bearing capacity calculations, including N" Nq , and N.y.
:. Use N from the $PT or q, from the CPT to estimate the Young's
modulus of granular soils, wh ich is rarely measured d irectly; in
clays, E. is estimated based on the value of c. using Figure 12. 17.
:. Most settlement calculation methods for granular soils overestimate
the settlements. It is better to be conservative by overestimating
settlements than by underestimating them .
.;. The Schmertmann et al. method works better with cone data than
$PT data.
Shallow Foundations 325

WORKED EXAMPLES
1. It is required to provide a strip foot ing to carry a wall load of 450 kN/m in a sandy soil
wi th rjJ ' = 32 and l' = 18 kN/rn ). Tht! unit weight of concrete is 23 kN/m ). What is the
0

necessary width so that the sa fety factor with respect to bearing capacity is 3?
Solution: Let's assume Df = 0.5 m, and that the entire 0.5 m is made of concrete.

GL

,.
O.Sm

.,

For str ip footings, L = oc and hence Sq = 5-y ,= 1

dq =d-y = 1+0.1 0.5 tan ( 45+ 34 ) = 1+0.0940IB(m)


8 2
Plane-strain correction:
:triP = 32 X I.I -- 0. 1 X 0 = 35.2
<P' = 35.2" --. N. = 34. 1 and N, = 38.5
450 450
q app,gl"QSl; = B +O.5 x 23 = B+ 11 .5 kPa

450 450
qapp.net = - + 11 .5 - 05X I8= - +2.5kPa
8 B
0.0940) x 18x0.5x34.1 + ( 1+ -0.0940)
qu ll.gro,;s=
( I + -B- -
8
x0.5xBx 18x38.5

28.85
= 339.5 + 346.5 8 + - - kPa
B
28.85 28.85
q"" 0" = 339.5+346.5 B+ - - - 0.5 x 18 = 330.5+ 346.58+ - - kPa
, B B

qul~ net 9.62


q . ll.nci = - 3- = 110.2 + 115.5B+ kPa
B
326 Geotechnical Engineering

Equat ing the applied and a llowable pressures:


450 9.62
- +2.5= 110.2+ 11558+ ---7 B = 1.55 III
B B
2. A 10 III X 15 m raft is placed at a depth of 6 III in a sand where the average N60 is 15. If the
total permiss ible settlement is 40 mm, what would be the net allowable beari ng capacity?
Solution: Applying Equat ion 12.23:

_
qal~n~t (kP a ) - 12.5N6(I
(B+O .3 )' (
1+
_~ DJ )(lllaXiIllUm settlement (mIn))
B 3 B 25

= 12.5 x IS( 10+ 0.3)' (1 +.!. x ~)( 40) = 382 kPa


10 3 10 25
3. A rectangular footing of breadth B and length L carries a column load with eccentricities
of BI9 along the breadth and Ll I2 along the length. Identify the area beneath the footing
where the contact pressure is not compress ive.
Solu tion:

q(x'Y)=~( I + Ilcll x+ 12cL Y)=~(I+~X+.!..Y)


BL n2 L? BL 3B L

At x Q ( 1-
= - B12 andy = -LIZ -> q(-BI2, -LIZ) = -BL - B L) =- - Q
4 -- -
1- =q
3B 2 L2 6BL mm

Since q>nin < 0 , some areas beneath the footing are nOl in compression. Let's identify
the region where this occurs by locating the points on the bottom (Y = - Ll2) and left
(y = - B12) edges where q = o.

y = - LiZ -> q(x, - ~) = Q.( 1+.~ x- .!:.~) = Q.(.!.+~ x) = 0


2 BL 3B L2 BL 2 3B
38
:. for q = 0, x = - -
8

Q ( 1---+-
x=-BI2->q( - BI2,y)=-
BL
4 B 1 y =Q
382 L
- (1- +-1 Y ) = 0
BL 3 L